A brief survey of Iloko literature from the beginnings to its present development, with a bibliography of works pertaining to the Iloko people and their language, by Leopoldo Y. Yabes.

]3i3111 mOX1I jo 13A i y mA

AA., I. I

A BRIEF SURVEY OF ILOKO LITERATURE From the Beginnings to Its Present Development, with a Bibliography of Works Pertaining to the Iloko People and Their Language By LEOPOLDO Y. YABES MANILA PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR 1936

A BRIEF SURVEY OF ILOKO LITERATURE From the Beginnings to Its Present Development, with a Bibliography of Works Pertaining to the Iloko People and Their Language By LEOPOLDO Y. YABES MANILA PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR 1936

.yi3 COPYRIGHT, 1936 BY LEOPOLDO Y. YABES All Rights Reserved PRINTED IN THE PHILIPPINES BY THE ORIENTAL PRINTING 607 Sale8 St., Manila

PREFACE The present work is the second of a series of studies on Iloko literature which I have been undertaking during the last few years. rThe first of the series, some readers will remember, was The Ilocano Epic: A Critical Study of the 'Life of jLam-ang', published last year. As announced in the above work, it is my aim in publishing these studies to acquaint non-Ilokos with Iloko literature, particularly the more important works, and to help create a deeper interest in and a greater appreciation for Philippine culture among our people. The present study does not pretend to be an exhaustive survey of the development of Iloko literature. Perhaps no pioneer work on any subject-and this is a pioneer work on Iloko literary history-can make any justifiable claims to exhaustiveness and perfect accuracy. This work is only an introduction to Iloko literature, a guide for interested students who may want to do more intensive research work on any phase of the subject. Practically no work on Iloko literature of a critical or historical nature has been published so far; hence I had nothing to guide me in the preparation of this work. Consequently, it is not impossible that some data might have been overlooked, and I will feel grateful to anybody who will kindly call my attention to the oversight. In five years or so, I hope to publish a revised and augmented edition of the work so that inadvertent omissions made in the present edition will be righted. Also I hope, with the help of Mr. Jose Resurreccion Calip, my collaborator in the compilation of the bibliography of Iloko works published with this study, to expand and annotate the said bibliography and publish it in a separate volume. I believe that it is not proper at the present time to divide the history of the development of Iloko letters into definite periods, not because Iloko literature has no distinct periods in its development, but because the present stage of the study on the subject does not yet warrant any clear-cut division. So it was deemed more proper to trace the development of Iloko literature by centuries. The preparation and publication of this work have been made possible through the help of several friends in the Philippines and abroad. Last year Dr. Cecilio Lopez, acting head of the Department of Oriental Languages, University of the Philippines, sent copies of the writer's The Ilocano Epic to a number of noted linguists and scholars aroad such as Dr. Renward Brandstetter of Switzerland, Prof. Kern of Holland, v

P RI- E I A C E the late Prof. Gabriel Ferrand of France, Prof. Otto Dempwolff of Germany, and Dr. E. Esser of Celebes. Dr. Brandstetter took interest in the work and made offer of financial aid in the publication of similar works on Philippine literature and linguistics. I took advantage of the offer and Dr. Brandstetter sent me 500 Swiss francs (P328 Philippine currency) through Dr. Lopez. That a foreigner should be so interested in Philippine literature to the extent of giving financial aid for publications on the subject, should give us Filipinos something to think about. It is quite strange, quite unflattering to us, that a foreigner should be more interested in our literary treasures than we. I can not remember' any of our rich people making substantial endowrments for literary research. Possibly it is because they get no monetary gain, from such works, or because they cannot understand and appreciate the value of our cultural heritage. I suspect it is because of both. We have become so materialistic and insensible to the finer things of life. The following gentlemen also gave material aid to me and I heartily acknowledge it: Hon V. Singson Encarnacion, Filipino millionaire from the Ilokos, P10.00; Hon. Elpidio Quirino, Secretary of the Interior, P10.00; Hon. Simeon Ramos, Judge of the Court of First Instance, P5.00; Mr. Cornelio Balmaceda, Director of the Bureau of Commerce, P5.00; Mr. Ciriaco Raval, Assistant Director of the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes, P5.00. 'The work has been in the process of preparation for five years now, but it was not written down in its final form until a few months ago in connection with Philippine Linguistics 202 (Seminar in Philippine Linguistics), offered by Dr. Lopez during the last summer school at the state university. But although Dr. Lopez supervised the work, he gave me much freedom in the treatment of the subject because he believes that the researcher must be given all the independence and the freedom he needs to work out his subject. Whatever defects the present work has, therefore, should be attributed to the author and not to Dr. Lopez. I should like here to make, some explanations regarding some matters which I inadvertently forgot to make in the body of the book. In my previous publications, I used the term "Ilocano" for "Iloko" with reference to the Iloko people and their language. I have since found out that "Iloko" is the more appropriate term because it is more indigenous, "Ilocano" being only a hispanized form, and because it is more used in scientific literature, although "Ilocano" is in more common use in popular literature. Another poinlt. In the book one will frequently come across Iloko words containing vi

P R EFACE double consonants. In pronouncing these words, the two consonants must both be sounded. For instance, the "11" in the Iloko word "dallot" must not be pronounced as in the Spanish "caballd" or as in the Italian "villa", and the "pp" in "uppat" must not be pronounced as in the English word "upper", with only one "p" sounded. Mr. Luis Montilla, chief, Filipiniana Division, National Library, gave me much encouragement and all the facilities I needed to pursue my research work in the division for the last five years. Prof. Gabriel A. Bernardo, librarian, University of the Philippines, went over the, manuscript and made valuable suggestions especially with regards to the references to Tagalog literature. Prof. Cristino Jamias, acting head of the Department of English, University of the Philippines, and my graduate adviser, read the manuscript and corrected some lapses in grammar and diction. Mr. Modesto Farolan, general manager of the DMHM Newspapers, gave of his time and effort trying to get material aid from some of the rich people from the Ilokos. Prof. Harley tI. Bartlett, one time exchange professor to the University of the Philippines from the University of Michigan, put his rich collection of Iloko metrical romances at my disposal. I also wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to my other kind friends: Messrs. Daniel S. Albano, Tiburcio Tumaneng, Leon C. Pichay, Victorino Balbin, Perfecto S. Sison, and Teodoro Purugganan; Misses Maria G. Ines, Cristeta C. Javier, Agripina Ines, and Esperanza Llanes; and Messrs. Alejandro Eugenio, Santiago Alcantara, Geronimo Cayton, Aquilino Argosino, Irineo F. Santos, Arsenio Manuel, Teodoro A. Agoncillo, Federico D. Sales, Adeudato J. Agbayani, M. A. Abaya, Casiano Ilustre, Benjamin Panlasigui, Gabriel Guerrero, and several others. Lastly I wish to express my thanks to Mr. Jose Resurreccion Calip, who gave his full cooperation in the compilation of the bibliography published with this work, a short account of which is given in the introductory note to it. and to Mr. Gorgonio S. Rangel, acting manager of the Oriental Printing, who generously rendered his cooperation in the printing of the work. -LEOPOLDO Y. YABES Department of Graduate Studies University of the Philippines Manila, July 2'1, 1936. vii

CONTENTS DEDICATION............................................. iii PREFACE................................ v CHAPTER I-INTRODUCTION...............................1 A. The Land and the People............................ 2 B. Language and Literature............................ 5 CHAPTER II-ORIGINS: FLOATING LITERATURE........ 8 A. Folk-Songs......................................... 9 B. Folk-Tales................................... 12 C. Folk-Philosophy.................................... 14 CHAPTER III-The SEVENTEENTH CENTURY.............. 17 A. Religious Literature................................. 17 B. Linguistic Works.................................... 21 C. Poetry............................................ 22 CHAPTER IV-THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY.............. 27 A. Religious Literature.................................. 27 B. Linguistic W orks................................... 28 C. Poetry............................................ 29 D. The Drama......................................... 31 CHAPTER V-The NINETEENTH CENTURY............. 33 A. Poetry (Metrical Romances; Lyric)........................ 34 B. The Drama......................................... 38 C. Fiction (The Novel: the Short Story)..............39 CHAPTER VI-THE NINETEENTH CENTURY (Continued)... 40 A. Religious Literature................................. 40 B. Linguistic W orks................................... 43 C. History and Ethnoloev.............................. 44 CHAPTER VII-THE TWENTIETH CENTURY............... 47 A. Poetry (Narrative; Lyric)........................... 47 B. The Dram a......................................... 51 C. Fiction (The Novel: the Short Story)................ 53 CHAPTER VIII-The TWENTIETH CENTURY (Continued)... 57 A. Religious Literature................................. 57 B. Linguistic Works.................................... 60 C. Biography. History, Ethnology, Law, etc.............. 61 D. Scientific Works.................................... 63 CHAPTER IX-ILOKO JOURNALISM AND PERIODICAL LITERATURE................................... 64 A. The Nineteenth Century............................. 64 B. The Twentieth Century.............................. 65 C. Past and Present Tendencies......................... 69 CHAPTER X-CONCLUSION: THE FUTURE................. 71 AN ILOKO BIBLIOGRAPHY.................................. 75 Introductory Note...................................... 75 I. Bibliographic Sources................................ 76 II. Religion........................................... 77 III. Linguistics........................................ 0 IV. Poetry........................................... 112 V. Fiction............................................ 122 VI. Drama............................................ 27 VII. Biography........................................ 129 VIII. History, Law, Politics............................... 134 IX. Folk-lore.............................1......... 140 X. General............................... 142 XI. A list of Iloko Periodicals......................... 152 ix

1. 9 LAOAG RIGANn 6. FERMANDn $ A MAP THE PHILIPPINES SMOWIN& TM NMl8ATIOIeS OF TUE ILOKO ttU THE OKtlAL HOW4 X PLUtS OF HIAMY IMMIRATIOM MLACIS Of UCT IIMIGRATWtO LUZON 'r I/ It.. -. I Phil Courtesy of "The Philippines"

A BRIEF SURVEY OF ILOKO LITERATURE CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION "Literature...by its matter is in close affiliation with philosophy; by its mode of treatment, with art. It would be deemed the very narrowest of literary study that should treat the content of literature as if it were only philosophy, and ignore the element of art. It is an equally narrow conception of the study that makes the whole a question of literary art; and overlooks that literature is also a mode of philosophy."-Richard G. Moulton. 1 "The study of the history of literature", say William A. Neilson and Ashley H. Thorndike,2 "besides being a part of the study of literature, is also a part of the study of history. It is a chapter, and one of the most important, in the history of human culture. Men have expressed themselves in pictures and statues and buildings as well as in wars and constitutions, but nowhere so articulately as in books; and through books we gain an entrance not only into the life of individual authors but into the life of nations and epochs. For young people literature affords the most interesting approach to an understanding of the course of civilization. It touches on every side the life and thought of the past and it records the progress of mankind. No study is more surely cultural, for it opens to the mind a view of 'the best that has been thought and said', a history of the human spirit". The study of the history of Iloko literature, more than being merely the study of the literary history of the Ilokos, is the study of the history of the development of Iloko culture, if we are to regard literature more as a social document than as belles-lettres, which we should do because literature is not mere art but, as Richard G. Moulton says in the quotation given at the top of the chapter, a combination of art and philosophy. In the present study we shall endeavor to present an outline of the development of the culture of a people, who have been much talked about but very little understood, as reflected in their literature oral and written. But in order more properly to 1-The Modern Study of Literature: An Introduction to Literary Study and Interpretation. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1924, p. 374. 2-A Manual for Teachers to Accompany a History of English Literature. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1921, p. 5.

2 ILOKO LITERATURE present the subject, for a fuller understanding of it, a short description of the people, their land, and their language must first be given. A. THE LAND AND THE PEOPLE From the accompanying map it will be seen that the original home of the Iloko-speaking people is a narrow strip of land running along the west coast of northern Luzon, from San Fernando, La Union, to Bangui, Ilokos Norte. It is a hilly country supporting a population greater to the square mile than that of any other region in the Philippines, excluding, of course, Manila and its immediate environs.3 West of it is the China Sea and to the east, serving as its natural eastern boundary, is a chain of rugged, almost bare mountains known as the Ilokos Range, a branch of the great Cordilleras. In certain places the mountains come so close to the sea that the Manila North Road has to wind along the steep mountain sides for lack of level land between mountain and sea. In Santa, Ilokos Sur, the waves of the sea ceaselessly beat against the foot of the mountains. Fertile land is scarce, unlike in other parts of the country. The soil is generally poor. In places the land is a desolate stretch of sand. Rugged hills, jagged mountains of bare rock, dunes devoid of vegetation, swift and unnavigable rivers, frequent and destructive typhoons - these characterize the region. With this harsh physical environment and with the density of the population, the people either have to cultivate the land more intensively and create new industries or have to move out to other places where they can eke out a better living. The Ilokos have done both. They have cultivated the arable land, even the sides of hills and mountains, and planted the barren lands with maguey; they have created industries such as weaving, manufacturing, smithing, mining, etc., to supplement agriculture and fishing; and great numbers of them have migrated to other regions. They are in fact the chief migrating people of the Philippines and their region serves as "the chief reservoir from which plantations and other industrial enterprises draw their labor supply'.4 For several generations they have been migrating into the Cagayan Valley, the Mountain Province, Pangasinan, Central Luzon, and Zambales; and of 3-In 1903, of all the provinces Ilokos Sur had the greatest density of population with 398 inhabitants to the square mile. See Census of the Philippine Islands, 1903, v. 2, p. 28. In 1918 the same province still retained first place with 492 inhabitants to the square mile. Another Iloko province, La Union, placed third, with 459 souls to the square mile. See Census of the Philippine Islands, 1918, v. 2, p. 28. 4-Paintings of Twelve Philippine Women. Manila. Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1929. See note accompanying portrait of Iloko girl.

INTRODUCTION 3 late they have been going to Mindoro, Palawan, Mindanao, British North Borneo, Hawaii, and the United Stat:es. The immigration to Pangasinan, the Cagayan Valley, and Central Luzon has been the heaviest. In Pangasinan it is estimated that the Ilokos have outnumbered the natives almost 2 to 1; in the Cagayan Valley provinces they constitute the majority of the population; and in Nueva Ecija, Tarlac, and Zambales they form about half of the population. They have penetrated into the Monutain Province where their language has for a long time now been the medium of communication among the different tribes. There are large numbers of Ilokos in Pampanga, northern Tayabas, Mindoro, Palawan, Davao, Cotabato, Lanao, and Zamboanga. It has been estimated that about fifty thousand Ilokos live in Manila and its suburbs. Fully half of the Filipino immigrants to Hawaii and America are llokos.5 The Ilokos are the third largest Philippine group. In 1903 the Iloko population was placed at 803,942;' in 1916 H. Otley Beyer placed it at 988,841,7 and in 1928 at 1,300,000.8 The editor of a local Iloko periodical estimates the present Iloko population to be 3,000,000, andi lists thirteen Iloko provinces, namely, those in Ilokos proper-Ilokos Norte, Ilokos Sur, and La Union-and Batanes, Cagayan, Mountain Province, Abra, Isabela, Nueva Vizcaya, Nueva Ecija, Pangasinan, Tarlac, and Zambales.9 This editor's estimate is more optimistic than accurate, and H. 0. Beyer's figures are very conservative. If we include non-Ilokos who speak Iloko, like several thousand Ibanags, Pangasinans, Zambals, Tinggians, Apayaos, Kalingas, Igorots, Bontoks, Ifugaos, and some other people in the Mountain Province, the editor's estimate would be fairly accurate; but then these peoples are not Ilokos. A more accurate estimate of the present Iloko population would be 2,000,000 in round figures. This of course includes the pioneers scattered all over the country. In physical type the Ilokos are "'of the Malay blend, but with the Mongoloid element very predominant. Their com5-This migrating spirit of the Ilokos is well shown in the case of the writer. He is a native of Ilokos Sur. He has an uncle residing in Cavite, another residing in Pangasinan, and an aunt in Mindoro. He has first-degree cousins in Cagayan, Hawaii, and the United States; has other close relatives in Isabela, Tarlac, Davao, Nueva Ecija, and Manila; and he himself, a brother, and two sisters are living in Manila. 6-Census of the Philippine Islands, 1903, v. 2, p. 46. 7-Beyer, H. Otley. Population of the Philippine Islands in 1916, Manila, Philippine Education Co.. Inc., p. 46. 8-Paintings of Twelve Philippine Women. 9-Adeudato J. Agbayani calls his paper, The Ilocos Times, "the national paper of the 3,000,000 Ilocanos."

4 ILOKO LITERATURE paratively short stature indicates considerable primitive mixture. * * * The true Iloko house is..unique in structure. The houses of the peasants are much better built and neater kept than amongst most other Filipino groups. They preserve many social customs and beliefs of pre-Spanish days. * * * On the whole the Ilokos are fervently religious, energetic workers, and good fighters, equalling in these respects, if not exceeding, any other group in the Islands".10 The following comparison of the characteristics and traits of the Tagalogs, Bisayans, and Ilokos by an Iloko writer should prove interesting and enlightening:" "The Visayan is essentially a troubadour, the Tagnlog a poet, and the Ilocano a utility man. The Visayan interprets life in ternms of emotion, the Tagalog in terms of aesthetic beauty. and the Ilocano in terms of usefulness. Hence we find the Visayan affectionate and demonstrative, the Tagalog artistic and academic, and the Ilocano reserved and orthodox. "The Ilocano hides his emotions, represses his feelings; the Visayan lets life pass through him; the Tagalog looks at life from a distance. The Ilocano is a man of action, the Visayan a creature of emotion, the Tagalog a person of intellect. There are many instances in which charaoteristics of the three groups are found in individuals in all of the groups, but distinctions do not alter with the mass. "The Visayan is a child of the tropics, colorful, virginal, volcanic; the Tagalog is a product of cities and schools, fastidious, academic; the Ilocano is a creature evolved by harsh economic laws. Wliile the Visayan lives on in apparent. unconcern, the Tagalog thinks and dreams, and the Ilocano works and drudges. "The Ilocano thinks as he works.... He is at his W)ost in tight situations where quick decisions have to be made. He is clear-headed when active and generally useless at leisure. Ilccano heroes are men of action and quick decision like Luna, Aglipav, Ricarte, and Silang. * * * "The Ilocano's patience and endurance ard his ability to stick and concentrate on anything he does is the secret of his success. His progress is not spectacular; he hammers his way through. * * * "Home ties are very strong among Visayan, who. especially the girls, get homesick when away from their folks. While the Ilocano docs not care where he xoes. the Visavan does; while the Ilocano can feel at home anywhere. a Visayan is harder to transplant. * * "...Tagalogs and Visayans are devoted Catholics, but the greater bulk of the Ilocanos revolted from the Roman Catholic church thirty years ago and joined the national Philippine Independent church. Ilocanos have nationalized their churches; they even went to the extent of consecrating Filipino heroes as saints. The religious revolt made men question practices, taboos, and doctrines of Catholicism. Yet Ilocano girls are more orthodox and conservative than Tagalogs and Visayans; nor are cabarets found in the Ilocos. * * * "Despite the fact that home ties are stronger among Tagalogs and Visayans, Ilocanos are the most clannish Filipinos. An Ilocano can go anywhere, penetrate into strange territory and get along well and make friends with everybody, but once he has a paisano near him, the two stick 10-Beyer, H. Otley, op. cit., pp. 46-47. 11-Leanio, Fernando. "Some Common Conceptions of Ilocanos, Tagalogs, and Visayans", in the Literary Apprentice, v. 4, 1930-1931 pp. 93-97.

INTRODUCTION 5 together like glue.... This clannish feeling may partly explain their phenomenal success in building settlements in wild territory in the Cagayan Valley, in Central Luzon, and in the Moro country...." In other words, like the Nipponese, who remains always a Nipponese wherever he is, the Iloko is always an Iloko wherever he goes. He always brings with him his Iloko character and culture-his simplicity of life, heart, and taste, his humility, his religiousness, and his industry and thrift; and now, thanks to him, the Iloko character and culture are firmly implanted in the Mountain Province, the Cagayan Valley, in Zambales, in the north of Central Luzon. The Ibanags, the Pangasinans, the Zambals, and the Cordillera peoples have been gradually assimilated into the Iloko culture, and it would not be a wonder if, within a generation or two, these peoples will have become thoroughly Ilokanized. B. LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE The Iloko12 language belongs to the Indonesian division of the Austronesian family. It is the leading and most highly developed member of the northern group of Philippine languages and "the most distinctive of those found among the Philippine Christian groups. It differs from Tagalog and Bisayan to about the same extent as French does from German".13 "It is uniform on the whole though there are a number of local dialectic differences. There is some intonation in speaking, but not nearly so marked as in the case of the Ibanag and Gaddang grcoups. '14 Following is an observation which, though made by one who has not specialized in linguistic studies, he being primarily a literary amateur, should nevertheless be of interest to the layman:15 12-"Samtoy" is used by many writers in place of "Iloko". In many Iloko periodicals, the literary page is usually called "Kurditan Sawrtoy (Samtoy Literature)", not "Kurditan Iloko". Some people believe that "Samtoy" was the original name of the people and therefore of the language. Fray Andres Carro says: "Cuando conquisto el famoso Juan de Salcedo. por los anos de 1572, esta provincia de Ilocos, entre dos idiomas y gentes que en ella habia tan diferentes como se v6 aun hoy en esa cordillera de montes, era el idioma Samtoy 6 mas bien Sa6 mi toy, el mas general. Viene este nombre, como quieren unos de las dos veces Sao toy; 6 como quieren otros, de un pueblo antiguo asi llamado y el mas famoso de todos ellos; por lo cual nuestros primeros antecesores, que acompafiaban al ya mencionado conquistador Salcedo, se aplicaron a este; y mediante su aplicacion, y el trafico y conercio de los naturales, que no tenian antes, se logro el hacerlo comun y vulgar en toda esta provincia que encerraba en si todos los pueblos desde Bangi hasta Agoo inclusive, los mismos que hablan hasta hoy dia el idioma Samtoy." See Vocabulario iloco-espaiol. Manila, Est. tipo-lit. de M. Perez, hijo, 1888, p. II. 13-Paintings of Twelve Philippine Women. 14-Beyer, H. 0., op. cit., p. 47. 15-Leaio, Fernando op. cit., p. 96.

ILOKO LITERATURE "The Visayan language is wistful, the tone is languid; the Ilocano is brisk, clipped at the end; the Tagalog is poetic, lending itself readily to declamation. The Ilocano is stripped by contractions, the Tagalog and Visayan add euphonious syllables at the end of words. The Ilocano tone is emphatic, short-waved, insistent; the Tagalog suggests; and the Visayan creeps in-it cajoles and wheedles". Cecilio Lopez, in a comparative study of Tagalog and Iloko, has among other things found that:16 (a) Tagalog has an h sound which is not found in Iloko; (b) both languages are agglutinative, almost non-inflectional; (c) in Iloko there is a prevalence of double consonants, which is not found in Tagalog; (d) both languages possess what might be called 'personal particles^; (e) there is no formal distinction of gender in both languages; (f) practically any word, no matter what part of speech, may be verbalized; (g) Tagalog and Iloko are two different languages instead of two sister tongues, with the same trend of thought grown up from a common mother, Original Indonesian; (h) Iloko is almost as good as uninfluenced by Sanskrit, and if few isolated cases are found they are surely due to the medium of Tagalog; (i) Iloko has less loan words than Tagalog, hence is purer. Until the coming of the Spaniards, when the Latin alphabet was introduced, the Ilokos used an alphabet of their own. "Vhether this alphabet was similar to or different from those used by the Tagalogs and Bisayans, has been a mooted question since the early days of the Spanish occupation-from the earliest writers like Colin, Chirino, Lopez, and Morga, through Mas, Rizal, Marcilla, and Pardo de Tavera, to Ignacio Vll amor, Norberto Romualdez, and H. 0. Beyer. Villamor, who has published the latest scholarly study on the subject (there are other selfstyled 'scholars' who of late have ventured opinions on the question, but their opinions are hardly worth anything because unscientific) says:7 "As far as our present knowledge goes, we may draw the conclusion with sufficierdt ground, that neither the Visayans nor the Ilocanos had any alphabet other than that of the Tagalogs; and that the Tagalog alphabet was the one most generally used in the Islands, according to Father Lopez, and was probably the only one used by all the Filipinos with slight changes, of course, due to the ability and style of each individual writer...." The ancient Philippine alphabet consisted of three vowelsa, i e, u o, and fourteen consonants-b, d, g, h, k, i, m, n, ng, p, s, t, v, and y.'" Since the h sound is used rarely, if at all, in Iloko, it may be said that the ancient Ilokos rarely made use of h in their writings. 16-Comparison of Tagalog and Iloko. Hail;urg, 1928, pp. 184-187, 17-Villamor, Ignacio. La antigua escritura filipina. Manila, University of Sto. Tomas Press, 1922, p. 28. 18-Ibid., p. 31.

INTRODUCTION 7 Iloko literature is, next to the Tagalog, believed by scholars to be the richest and most highly developed in the Philippines.19 H. 0. Beyer, who has a good collection of publications in the different Philippine languages, says that up to 1916 there were "about 500 printed works in the language (Iloko), mostly religious writings or metrical romances, and about 40 periodicals, some of which are of a religious character, and the others secular"."~ In 1925 he estimated the number of printed works in Iloko at 800 and the Iloko periodicals at 53.21 These figures are second to those pertaining to the Tagalog works and much bigger than those in Cebuan which is spoken by the biggest language group in the Philippines. Beyer's estimates of the number of periodicals are quite accurate, but his figures for the printed works are sadly far from the truth. The bibliography at the end of this work which the writer, with the aid of a friend, Jose Resurreccion Calip, has been collecting since 1931, and, which is by no means complete, contains more than a thousand book entries. The estimate of the compilers of this bibliography is that the printed works in Iloko, if collected together, would be about 2,000, which are very much more than Beyer's estimate. Our figure includes works published in Hawaii and America which have been increasing during the last few years. Besides the written literature, there is a rich body of unwritten lore in the form of folk-tales, folk-songs, folk-poetry, riddles, proverbs, and other types of "Volksdichtung ".22 Since the Ilokos, by geographical position, has not been as easily accessible as the Tagalog territory to foreign influences, its inhabitants have been able to preserve much of the oral literature, social customs, and beliefs of pre-Spanish times. Most possibly Iloko folk-lore is as rich as, if not richer than, Tagalog or Bisayan folk-lore. 19-"Four O'Clock in the Editor's Office", in Philippine Magazine, Aug. 1933. 20-Beyer, H. 0.. op. cit., p. 47. 21-Kalaw, M. M. Introduction to Philippine Social Science. Manila, University of the Philippines Press, 1933, p. 256. 22-In the present study the term "literature" will be used in its most inclusive and widest meaning. While folk-lore is not properly literature and while the term "oral literature" is, strictly speaking, a misnomer, folk-lore will here be treated as "oral literature", because there is no doubt that folk-lore has had a tremendous influence in the development of literature.

CHAPTER II ORIGINS: FLOATING (ORAL) LITERATURE "Art is a social institution. If not by the people art is of the people, and certainly for the people. When Greek literary art grew conventional in its different forms the artists went back to the people for another medium to be transfigured by art.... The sonata is glorified folk melody; epic is glorified folklore; and Greek drama is glorified folksong, as Elizabethan drama is glorified folk chronicle."-Francis P. Donnelly, S. J. 1 Folk or traditional literature holds an important place in the study of literary history because the whole of literature is an evolution from it. All the literary forms had their origin in folk literature. Much more than written or, more specifically, sophisticated, literature or belles-lettres, it illustrates the whole culture of a people at a certain epoch, not merely a part of it as does sophisticated literature. It serves, as it were, as an unwritten social document wherein may be gleaned some epochal national characteristics, for the contemporary spirit in oral literature is certainly much more pronounced than in sophisticated literature. Many critics are agreed that the literary forms developed from the ballad dance, which is a combination of poetry, music, and dancing. In outlining the development of the literary types, Richard G. Moulton says:2 "The first stage of literature is constituted wholly by the ballad dance: this protoplasmic form contains all other literary types in embryo. The second stage of literature is reached as the ballad dance throws off the three forms of poetry: the creative description of Epic, the creative reflection of Lyric, the creative presentation of Drama. A further stage is seen when prose, the literature of discussion, has differentiated itself from creative poetry; its three forms-descriptive History, reflective Philosophy, Oratory with its function of presentation-counterparts of the three forms of poetry." Possibly the nearest counterpart in the Philippines of the ballad dance is the head-feast, a festival among certain tribes in the Mountain Province celebrating, in song and dance, a war triumph. Under the onslaught of civilization head-hunting and for that matter the head-feast have been rapidly vanishing. Following is a description of a head-feast:3 "The warriors returned to the village, leaping, shouting, dancing by the way, flinging their spears in front of them. The women and the old men came out to meet them, leaping and shouting in reply. "At night the Head-Feast was celebrated in Barlig as hardly ever before. Many souls of pigs and chickens were sent to the Sky World to glad1-Art Principles in Literature. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1923, p. 15. 2-The Modern Study of Literature. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1924, p. 27. 3-Moore, T. Inglis, "Kalatong: A Novel of Bontok and Ifugao", in Philippine Magazine, June 1931, pp. 53-54.

ORIGINS 9 den the gods as the whole village feasted. The rice-wine and basi flowed freely around the fires where the warriors danced and chanted their exploits. "Kalatong danced over the head of the Comandante. He leaped into the center of the firelight and chanted his bravery, intoxicated with his triumph. "'I am Kalatong of Barlig! I am brave! Brave! I went to Mount Polis. I struck a white warrior in the eye! He will go blind! I sent my spear through the white chief! I swung the battle-axe! I cut off his head! Agi-yu-whoo!' "A nd all those around shouted in reply. " 'Agi-yu-whoo!' "The cry rang out over the valley and echoed from the mountains. "HIe chanted one of the old mythical boasts, crying out and swinging his arm. "The warriors danced in the dancing place. The youths were drunk with the rice-wine. The old men sat by the jars and smoked and told of their own deeds of valor in the days long past when they too had sprun? on to the war trail. They beat their hands, skinny and shaking, on wrinkled knees to the drumming of the gongs, laughing and chuckling, happy and joyous old men." Perhaps centuries before the coming of the Spaniards, when they were still in the primitive stages of their culture, the Ilokos had similar feasts, in which they gave expression to their literary abilities in the chant and the dance. Epifanio de los Santos says that before the conquest, the Filipinos had a literature written in characters of their own, and that its manifestation in verse constituted of maxims, proverbs, boat-songs, nuptial-songs, war-songs, love-songs, and the like.4 Although written down, most of these songs, proverbs, and riddles had a popular or communal origin, were not the product of individual authors, and therefore were the property of the people, not of any one man. They were handed down from generation to generation by word of mouth before they were committed to writing, and so here we shall treat Iloko proverbs, riddles, and the various types of songs as belonging to floating or oral literature rather than as a part of written literature. We shall group these primitive literary forms under three general headings, namely: (a) folk-songs; (b) folk-tales; (c) folk-philosophy. A. FOLK-SONGS "Compared with the folk-songs of Visayans and Tagalogs",5 4-Santos, Epifanio de los, "A Short History of Tagalog Literature", in Thinking for Ourselves, by E. Quirino and V. M. Hilario. Manila, Oriental Commercial Co., 1924, pp, 56-57. 5-"Ilocandia Folksongs are very Expressive of Joy, Optimism, says Dr. Lippay", in Ilocos Times, 3rd week of July 1934.

10 ILOKO LITERATURE says Alexander Lippay, "the, folk-songs of Ilocandia as a whole are more expressive of joy, vigor, activity, and optimism.... They are expressive of the true spirit of Ilocanos.... "Evidently the Ilokos, despite their centuries of subjection, have not lost the vigorous and optimistic spirit of their forbears. 1. The War-Songs:-Although to our knowledge no specimen, written or oral, of 'the war-songs of old have come down to us, it can be deduced from the nature of the present folk-songs and from the character of the people that these warsongs-as well as many of the other types of songs —were full of pep and vigor and joy. For then the people were free; they had no foreign masters; nature was lavish in her bounty; and life was one long song of activity and freedom and joy. 2. The "Dallot": - The dalUot, believed to be ont of the most primitive Iloko songs, is an extemporized song with an ancient air and with a dramatic element, still popular today, peculiar to the Iloko peasantry. It is performed by a man and a woman usually in wedding, baptismal, or other feasts. The man sings to the accompaniment of his kutibeng, an old native five-stringed musical instrument similar to the guitar, although much smaller. He uses a refrain, quite uniform throughout the region and quite meaningless, to break the monotony of his song:5a Dallanj aya daldallot, Dallang aya dumidinallot. The woman, who either sits or stands before him, answers him in improvised verse. Follows a match of wits on any questions but usually on the question of love; and a remarkable display of wit on' the part of either actor is met with applause. The dallot, most possibly, contains the genesis of the Iloko drama. 3. The "Badeng" or Love Song:-The ancient Ilokos, like ail peoples, expressed their love in song and verse. The young men serenaded the objects of their affections and sang to them songs of love. The following song, "Pamulinawen", one of the oldest love songs extant, possibly of pre-Spanish date, is still very popular today, known practically by all the people: Pamulinawen, Pusok imdengamman Toy umas-asog, agrayo ita sadiam, Panuvotemman, dika pagintutulngan Toy agayat, agrayo ita sadiam. Pamulinawen, my Love, please hear Me who am sighing, longing for you; 5a-This refrain cannot be rendered into sensible English. Translations of Iloko scngs, poems, proverbs, riddles, etc., which will be cited hereafter, are not literal but free. This is so because some of these examples contain I!oko words and turns of expression which cannot be translated at all or which cannot be adequately rendered into English.

ORIGINS 11 Kindly thou think, kindly do not turn deaf To me who am longing for you. Essem ti diak kalipatan Ta nasudi unay a nagan Uray sadin ti ayan, disso sadino man, No malagipka, pusok ti mabang-aran. Forget I never can Your most sweet and beloved name; No matter where (I am), if I remember you, My heart leaps with joy. To test a man's sincerity a Woman sings the following song: Sisiak laeng aya i sabong Am I the only flower, Kabsat, a sangsangitam? Brother, over which you weep? Adu dagiti sabali a sabsabong, There are many other flowers, Saan a siak laeng ti sangsangitam. Don't you weep over me only. 4. The "Dung-aw" or Death Chant:-This is usually an extemporized song chanting the praises of the dead and interlarded here and there with requests and pieces of advice, as this:G "A/? anakko bunga! "Ay, my child, my fruit, Bilbilinenka ama, This I wish to ask of you: Ta no makitamto ni Kalla, Should you ever see Kalla, Pakomustaamto koma". Extend to her my regards."7 5. The Invocation to the Spirits of the Forest:-Superstitions die hard. Even in these days, as of old, an old man, before he proceeds to fell a tree, recites an age-old invocation to the mangmangkik, the spirits of the forest:8 "Bari, bari! "Bari, bari, Dika agung-unget pari, Don't you get angry, comrade, Ta pumukankami And we shall fell some trees Iti pabakirda kadakami." We were told to fell." 6. Other Folk-Songs:-The early Ilokos had many other songs like those sung in connection with planting, harvesting, fishing, and other occupations in which they were engaged. For instance, in the fishing villages near the seacoast, when the people pull the daklis9 ashore, they chant a song fit for that occasion alone, to make themselves forget the monotony and the tiresomeness of the work. In planting, harvesting, and threshing rice, songs fit for the different occasions were also sung. These songs have never found their way into print, but have been handed down orally to us. 6-Reyes, Isabelo de los, El Folklore Filipino. Manila, Tipografia de Chofre y C. a. 1889, p. 133. 7-Kalla (Clara), who had died before, is supposed to be in heaven. 8-Reyes, Isabelo de los, Historia de Ilocos. Manila, La Opinion, 1890, v. 1, p. 160. 9-A kind of big net, hundreds of meters long, which needs several people to haul it ashore.

12 ILOKO LITERATURE The Ilokos are adept at the improvisation of verse. "At almost every wedding",10 says an American observer, Emerson B. Christie, who spent some time in the Ilokos region some two decades ago, "or on the occasion of the old-fashioned kind of engagement called 'palalian', there is an abundance of improvised verse recited, for the most part, by persons who have a local reputation for improvisation. Many of these songs follow certain conventional lines and follow with more or less closeness certain forms of expression, but it is not rare to meet with cases of genuine improvisation. There is scarcely any fiesta among the common people at which one does not hear songs and verses, sometimes of a sentimental nature and very frequently of a humorous vein. Some of these impromptu verses are of exceeding broad humor and as far as possible from delicacy. This is particularly true on the occasion of wedding feasts." B. FOLK-TALES There is a great wealth of myths and folk-tales in the Ilokos. A, great many of them are tales of the "just-so" type, some are hero tales, many are beast fables, and a few are creation stories. Unfortunately not much scientific study has been done on the subject, and it is hard to put one's finger on the indigenous and extraneous elements.11 Some of the tales center about the mythical figures of Angalo'1 and Aran,'1 cyclopean beings who, according to some of these stories, were the first beings on earth.14 They lived before 10-Quoted by M. M. Kalaw in his Introduction to Philippine Social Science. Manila, University of the Philippine Press, 1933, pp. 249-250. 11-Isabelo de los Reyes was probably the first to make an intensive study of the subject with the publication of his El Folklore Filipino in 1889. He was followed by H. Otley Beyer and Dean S. Fansler, but Prof. Beyer has not as yet published the results of his study, and Dr. Fansler did not treat the Iloko popular tales intensively in his Filipino Po,;.1ar Tales. An Tloko writer, Jose Resurreccion Calip, has been studying the subject for quite a long time now, has published several of the stories in Iloko and English, and is the only native Iloko, besides I. de los Reyes and Mariano Dacanay, who has ever done serious work on the subject. 12-Aolo, name of a legendary hero represented in Tagalog saga as "a mighty fisher for sharks, whose net is so large that weights as big as mortars are needed to sink it", is believed to be a corruption of the word "Angalo". See Fansler, D. S., Filipino Pop'ular Tales. New York, G. E. Stechert and Co., 1921, p. 27. Angalo, an Iloko word, is now popularly applied to persons of huge proportions. 13-This is the name most popular among the people. See Reyes, I. de los, El Folklore Filipino, v. 1, pp. 51-56. Anfrararab is another name. See Figueras, H. A., "Some Fragments of the Angalo Legend". in Philippine Magazine, March 1934. 14-Ferdinand Blumentritt says: "Angalo is the name of the Adam and Eve of the Ilocanos. He was a giant who created the world at the order of the supreme God". See Fansler, op. cit., p. 426. I. de los Reyes

ORIGINS 13 the creation of the sky, the sea, the land, and, for that matter, man. They were beings, with human form, of formidable proportions. They are believed to be the biggest giants in legend. Angalo's head reached the heavens, and he could make the disance between Manila and Vigan in one step.1' The earth trembled when he walked, and he could be heard throughout the world when he spoke or laughed. Angalo created the world at the command of the supreme god.1' Who this god was, the legends do not mention.7 In the beginning the earth was all plain; there were no seas, no mountains, no hills, no valleys. Angalo, dug the earth with his fingers, and with the earth he extracted, he formed the present mountains and hills. He urinated into the bigger and deeper holes and they became the present oceans and seas. He spat and his sputum became the first man and woman. He put them in a bamboo tube, sealed the tube, and cast it into the sea. The tube was tossed on the waves to the Ilokos shore, and the man and woman came out of it and lived in the Ilokos.18 Then he put up the sky, the sun, the moon, and arranged the stars.19 In some legends this mythological hero is represented, not as a creator, nor as an Adam, but as a great fisherman.20 In others he is represented as the son of the god of building,21 and in others as merely a wanderer over the face of the earth looking for his lost sweetheart. That the sea became salty was due to Angalo, according to [loko legend. In the beginning the sea, whose water was Angsays: "Segun esta tradicion, Angalo y Aran fueron los primeros hombres, y quizas los padres de los demas, como Adan y Eva". See his El Folklore Filipino, p. 53. 15-Ibid., p. 52. 16-See Footnote No. 14, above. 17-Isabelo de los Reyes says: "Angalo fue el Creador, segun la trac~icion ilocana, pero de orden de un Dios cuyo nombre se ignora, y no hay noticia de que fuera objeto del culto de los Ilocanos". El Folklore Filipino p. 54. 18-From Ferdinand Blumentritt to I. de los Reyes: "No solo las Visayas sino 'tambien otros pueblos de la raza malaya, dicen que los primeros hombres salieron de un trozo de cafia 6 bambu...." Ibid., p. 55. 19-There are some points of resemblance between Angalo and Aran and some Japanese mythological heroes and heroines. For example we read in the Nihongi: "When about to give birth to the Fire-God, Kagutsuchi, Izanami no Mikoto became feverish and ill. In consequence she vomitted, and the vomit became changed to a god, who was called Kanayama-hiko. Next her urine became changed into a goddess, who was called Mid-zu-ha-no-me. Next her excrement was changed into a goddess, who was called Hani-yama-hime". See Aston, W. G., Nihongi, London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner and Co., 1896, v. 1, p. 21. 20 —Cariio, C. F., "The Mountain Face", in Philippine Magazine, May 1933. 21-Paredes, J. M., "Why the Sea is Salty", in Fansler's Filipino Popular Tales, pp. 425-426.

14 ILOKO LITERATURE ago's urine, was not salty. The story is told that he, his wife, and their three daughters, while carrying salt to Manila from a land across the sea, stumbled with their loads of salt in the middle of the sea, and since then the sea has been salty.22 Several other stories are told about this giant. One is that while his daughters, who were poor swimmers, were bathing in what is now the China Sea, they got into very deep water and were about to be drowned when Angalo came to their rescue by dipping his baag (similar to a G-string) in the sea. The baag absorbed a considerable amount of the water, making the sea shallower. Another story is to the effect that what is now Abra was formerly a lake, but that, in a fit of anger at his wife, Angalo kicked away a part of the Ilokos Mountains, draining all the water of the lake into the China Sea. The opening is the Banawang Gap, a deep chasm in the Ilokos Mountains through which the Abra River bursts on its tortuous seaward course. A different version of the story states that the opening was caused by the unintentional kicking of Angalo when he was sleeping one night on the Ilokos Mountains.23 These cyclopean beings are said to have lived thousands of years ago, but they are still popular among the Ilokos today. Besides their caves and footprints, there are other reminders of their stay in the region. It is told that even today, the spirits of the giant couple, especially that of Angalo, still haunt the region patricularly the country around Banawang Gap, working havoc and destruction among the people. There are other popular tales on such subjects as: why pukpuklo24 is now scarce in Sinait, a frog without a country, the tale of the monkey's tail, where the pugot25 came from, the barnacle and the dragonfly, and the like. But these tales contain plenty of extraneous element and so, with some exceptions, cannot be considered as a safe index to the culture of the ancient Ilokos. C. FOLK-PHILOSOPHY Even in primitive literature, before the literary types have become differentiated, we already can see a philosophy of life as reflected in proverbs and riddles. These constitute the wisdom literature of the unlettered classes and remain to the end their only philosophy. In Iloko, as in Tagalog and Malay,26 22-El Folklore Filipino, p. 52. 23 —Figuemas, H. A., op. cit. 24-An edible sea-weed. 25-Evil spirits. 26-Winstedt, R. 0. Malaya, the Straits Settlements and the Federated and Unfederated Malay States. London, Bombay, Sidney, Constable &

ORIGINS I li P I and as possibly in all literatures, proverbs and riddles were among the most primitive forms of literary effort. 1. Proverbs:-A proverb is defined as "a short pithy saying presenting in striking form a well-known truth. It originates principally in the primitive stages of society, is colloquial rather than literary, and constitutes a form of folklore common to all".~ Undoubtedly "they are anterior to books", as Disraeli says, "and formed the wisdom of the vulgar, and in the earliest stages were the unwritten laws of morality".28 While to some degree it may be true that, in the words of J. G. Holland, "the proverbs of a nation furnish the index to its spirit and the results of its civilization,29 it is not safe to conclude that "all the proverbs of a country are indicative of its character or that any collection of a nation's sayings is a safe guide to its inner life, for many phrases that are thus properly listed are of common heritage and belong as truly to one nation as to another."30 It is extremely difficult, therefore, to select from the mass of Iloko proverbs those which are of purely Iloko origin, illustrating the philosophy of the early Ilokos, and those which are of exotic source. The few examples given here may not be peculiar only to the Ilokos, but they were chosen because they reflect what we believe to be their essential characteristics. The following illustrate the industry of the people:3 "Ti makaturog makamukat; ti nasalukag isut' agbiag" —The sleepyhead mathers eyebeams; the wide-awake gets meed. "No awan ti anos awan ti lamot" —Where there's no patience there's no food. These reflect different phases of their philosophy: "Toy hlbong naulbod: mangilaw-an, mangilnnod"-This world is a deceiver; it cheats and deludes. "No ni gasat ti uwmdani, uray iliktadan umulli"-When Fate comes, you cannot ward it off no matter what you do. "Ti napanglaw a kuna isu ta? tao nga awan sursurona"-The really poor man is he that has no manners. "Ti tao kas kzlintaba; ngumato. bumaba"-Man is like a firefly; it soars high and the next momenrt it dives downward. 2. The "Burburti" or Riddles:-Riddles are "probably the oldest extant form of humor. They spring from man's earliest Co., Ltd., 1923, p. 97. 27-Encyclopedia Americana. New York, Chicago, The Encyclopedia Americana Corporation, 1920, v. 22, p. 705. 28-Quoted by Marvin. D. E.. in his The Antiquity of Proverbs, New York and London, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1922, p. 3. 29-Quoted in ibid., p. 26. 30 —Ibid., pp. 26-27. 31-Some of these proverbs were taken from M. M. Kalaw's Introduction to Philippine Social Science, pp. 176-178.

16 ILOKO LITERATURE perception that there are such things as analogies in nature. '3 They are both informative and entertaining: informative because they inform and edify, and entertaining because they are usually couched in striking language or because their meanings denote or connote something humorous or witty. Many riddles are natural crystals of wisdom. Most probably they afford the only intellectual exercise of the common folk from whom they originate and among whom they are perpetuated. Like proverbs most riddles are a common legacy and, for this reason, it is a hard task to single out those that peculiarly belong to a certain nation or people. The specimens given here were selected for their entertaining and informative qualities:33 "No baro narn'kop, no daan nalagda"-When new it is weak, when ol. it is strong. (Carabao manure) "Langit ngato, lanigit baba, danum agtengtengnga"-Sky above, sky below, water in betwecn. (Coconut fruit) "Aniat' banag a no ikkatan. dakdakkel inna vagbalinan"-What is it tha't becomes larger when you take away a part of it. (Hole) "Amenok a kagzrguranak, ngem no mapataynak angotennak"-I know you hate me, but when you have killed me you still smell me. (Bed bug) "Sino ti parsua ii Dios a nakinruar ti tulangna"-What is the creature of God whose bones are outside. (Snail) "No agtCZgaw natayag unay, no agta.kder abababan.'-When sitting it is tall, when it stands it becomes shorter. (Dog or cat) "Siasino ti namindua a nayanak"-What was it that was born twice. (Chick) "Adda asok a burburan. nagtugau iti kasiitan"-I have a hairy doe, which sat among thorns. (Young bamboo shoot) "Iniggawak ti siketmo, lagtoka a lagto"-I held your waist and you jumped and jumped. (Pestle) Sangkagalip a rabong masilawanna amin a lubong-A slice of bamboo shoot illumines the whole world. (Moon). Agtugtugaw maditsdusa-It is being punished while sitting. (Pot on burning stove). 32-The Encyclopedia Britannica. Ed. 11. Cambridge, The University Press, 1911, v. 23, p. 31(. 33-Some of these riddles were furnished the writer by Leon C. Pichay.

CHAPTER III THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY "Then began a new era for the Filipinos. They gradually lost their ancient traditions, their recollections-they forgot their writings, their songs, their poetry, their laws, in order to learn by heart other doctrines which they did not understand, other ethics, other tastes which were different from those inspired in their race by the climate and their way of thinking.-Jose Rizal.l Man being fundamentally a religious creature, his first ef2 forts at literary expression concern themes of a religious, rather I than of a secular, nature. The beginnings of literature are; religious, not literary. Thus the Ilokos of pre-Spanish times related stories about the creation of the world, chanted invoca-! tions and prayers to the different spirits which they worshipped, and in song and dance performed religious ceremonies in honor of their gods. When the Spaniards came over, bringing with them the Christian religion, the first thing they did was to make the natives forget their pagan customs, tradition, and worship, and then convert them to the new religion. To facilitate their evangelization work, they destroyed manuscripts written in the old characters,2 and in place of these they wrote and circulated Christian religious works among the people. j Almost the whole written literature produced in Iloko in | the seventeenth century is of a religious character. The present: stage of the study on Iloko literature has been able to bring out only a few works of a non-religious theme. Even the few linguistic works produced during the century contain considerable religious matter. The poetry was on the whole religious, and even the Iloko popular poem, the Biag ni Lam-ang (Life of Lam-ang), believed to be of pre-Spanish date,' was Christianized, as it were, to lighten the work of the missionaries. A. RELIGIOUS LITERATURE Shortly after the conquest of the Ilokos, effected by Juan de Salcedo in 1572 and 1573, the Spanish missionaries went to the region. The missionary work in the region was assigned to the friars of the Order of Saint Augustine and as early as 1575, the Augustinian missionaries established a convent in 1-"The Philippines A Century Hence", in Quirino and Hilario, Thinking for Ourselves, p. 217. 2-See Chirino's Relacion de las Islas Filipinas and Morga's Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas in Blair and Robertson, The Philippine Islands, Cleveland, Arthur H. Clark Company, 1904, vols. XIII and XVI. 3-In a personal statement to the writer, Prof. H. Otley Beyer of the University of the Philippines said the poem is unquestionably preSpanish but that when written down during the Spanish regime it was sort of "Christianized".

18 ILOKO LITERATURE Vigan.4 A few friars of the Franciscan Order also went there, and a Franciscan, Fr. Juan de Ayora, is considered by chroniclers of the Order to have been the first Apostle of the Ilokos, that is, the first to preach Christianity to the people.5 Towns were founded and churches were established with such rapidity that, according to Isabelo de los Reyes, "en 1626 Ilocos era una de las mejoras provincias del Archipielago, y sus naturales bastante civilizados, muy buenos y serviciales."6 However, it was not until 1621, about half a century after the Conquest, that the first Iloko work was printed. It was a translation into Iloko by an Agustinian missionary and philologist, of a work on the Christian doctrine by an Italian Jesuit Cardinal, Roberto Francesco Romolo Bellarmino. It was entitled: Libro a naisuratan amin a bagas ti doctrina cristiana nga naisurat iti libro ti Cardenal a agnagan Belarmino, ket inaon ti P. Fr. Fracisco Lopez, padre, a S. Agustin, iti sinasantoy (Book in which is Written All the Contents of the Christian Doctrine as Written in the Book of a Cardinal Named Bellarmino, and Translated by P. Fr. Fracisco Lopez, an Agustinian Father, into Samtoy). This book was certainly the most important work in Iloko published in the seventeenth century. From 1621 to 1895, it went through not less than seven editions. Fr. Lopez also wrote another religious work, Catecismo de la lengua ylocana, con esplicacion de los misterios principales de nuestra Santa Fe..., but it was not printed until 1765.7 It has gone through more than ten editions, and to this day it is used in the Ilokos. He also wrote a grammar and vocabulary of the Iloko language, which shall be considered in the section on linguistic works. Besides Fr. Lopez, there were other friars who contributed much to the religious literature of the century. Fr. Antonio Mejia, who died in Laoag in 1659, wrote a Pasion de N. S. Jesucristo in Iloko which, according to Wenceslao E. Retana, was undoubtedly the first pasion written in any Philippine language. Isabelo de los Reyes believes this pasion was written in 1621,9 but it was not published until 1845 in Madrid.10 Fr. Mejia 4-Fr. Gaspar San Agustin cited by Isabelo de los Reyes in his Historia, de Ilocos. v. 2, p. 43. 5-Ibid., p. 43. 6-Ibid., p. 81. 7-See Retana, W. E., La imprenta en Filipinas. Madrid, Imp. de la Viuda M. Minuesa de los Rios, 1899, col. 205. 8-Retana says: "Lo que si puede asegurarse, es que ninfaun otro, uce recordemos, compuso la Pasion en la lengua indigena de Filipinas antes oue el P. Mejia, que murio en 1659". See his Aparato bibliografico de la historia rieneral de Filipinas, v. 2, p. 589. 9-Historia de Ilocos, v. 2. p. 171. 10-Retana thinks this edition may not have been the first, because

I I I THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 19 wrote other works in the vernacular but were not published. Fr. Agustin Mejia, who died about 1630, is also reported to have written some didactic and religious works, among which was the Vida de San Barldm y Josaphat, "in elegant and correct Iloko verse'",l which was kept in manuscript form for a long time in the convent of Bantay. Fr. Jacinto Guerrero, who served for some time as spiritual father of Tagudin and who died in 1693, was the author of four unpublished volumes of Sermones morales and translated another volume which was published in 1753.12 To Fr. Alonso Cortes, who died in Bantay in 1695, is attributed three unpublished volumes of Sermones morales and others of Panegiricos, all in Iloko.13 Escudos del Cristiano, in Iloko, not published until 1721, and Armamentario cristiano, MS., were written by Fr. Guillermo Sebastian who died in Bantay three years after the death of Fr. Cortes.14 Doubtless there were other friar-missionaries who either translated into Iloko from foreign languages or from Tagalog or originally composed in Iloko, works on religion, but research has not yet brought them to light. Mention must be made here of a native Iloko, Pedro Bukaneg, who occupies as important a place in Iloko literature as Francisco Balagtas occupies in the Tagalog and Juan Crisostomo Soto in the Pampangan. The Ilokos consider him as the father of their literature and as one of the greatest figures in their history. He was a great poet, writer, and religious leader, and wrote or rather caused to be written "volumes of poetry, speeches, and sermons in Ilocano", which "perished with him for the Spaniards after his death published them under their own names.... 71" Fr. Francisco Lopez himself acknowledged that the most and the best collaboration in the preparation of Fr. Lonez's Iloko version of Bellarmino's Doctrina cristiana and of his Gramatica ilocana was contributed by Bukaneg. The exant date of his birth has not been ascertained, and it is unlikely that it will ever be known. He was like Moses in that he was a foundling; like Milton in that he was blind; like Socrates in that he had ugly features and in that he preached in the streets. J. T. Medina says the book was first published sometime during the eighteenth century. See Retana's Aparato bibliografico..., v. 2, p. 289. 11-Perez. E. I. Catalogo bio-bibliogrdfico de los Reliqiosos agustinos de la nrqvincia del santisinmo nombre de Jesus de las Islas Filipinas..., Manila. Est. tip. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901, p. 79. 12-Historia de Ilocos, v. 2, p. 141. The unnamed volume must have been the eal;n.onoro. but according to Retana it was published in 1745. Retana, W. E., La imprenta en Filipians, col. 184. 13-Hisforia de Ilocos. p. 142. 14-Ibid., p. 142, and Perez. E. I., op. cit., pp. 173-174. 15-See Yqjbes. L. Y., "The Greatest Ilocanos", in Philippines Free Press, March 28, 1931.

so.4 ILOKO LITERATURE Many biographical sketches of Bukaneg have been written, but the most reliable was that written by Percy A. Hill, a wellknown chronicler, from which we quote the following extracts:1' "Few know much about Pedro Bukaneg, who he was or what he did. Yet in his day and generation, the name of this blind convert was carried as far as Madrid and Rome. The incidents of his life parallel those of Moses to a certain extent; and even if he did not write the Tables of the Law, his labors to convert his countrymen to a better creed, resemble those of the Hebrew lawgiver. An Ilocano by birth, his story dates back to about twenty years after the conquest, ancient enough, historically speaking. "In the year 1592...the town of Bantay was spiritually presided over by Fray Geronimo Cavero, a monk of the Agustinian Order, whose good qualities drew the people towards Christianity.... "One of his first converts was the wife of a baknang who was baptized Maria.... On one of the days of March, 1592, Maria went to bathe in a small tributary of the Abra River, a short distance from the convent itself. Her attention was attracted to an object, floating down with the current, which turned out to be a woven basket, and which drifted into a little cove in the river bank.... Wading out to satisfy her curiosity, she found a newlyborn baby lying on a roll of dangling bark in the basket, like the Moses of Biblical lore. Where it had floated from she could n6t imagine. It was not likely to have come through the turbulent current of the gap, but had probably been set adrift a short way up the river. "The infant was totally blind, having no doubt been born that way and for that very reason rejected by its parents following the old custom of Samtoy in which defectives born blind or lame were abandoned with a Spartan severity. Maria took up the basket and its contents and carried it to the convent of Bantay. The good friar out of compassion arranged for a nurse to look after the infant, who in spite of his rude start on the journey of life, lived, thrived, and was baptized with the name of Pedro and the surname of Bukaneg. 17 From his scanty resources, Fray Geronimo brought up the blind Pedro who soon showed an aptitude to learn and a lively sense of gratitude towards his deliverer. "In due time Bukaneg was sent to Manila to the convent of the Agustinians where his story. resembling that of Moses in the bulrushes, excited comment and pity. They attempted to educate him and succeeded to such an extent that he not only mastered Ilocano and the Tinguiane dialect, but was able to converse fluently in excellent Castilian. "He felt an urge to teach the gospel and his sermons became so convincing and famous that this was dulv reported at the court of Philip IT and to the Holy Father in Rome. His mastery of the simnle faith and his homely way of stating it, converted thousands of his fellow countryrien. In the streets of Vigan, crowds gathered at his appearance and, listening to his teachings, 'joyfully accepted the creed of Christ'. From Ilauag in the north to Aringay in the south he taught the new life, and his Tersonality, and maybe his unfortunate history, brought many into the fold who otherwise might have remained conscientious objectors. "Upon the termination of this pilgrimage he returned to Manila and aided the Agustinian clergy to compose a vocabulary of the Ilocano language. A class was formed for the instruction of newly arrived friars and Bukaneg was placed at the head. His duty was to instruct the newcomers in vernacular Ilocano, prenaratory to their life labors. Time added to his usefulness as a liaison officer between the clergy and the converts. To 16-"Pedro Bukaneg-A Philippine Moses", in Philippine Magazine, June 1931. 17-This word is a contraction of the phrase "nabukaan nga itneg", meaning "Christianized heathen". See "The Greatest Ilocanos", cited above.

THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 21 the former he was a brand plucked from the burning fire who communicated his flame to the others, and to his people he was not only an object of interest, but looked upon as a sort of oracle. His simple appearance in a. white cotton gown and his youth and blindness gave him a sort of halo. Scraps of history regarding him bear this out. * * * "The labors of Bukaneg among his countrymen caused him to be called the 'Apostle of the Ilocanos'. His name was remembered by the kailanes who till a very late date had carved images called Bukanegs to which they paid the same respect as to the sacred images of the Church. Centuries passed, bishops and governors came and went, and the name of Bukaneg is but a memory in the country he helped convert to a gentler creed, a creed that remains today the same as in 1592, when this Philippine Moses was found floating in his bamboo cradle amongst the reeds of the Abra River." B. LINGUISTIC WORKS Whatever defects the linguistic works on Philippine languages produced by the early missionaries and their successors may have-and certainly they contain many-they are nevertheless a valuable contribution to the science of Austronesian linguistics, more especially of the Indonesian sub-family. These works, together with those in other Indonesian tongues, served as a foundation on which the modern scientific study of the Austronesian family of languages was built. Without them Austronesian linguistic studies would be much more undeveloped than they are now. It is possible that there may have been earlier works but the first published linguistic work on Iloko was the Arte de ta lengua iloca by Fr. Francisco Lopez which was printed in the year 1627.18 Of this work and of Fr. Lopez as a linguist or, rather, philologist, Fr. Cipriano Marcilla, himself a student of linguistics, says:'5 "No otra cosa pretendemos al dar hoy a luz el Arte de la lengua iloca compuesto por el P. Predicador Fr. Francisco Lopez, contribuyendo con esto, al estudio de la ciencia filologica a la vez que levantamos en la literatura linguistica un glorioso monumento al sabio e ilustre misionero cuyo nombre ponemos de manifesto a presentes y venideros filologos". Fr. Lopez, in collaboration with Bukaneg, wrote a dictionary 18-Frank R. Blake and Ferdinand Blumentritt write of a certain Juan de Ayora as the author of two manuscript volumes on Arte Ilocano and Vocabulario ilocano. See Blake's Bibliography of Philippine Languages, Journal of the American Oriental Society, 1920, v. 40, part 1, p. 63, and Blumentritt's Bibliotheca philippina, no imp., p. 33. If this was the same Franciscan Fr. Juan de Ayora whom we mentioned above as having been called the first Apostle of the Ilokos, then certainly his works antedated Fr. Lopez's Arte.... Blake also cites a certain P. de la Cruz Avila as the author of a manuscript volume entitled Arte, vocabulario, y catecismo ilocano, dated about 1600. See his Bibliography of Philippine Languages, p. 64. 19-See Retana's Aparato bibliografico..., v. 3. pp. 1339-1340.

22 ILOKO LITERATURE and a grammar of the Iloko language which were not published until many years after his death.20 C. POETRY Except for the long poem Biag ni Lam-ang, which does not properly belong to the seventeenth century because, as H. O. Beyer has said above, it is of pre-Spanish date, and for a few other scattered secular poems, all the poems produced during the century were of a religious character. The poems printed in Fr. Lopez's version of Bellarmino's Doctrina cristiana were merely translations from the Spanish or Latin of some religious poems. A poem which appeared in Fr. Lopez's Arte de la lengua iloca and which Isabelo de los Reyes attributed to Pedro Bukaneg, is a meditation on life and death from the Christian point of view.2' Bukaneg probably composed many poems on secular subjects, but unfortunately they have all been lost. As we have seen, Fr. Agustin Mejia's Vida de San Barldm y Josaphat and Fr. Antonio Santos Mejia's Pasion de N. S. Jesucristo, both in Iloko verse, contained a religious theme. The Biag ni Lam-ang is believed to be among the oldest (some people consider it the oldest) Filipino poems in existence, many writers and scholars —among them Renward Brandstetter22 and H. O. Beyer-assigning to it a pre-Spanish date. The poem is evidently of pre-Spanish date, but since, in its present form it already has some Christian atmosphere, it was not con' sidered in the previous chapter but will be taken up in the present chapter. Controversy has arisen over the authorship of the poem,2' but it is generally agreed now among many Iloko writers and among some other non-Iloko scholars that the poem existed in oral form before the Spaniards came to the Islands and that it was handed down orally from generation to generation till, some time in the seventeenth century, it was committed to writing by certain writers who infused some Christian element into the story. 20-For the different editions of these publications see the bibliography at the end of this book under the names of Francisco Lopez and Andres Carro. 21-Historia de Ilocos, v. 1, pp. 67-71. Rosa F. Javier also mentions a poem the title of which is translated as "Lines by a Skeleton", supposed to have been written by Bukaneg. This possibly is the same poem reprinted by de los Reyes. See her The Literary Precursors of Jose Rizal, Manila, University of the Philippines, 1925, p. 46a. 22-In a recent publication by Dr. Brandstetter on Indonesian literature in the possession of Dr. Cecilio Lopez, the poem is referred to as throughout pagan with a wedding ceremony resembling that of the Catholic church. 2 —For a more detailed discussion of this point, see the writer's work, The llocano Epic-A Critical Study of the "Life of Lam-ang". Manila, 1935, p. 2.

THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 23 There are at present five versions of the poem, namely: the Medina version, which is believed to be the oldest; the Isabelo de los Reyes version; the Parayno Hermanos version, the most popular of all; the La Lucha (Dangadang) version; and the version by the present writer, which is a composite edition of the four other versions.24 The first three differ from each other in form and thought only slightly. Except for the first three or four and the last two or three stanzas and some lines here and there, which are not worded indentically, they are all alike, word for word. The La Lucha version differs from the first three to a rather marked degree. Being a composite edition of the first four versions, the version by the writer is naturally the longest and the most complete. Each of the first four versions contains not more than 294 stanzas, but the composite edition contains 305 stanzes of varying length, ranging from four to seven lines. The total number of lines is about 1500. The number of syllables to a line varies from six to twelve. The poem is heavily interlarded with overstatements the humor of which would seem vulgar to the ears cf dilettanti. Throughout the poem one frequently comes across characteristic passages sparkling with wit and humor. A considerable number of Iloko writers claim for this poem epic status. Others would consider it only a metrical romance. In a very strict sense it cannot be called an epic because it lacks such important elements of the epic as profundity of theme and sublimity of thought and language. It would be ridiculous to assign it a place beside such works as the Aeneid. or Paradise Lost, or the Divine Comedy. It would not even be justifiable to compare it with the Anglo-Saxon epic Beowulf. It attains the nobility and beauty of this epic only at very rare intervals. But its hero possesses the qualities of an epic hero: he is a prodigy of courage and strength, and his deeds are supernatural, incapable of achievement by an ordinary mortal. It is on the line between epic and romance, to assign it to its proper place. A comparison between this poem and the Tapalog Florante at Lauzra will reveal many striking differences. In purely literary value, the Iloko poem does not equal the T'agalog. It has not the beauty and richness of expression, the nobility of sentiment, and the dignity of thought-essential qualities of all great poetry-of the Tagalog poem.25 It never rises to lofty 24-This edition, with critcal notes, was published in a monograph by the writer entitled The llocano Epic, cited above. 25-See Hernandez, D. A., "Our National Poet", in Philippine Magazine, July 1933.

24 ILOKO LITERATURE thought or feeling. It is written in much the same way as the familiar corridos and aunts (legendary and religious poems), the only big difference being that it is not an extravagant fantasia on a foreign theme. It is, unlike the popular awits, "Bernardo Carpio" for one, genuinely native-in atmosphere, in setting, and in characters. Another essential difference between the two poems lies in the theme. Baltagtas' masterpiece is an attack, subtly disguised, on Spanish misrule in the Philippines; the Iloko poem is purely legendary, its chief purpose is entertainment. The former is permeated with an intense feeling of patriotism (we were not aware of this and the highly seditious character of the poem until Epifanio de los Santos discovered and pointed them out); the latter is practically devoid of patriotic feeling. The two poems, however, are similar in one thing; both are melodramas, both are "and-they-lived-happily-ever-after" stories. The poem is often sung to the tune of the dallot during wedding and baptismal feasts among the peasantry, usually by old men who know the poem by heart. Many old men and women who can neither read nor write can recite it from beginning to end without error. It is popular among the people, the common people particularly, because it reflects the life, culture, and ideals of the ancient Ilokos. It glorifies the courage and bravery of the Iloko, his unfailing valor as a fighter, his rugged honesty, and the adventurous spirit that goads him to leave home and fireside to better his fortune. It is about the only work in the vernacular which gives any first-hand information about how the ancient northern people lived. The epic is based upon a popular Iloko legend of the early days of the Spanish occupation. The theme concerns the successful wooing, by an Iloko youth of superhuman courage and strength, hero of many battles, of the most beautiful Iloko maiden of the time, daughter of the richest and most influential native family in northern Ilokos, over scores of other rivals, many of whom were Spaniards of great wealth and handsome features hailing from different parts of the region. Summarized briefly, the story runs as follows: Lam-ang, a youth of superhuman strength, is born to Don Juan and his wife Namongan, of the town of Naguilian (somewhere in the valley of the Naguilian River, east of Naguilian, La Union), the richest native born citizens in southern Ilokos. Still a babe, but already possessed of tremendous strength, he sets out for the Igorot country, high up in the mountains to the east, in search of his father who, he learns from his mother, had departed for the highlands before his birth to fight the Igorots. On his way he falls into a deep slumber and in a vision he sees the Igorots, arch-enemies of the lowlanders, feasting around the head of his father whom they had murdered in cold blood. Reaching the land of the Igorots, he takes revenge, and alone, single-handed, engages practically the whole tribe in a bloody battle, from which, with the aid of his talismans,

THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 25 he emerges triumphant. He kills and maims thousands of the wild people with his magic spear, and works such havoc and destruction that the land becomes a desolate waste. He returns home, satisfied tht he was revenged the murder of his father and with a bevy of beautiful girls, goes bathing in the Amburayan River, situated about fifty kilometers to the north. His hair has become so dirty during his war against the Tzorots that the bath the girls give him in the river kills many fish. He encounters a huge crocodile and fights it. After a hard-fought battle the crocodile is killed, and Lam-ano carries it victoriously ashore on his shoulders amid the plaudits of his girl companions. Having heard of a beautiful girl, Ines Kannoyan by rame, of the townm of Kalanutian (new a barrio of Sinait, Ilokos Sur). in northern Tlokos, he intimates to his mother his desire to visit the maiden and ask for her hand in marriage. He mTnos with discour.-nement from his mother. who tells him she does not believe Kannoyan would accept him as a husband because there are many other suitors, Spaniards, handsomer nd richer than he. He nevertheless dons his best clothes and taking with him, among other things, his pet rooster and his hairy white do.-, both endowed with such magic powers as those of divination and human speech, he sets out on his important quest. About the middle of the journey he meets Sumarang, one of the suitors of Kannovan, who is returning home from Kalenutinn. Suma,'sn tells him derisiroly that he had better not continue his jcurnev, for Kannoyan would surely not accept the love of such a person as he. Larr,-ang, keenly insulted, engages hint in a duel. The fight at the beginnirg is about even, but gradually Lam-ang gets the better of his enemy, ond in the end thoroughly defeats him, hurling him away over nine hills with a spear. Resuming his journey, he passes by the house of Saridangdang, a woman of easy virtue who, with wiles and deceptions attempts to cajole him into remaining a while to partake of the biyo she says she has prepared especially for him. Lam-ang, however, refuses her, gently but firmly. When he reaches the home of Kannoyan, he finds a big gathering of suitors-wealthy natives and Spaniards from all over the region-entertaining themselves in the yard, so big a crowd that he can hardly manage to get through. Undismayed in his hope of winning her, he edges his wav toward the house and bids his rooster the crow, and a small outhouse topples down. Disturbed by the noise, Kannoyan lays aside her work, looks out of the window, and sees the new suitor. In the meantime, his hairy white dog begins to growl, and in a moment the fallen building arises reconstructed. At the instance of her mother Unnayan, Kannoyan adorns herself and goes downstairs to bring Lam-ang in-a favor she has never shown +o any other suitor. The other suitors look on shame-faced and crestfallen. Through his rooster, which does the speaking for him, Lam-ang makes known the reason for his coming. The parents of the girl tell him. they would give him their daughter in marriage if he can give a dowry equal to all their wealth. They show him their riches: utensils and furniture wrought in pure gold, and point to vast fields which they have inherited from their ancestors. Lam-ang tells them that all this wealth they are showing him represents only a small fraction of his riches. Satisfied, they grant his suit. Lam-ang goes home to Nalbuan to prepare himself for the wedding which is to take place at Kalanutian. He and his townspeople sail on two golden ships-tradeships owned by Lam-ang plying regularly between

ILOKO LITERATURE the Ilokos and China ports-for the home town of his bride. At Sabangan 2, the port nearest Kalanutian, they fire a salvo to announce their arrival. They are warmly welcomed. The wedding, which is solemnized according to the rites of the Catholic church, is celebrated amid splendor befitting the two richest native families in the Ilokos. There is feasting and dancing, and much merriment. After the festivities, the married pair, together with their townspeople, embark on the ships for Nalbuan, where the festivities are resumed. Lam-ang undergoes one more crucial ordeal. Shortly aft'r the departure of Kannoyan's people for their own town, he is informed by the incumbent town head that it is now his turn to go fishing for rararng 27 (every male inhabitant of the town has his own turn to fish). He communicates to his wife a premonition that he will be killed and eaten by a monster fish called berkakan28 in the vernacular. Lam-ang's rooster, however, assures the sorrow-stricken wife that her husband can be restored to life if all his bones are found. All the bones, fortunately, are recovered by a certain Marcos, a skilled diver. After a series of encantations performed by the rooster and the dog at which Kannoyan assists, Lam-ang is brought back to life. "And they lived happily ever after". 26-This place still bears the same name today. It is the safest port of Sinait, Ilokos Sur. 27-Turbo marmoratus. Its contents are edible. 28-A long salt water fish with unusually big head and throat and a small body in comparison with the head-perhaps a shark.

CHAPTER IV THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY "Years and years rolled on. Religious ceremonies, rites that caught the eye, songs, lights, images decked with gold, worship in a strange language, legends, miracles, and sermons-all these hypnotized the already naturally superstitious spirit of the country, but did not succeed in destroying it altogether in spite of the whole system afterwards developed and operated with unyielding tenacity."-Jose Rizal.l The eighteenth century is characterized by the dearth of its literary works, either in printed or in manuscript form. Most of the works that have been recorded were not published at all or were published only during the following century. Some of the printed works were written during the previous century, and only a few were written and published during the same (eighteenth) century. Literary development did not receive any impetus; on the contrary it was retarded. Possibly this was chiefly because of the numerous uprisings that occurred in the region during the century, and secondarily because of the distance of Manila where the printing presses were located. History records several uprisings during the century, the most serious and widespread of which was the Ilokos revolt of 1762 led by Diego Silang. Silang made himself master of the region for some time and but for his assassination, he could have made the situation harder for the Spanish authorities. These revolts, and the epidemics and famines which ravaged the region,2 plus the great distance of the region from the printing presses in Manila, naturally dampened the spirit of the writers to write and publish works. As in the previous century, most of the writers were friars. Very few native writers are recorded to have done any writing. It is, however, believed that the friars were aided by native writers, but their collaboration was not acknowledged most possibly because of race prejudice. A. RELIGIOUS LITERATURE Throughout this century the religious works predominated over the non-religious writings. In 1721 Fr. Guillermo Sebastian's Escudos del cristiano, written toward the end of the previous century, was printed. About the opening of the century Fr. Luis F. Marzan, who died in San Nicolas in 1723, wrote in Iloko several manuscript works entitled, Via Crucis y misterios del Rosario con la bendicion papal; Vidas de los patriarcas Abraham, Isaac, Jacob y Jose; Vidas de todos Apostoles 1-"The Philippines a Century Hence", in Quirino and Hilario, Thinking fcr Ourselves, p. 217. 2-See Historia de Ilocos, chapters on the eighteenth century.

28 ILOKO LITERATURE y Evazngelistas, and Impedimentos matrimoniales.3 Two volumes of Sernones morales are attributed to Fr. Juan Nufiez Cep-da, who died in 1723.4 Fr. Jose Herice, who lived in the Ilokos for some time where he died in 1742, wrote "in correct and elegant Iloko" six manuscript volumes of Sermones morales and one of Conf essionario.5 In 1719 was printed Fr. Jacinto Rivera's Sumario de las indulgencias de la Correa, in Iloko, which was reprinted in Madrid in 1844.6 Fr. Rivera also wrote in the vernacular La cuaresma reformada, in two manuscript volumes, and Luz de verdadera crzstianos, in one volume. A friar who was also interested in linguistic studies, Juan Serrano, wrote a Catecismo ilocano.7 Fr. Manuel Garriz, who died in Laoag in 1761, translated into Iloko the following:s Gritos de las almas del Purgatorio, Pasion de N. Sr. Jesucristo, in verse, and Explicacion de los Evangelios y Metodo de confesar para los rusticos. Among the first novenas on record written in Iloko Was the Novena de Ntra. Sra. de la Caridad que se venera en la iglesia del pueblo de Bantay, written by Fr. Juan Bautista Arenos who died in 1771. It is believed that the first edition of this work appeared in 1765.9 The work has gone through several editions because of its great demand, the image of the Ntra. Sra. de la Caridad being, to this day, venerated. throughout the region. About the middle of the century Fr. Juan Olalla wrote a volume of Sermones morales, two volumes of Sermones panegiricos, a volume of Cofradias de la Santa Correa. two volumes of Explicacion de los misterios de la Santa Fe, and two other volumes of Explicacion de los Sacramentos de nuestra sagrada Religion. The last two works were printed in Madrid in 1848.10 B. LINGUISTIC WORKS In the field of Iloko linguistic studies of the eighteenth century appear the names of five friars: those of Jose Carbonel, Miguel Albiol, Juan Serrano. Pedro Vivar, and Andres Carro. Fr. Carbonel, who died in Candon in 1711, arranged the unfinished work of Fr. Francisco Lopez, Vocabulario de la lengua: —Perez, E. I., op. cit., pp. 213-214. 4-Ibid., p. 174. I. de los Reyes says Nufiez Cepeda died in 1724. See his Historia de Ilocos, v. 2, p. 152. 5-Perez, E. I., op. cit., p. 234. 6-Ibid., p. 228. 7-Ibid., p. 257. 8 —bid., p. 271. Vicente Barrantes says Fr. Garriz died in 1760. See his El teatro tagalo, Madrid, Tip. de Manuel G. Hernandez, 1889, pp. 146-147. I. de los Reyes states he died in 1759. See his Histogria de Iloco.s, v. 2, p. 171. 9-Perez, op. cit., p. 291. 10-Ibid., p. 253. Fr. Olalla died in 1786.

THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY 29 ilocana% and gave it the name Tesauro.l1 Fr. Miguel Albiol, who died in Bacarra in 1710, revised and expanded the same work.'2 Fr. Pedro Vivar, who also wrote a historical work on the Silang revolt of 1762, is reported to have made additions to the same work. The work is believed to have been put into final shape by Fr. Andres Carro, born 1733 and died 1806, and was published for the first time in 1849 under the title Vocabulario de la lengua ilocana.13 Next to Fr. Lopez and Pedro Bukaneg, Fr. Carro contributed most to the early Iloko linguistic literature. In addition to the above work, he also corrected and expanded Fr. Lopez's Arte de la lengua ilocana, first published in 1627, and printed for the second in 1793.14 Two works, A'rte ilocanao and Diccionario ilocano, in manuscript form, are attributed to Fr. Juan Serrano, who died in Manila in 1754.1' C. POETRY Religious Poetry:-Other than the poetry contained in folksongs and in metrical romances, research work has not yet brought out any examples of lay poetry produced during the eighteenth century. The written poetry of the century was predominantly religious. Fr. Garriz's and Fr. M'ejia's versions of the Pasion constituted the main bulk of the poetry. A native poet of considerable merit, Pablo Inis, a son of Sinait, Ilokos Sur, is believed to have lived during the eighteenth century. The exact dates of his birth and death have not been ascertained, but a close examination of the only extant piece of work by him will lead one to the conclusion that he lived either late in the seventeenth century or early in the eighteenth century. Inis shows some poetical talent, and it is unfortunate that not more of his works have been preserved. He was chiefly a religious poet.'6 Metrical Romances:-Epifanio de los Santos says that the first Tagalog awit was printed in Tomas Pinnin's Librong..... published in 1610.1 The panagbiag, the Iloko counterpart of 11-Ibid., p. 166. 12-Ibid., p. 59. 13-Ibid.. p. 318. In this connection, W. E. Retana notes that Fr. Vivar, not Fr. Carro, expended more labor upon the work and attacks Fr. Carro for appropriating the work to himself. See his Aparato bibliogr6 -fico..., v. 2, p. 603. 14-Ibid., p. 318. 15-Ibid.. p. 257. 16-See Pichay, L. C. Dallang ti Amianan, San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., pp. 5-6. 17-"Balagtas y su Florente", in Philippine Review, Aug., 1916. D. S. Fansler is of the opinion that metrical romances have been popular among Filipinos since the early days of the Spanish occupation. See his "Metrical Romances in the Philippines", in the Journal of Ameican Folklore, v. 29, no. 112, April-June, 1916.

30 ILOKO LITERATURE the awzct and the corrido, is believed to have had its birth about the same time. The poem Life of Lan-ang is in many respects a metrical romance, but is genuinely native unlike the other romances. The Vida de San Barrldn y Josaphat, written some time during the first three decades of the seventeenth century, is obviously the first example of a metrical romance in Iloko on record. It has been definitely established that these metrical romances were of European origin and that they were brought to the Islands by the Spaniards and translated into the vernaculars chiefly by the friars. A rather unsympathetic description of these stories is made by T. H. Pardo de Tavera:18 "The corridos are stories in verse about historic events, falsified and fanciful, and love tragedies full of wonderful events mixed with divine prodigy and diabolical magic-all lengthy, exaggerated, puerile, and absurd in the extreme. No one of the characters is native. All are Turks, Arsbs, knights-errant. an-hbazsadors, dukes. warriors in armor provided with magic arms and with balsams like the famous one of Fierabras, good Castilians and bad strangers. All the characters are at variance with Philippine life; for they are only the senilances of the real and true beings of unknown lands and of prodigious races...." In a study of Iloko metrical romances, however, Juan T. Burgos comes to the conclusion that "though the method and vogue of the metrical romances are immediately from Europe, they are of Oriental origin indirectly". And to prove his thesis le cites the use in these stories of magics, enchantments, and other divine and supernatural powers, which he believes to be characteristically Oriental.19 He proceeds with a discussion of the nature of these stories: "The hero or heroine in most of the romances is either a prince or a princess who undertakes adventures, accomplishes feats of valor, and performs such sacrifices as are largely unnatural and superhuman. Foi instance the hero fights with lions, giants, and other animals and invariablv wins; he suffers from lone famine: or because of his sincere devotion to the object of his heart he willingly offers to give up his life, but by the help of some power, either divine or magical, he is saved at the end... "In almost all the metrical romances one finds such common devices in helping and elevating the position of the protagonist as combats with mren, animals and sometimes the elements; the use of spells, enchantments, and voices from unknown sources. "The metrical romances, most especially those on religious themes like the stories of Esmenio, Filomena. and Beata Maria are highly didactic. There is apparent on the part of the authors... a desire to preach a moral 18-"The Heritage of Ignorance", in Quirino and Hilario, Thinking for Ourselves, pp. 5-6. 19-A Guide to the Ilocano Metrical Romances, 1924. (Thesis for M. A. in English) pp. 183-184. He would have been nearer the truth if lie had said that these stories, though of European origin, have been so thoroughly acclimatized that they are as much Filipino as the proverbs and the riddles.

THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY 31 lesson. And in many cases the author, when he comes to the end of his story, advises the readers to heed the gospel of his tale.... "In the Ilocano metrical romances there are only two principal figures of speech: simile and metaphor. The most prevalent figure is simile and the most oft-repeated bases of comparison are the three luminaries-the sun, the moon, and the stars; the goddess Venus and sometimes Diana; the diamond and the pearl; the wind, thunder, lightning, typhoon, and squall; and the white lily, the jasmine, and the rose." Hcw abundant and widespread these stories were during the eighteenth century cannot be determined because we have no record of the works, printed or in manuscript form, but there is no doubt that they constituted the chief bulk of the profane literature of the century. D. THE DRAMA In Chapter II it was stated that the dallot possibly contained the genesis of the Iloko drama. Ignacio Manlapaz says that the Tagalogs, in the seventeenth century, had already fully developed two characteristic types of the drama; the duplo and k/aragatan.20 There is no positive evidence that the Ilokos during the same century had developed types similar to these or types peculiarly theirs; but it may be conjectured that they had some sort of drama, possibly an evolution of the dallot or the arikenken.21 A definite statement on this point cannot be made here because of lack of sufficient data to work with. The moro-moro is an eighteenth century development of the drama. According to Barrantes,22 this melodrama originated from a war dance executed by some Moro warriors to celebrate the christening of their king Ali Mudin in Paniqui, Pangasinan (now a town in Tarlac), in April, 1750. This play followed practically the same line of evolution among the 'Tagalogs and the Ilokos, differing only in non-essentials. "The mloro-moro as given nowadays", says Ignacio Manlapaz, "'is a garish, bloodand-thunder melodrama whose principal attraction is that scene in which Christian and Moslem nobles in loud costumes march up and down the stage striking pompous, exaggerated attitudes, each faction hurling at the other a long bombastic challenge liberally seasoned with insulting epithets, and after much bustle unsheathing their swords and engaging in single combats which before long become a sanguinary confusion invariably ending in the Moslems biting the dust to the holy delight of the Christian spectators'.23 This feature made the play highly popular 20-"Filipino Drama: A Sketch", in Philippine Magazine, Nov. 1931. 21 —An improvised kind of zarzuela in one act in which a man and a woman dance and sing and exchange views on sundry subjects in improvised verse. 22-See his El teatro tagalo, p. 34. 23 —Manlapaz, Ignacio, op. cit.

32 ILOKO LITERATURE among the people in the nineteenth century and early in the twentieth. At present only the barrio-folk in the Ilokos find much enjoyment in witnessing such plays in town fiestas. The comedia was introduced early into the Islands. Antonio de Morga, a well-known chronicler of the early years and one time a member of the Audiencia, reports that the native boys of those years "presented dramas and comedies, both in Spanish and in their own language, very charmingly".'' By the middle of the eighteenth century, different kinds of Spanish comedias were already being staged in the various parts of the Philip4 pines.25 But since the plays in Iloko existed only in manuscript form until the nineteenth century when they were printed, and since even these manuscripts themselves are no longer available, it is hard to say which of them were the most popular in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 24-Sucesos de las islas Filipinas, in Blair and Robertson, The Philippine Islands, Cleveland, Ohio, Arthur H. Clark Co., 1904, v. 16, p. 152. 25-Banias, Raymundo C. The Music and Theatre of the Filipino People, Manila, 1924, p. 37.

CHAPTER V THE NINETEENTH CENTURY "The air was thick with the spirit of Revolution. The poetic sentiment of the Filipinos poured itself with princely munificence on the Fatherland enthralled. Even the love-ditties quivered with the longings for home and country, and so strong was this feeling of patriotic fervor that. if the hyperbole is pardonable, any act of disloyalty to the Fatherland was construed generally as an act of faithlessness and treachery by the woman beloved."-Fernando Ma. Guerrero.' In sharp contrast with the eighteenth century, the nineteenth century witnessed an unprecedented development of Iloko letters. Its output was more than twice the production of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries taken together. Although religious literature still constituted more than half of the total production, purely literary works showed a very appreciable increase over those of the former centuries. The Iloko novel and the Iloko short story saw their births during this century. In poetry the century produced some of the greatest figures in the literary history of the Ilokos. The drama has never been very popular among the Ilokos, as it has been among the Tagalogs, but during this century it showed better signs of life than at any other time in the past. Works on history, folklore, science, and sundry other subjects also began to appear. Evidently the people were caught up with the same spirit as the other peoples of the country, particularly the Tagalogs and the Bisayans. Their vision began to widen. They had long been insulted and oppressed by their masters, and now they sought means to free themselves of the oppression. "The lethargic spirit woke to life", as Rizal has said. "His sensitiveness, the chief trait of the native, was touched; and while he had the forbearance to suffer and die under a foreign flag, he had it not when the masters whom he served repaid his sacrifices with insults and jests.:Then he began to study himself and to realize his misfortunes".2 The people wanted reforms in the government and in society, and expressed their desire for reforms in their writings. The more vocal writers frankly aired their grievances and met with punishment from the civil or ecclesiastical authorities. The more wary ones masked their attacks against the abuses of the rulers. Hence a considerable part of the literature of the century was propaganda in falseface. Unlike Filipino literature in Spanish, however, Iloko literature did not reach its highest development during and shortly — "Spanish Poetry in the Philippines", in Quirino and Hilario, Thinking for Ourselves, pp. 78-79. 2 —"The Philippines a Century Hence", in ibid., p. 218.

34 ILOKO LITERATURE before and after the Philippine Revolution. This period is usually referred to as the Elizabethan or Agustan age in Filipino letters in Spanish, but in Iloko literature that is not the case. Not that there were no able Iloko writers. Antonio Luna, Isabelo de los Reyes, and Eduardo de Lete were able writers, but Antonio Luna and Eduardo de Lete wrote in Spanish and Isabelo de los Reyes wrote his best works in Spanish and only his minor productions in Iloko. Other able writers of the period preferred Castilian to Iloko as their medium of expression. An important development of Iloko literature during this century was the emergence of several native writers. In the previous centuries very few names of native writers appeared in written works; in this century the native writers cutnumbered the writers of Spanish blood. They tried their hand at almost every form of writing and in most cases did better work than the Spaniards. A. POETRY Metrical Romances:-These exotic narrative stories in verse continued to be the main profane literature of the people. Surely, as T. H. Pardo de Tavera3 has pointed out, these stories had a "detrimental influence" upon the people. To these and to the novenlas he traces the Filipinos' heritage of ignorance. Indeed, a people whose intellectual exercise consisted of nothing other than the reading of the novenas and the fanciful and falsified stories of the panagbiags could not be expected to achieve any respectable degree of culture and progress. Many of these stories were translated from the Tagalog versions or directly from the Spanish. Some of the translators displayed an amazing lack either of common sense or of a knowledge of history. For instance the metrical romance dealing with the life of Richard Coeur-de-Lion was rendered into Iloko as Historia a panagbiag ni Ricardo nga puso iti pagarian sadi Francia (Life of Richard the Heart (sic!) of the Kingdom of France). Possibly because England was under the French during the times of Richard the Lion-Hearted, he was erroneously identified as king of France. Among the most popular of these exotic stories in the late nineteenth century, according to old people in the Ilokos. were those relating to the Adarna bird, the Twelve Peers of France, Bernardo Carpio, Jaime del Prado, and Alvaro de Castilla. Lyric Poetry:-Among the most notable names in the nineteenth century Iloko lyric poetry were those of Jacinto Kawili, Leona Florentino, Justo Claudio y Fojas, and Isabelo de los 3-"The Heritage of Ignorance", in ibid., p. 10.

THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 35 Reyes. One characteristic common to these poets is the spirit of religion pervaaing most of their poetry. Jacinto Kawili:-Not very much is known about the life of this writer and poet. The following biographical notes are based on bits of biography culled from different sources.' Jacinto Kawili is believed to have been born in 1770, a date which is rather too early, considering the fact that he translated Modesto de Castro's Urbana at Feliza in 1865. He showed an early interest in his boyhood surroundings, and due to his desire to acquire an education, he went to Manila and was taken care of and educated by a friar. He proved to be an intelligent student and soon acquired an easy command of Spanish. The friar's trust in him was such that he was made to take charge for some time of the printing press of the Colegio de Sto. Tomas, then the biggest printing press in the Islands. He was both a prose writer and a versifier. His principal prose work is his Iloko translation of Castro's chef-d'oeuvre. His extant poems-"Ti tao quen ti lubong (Man and the World) ", "Agbabaoica! (Repent!)", and "Ni managuindadacqi.el (The Braggart) "-reveal a highly religious and moral nature. He is looked up to as one of the chief figures in Iloko letters. Leona Florentino:-As there have not been many important women fiigures in world literature, so in our own literature-in the vernacular, Spanish, and English-the only woman writer worthy of note is Leona Florentino,5 and hence she may be called our foremost, or national, poetess, just as Balagtas is usually referred to as our national poet. Leona Florentino did not have a very colorful career.6 She was born of a rich and influential family in Vigan, Ilokos Sur, on April 19, 1849, her father, Don Marcelino Florentino, being reputed the richest man in the Ilokos region in those days. Her mother Dofia Isabel Florentino, a cousin of her father, was also of wealthy parentage. Young Leona, however, had many brothers and sisters and was not spoiled, and her mother, an industrious woman, did not allow her to grow up in idleness. Leona's parents had more than enough money to spend on her education, but as women then were not permitted by social 4-These notes are based mainly on the biography written by Jose Castro. See Pichay, L. C., Dallang ti Amianan, p. 7. 5-For an account of some other Filipino women writers, see Encarnacion Alzona, The Filipino Woman, Manila, University of the Philippines Press, 1934, pp. 32-34. 6-For accounts of the life of the poetess see de los Reyes, Isabelo, El Folklore Filipino, pp. 178-190: "Ni Leona Florentino", in El Mensajero, Vigan, Ilokos Sur, Oct. 2, 1930; and "Our National Poetess", by the writer, in Philippine Magazine, October, 1934, from which was condensed the present biographical account of the poetess.

36 ILOKO LITERATURE custom to pursue higher studies, she never attended college. She learned her letters from her parents and from a Filipino clergyman, Rev. Evaristo Abaya, curate priest of Vigan, to whom she owed her excellent command of Spanish. This clergyman was the first to discover the literary talent of the little girl and did all within his means to develop it. She was unusually precocious and even before she reached her tenth year she was writing poetry. She preferred to write in Iloko, and most cf her works were in after years written in the vernacular. It has been said that "she could dictate at once to three amanuenses on as many different subjects" and at the same time jot down a composition herself. Dolia Leona did not write for publication but only to please herself and her circle of friends. But as true merit cannot be hidden, her name as a poetess spread far and wide in northern Luzon during her lifetime and after her death it reached Europe. TIer works were voluminous, believed to be even more so than those of Bukaneg. Her writings, extant and lost, if they had been collected, would probably have filled ten good-sized volumes. She was never robust. As a child her health was delicate and was the cause of frequent anxiety. The duties of motherhood and her activity as a writer soon told on her, and at the youthful age of 35-on October 4, 1884-she died of tuberculosis. Unfortunately only a small portion of her writings has been saved.8 Some of her poems have found their way into foreign libraries and anthologies. Some are kept in the public libraries in Paris, London, Madrid, and in our own National Library. A number were exhibited in the "Exposition Internationale" held in Paris in 1889 and in the "Exposicion General de Filipinas" held in Madrid in 1887. A French woman writer, Mme. Andzia Wolska, in recognition of Dofia Leona's literary ability, included her name and some of her works in the Bibliotheque Internationale des Oeuvr.,s de Femmes which she edited in 1889. Several glowing tributes have been paid her.9 She has been called "the worthiest representative of Filipino women in the 7-See V. L. del Fierro, "The Five Greatest Filipino Women in History, as Selected by Eulogio B. Rcdriguez", in Philippines Herald, June 17, 1928, and El Folklore Filipino, p. 179. In a statement to the writer Isabelo de los Reyes, her son, declared the story as true. 8-I. de los Reyes told the writer that most of the originals of her poems and dramas have been lost due to carelessness on her own part and on that of her relatives and friends, and the disorganization resulting from the Philippine Revolution. 9-In Vigan, her home town, a monument was erected in her honor in 1930 and one of the principal streets of the town has been named "Leona Florentino".

THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 37 realm of poetry and the drama", has been mentioned in the same breath with George Sand, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, and Amy Lowell, and is generally accepted as one of the ten greatest figures in Iloko history.'0 To say that she is the foremost Filipino poeless is quite justifiable, but to rank her with such writers as Mrs. Browning and Amy Lowell, is going too far. She is the only notable versifier we have produced among the fair sex, but her poetry is not great in the strict sense of the term. A critical examination of her verses will reveal that the thought is often trivial and the workmanship clumsy. In fact no poem of hers can be singled out as truly notable, as Florante at Laura can be singled out as the most notable of Balagtas' poems.1" But she had originality and naturalness. She was not a mere imitator and wrote in a style distinctly her own and therefore distinctly Filipino. If her workmanship was sometimes clumsy it was because she disliked to revise her poems, believing that the best poetry is that which is couched in easy, natural language, and that revision only destroys this. She wrote on a variety of subjects, but mostly on love, morality, and religion. Most of her poems are didactic, interlarded with moralizings. Like Balagtas and Bukaneg, she saw beauty as goodness and goodness as beauty. Some of her love poems are truly beautiful-in feeling, verbal melody, and imagery. Her poems felicitizing affianced lovers and newly-wed couples are especially interesting. But many of her poems on unrequited love have that fundamental defect-sentimentalism. Their titles alone-"Nalpay a namnama (Blasted Hopes) ", "'Aasug ti maysa a mapapaay (Sighs of an Unrequited Lover)"', etc.-are sufficient indication of this. Nevertheless, she was also a satirist, perhaps a better satirist than a poet of love. Her satire is so gentle and so subtle that its keenness is all the more cutting when one recognizes it. The absence of a spirit of revolt against political and social oppression is, for that time, notable. She did not belong to the oppressed masses and did not feel their sufferings. She was a devout Catholic, and this explains the religious feeling expressed in much of her poetry. Her writings are valuable as studies in the life of her time. In them we can see reflected the life of the higher class of Iloko society during the second half of the nineteenth century, when a young woman was a princess, seemingly unattainable, and 10-See the writer's "Our National Poetess", already cited. 11-Among her better known poems may be mentioned the following: "To Vicenta and Severino on their Wedding Day", "To a Young Woman on her Birthday", "Benigna", "Castora", "Emilia", and "Leon XIII".

38 ILOKO LITERATURE when courtship was a long, painful, but thrilling artistic process. If she did not produce literature of the first order, it was not because she was not endowed with rich poetic talent, but because she lacked the advantages of a broad education and because she wrote for a public that was not highly cultured. Justo Claudio y Fojas and Isabelo de los Reyes:-These two native writers were probably the best rounded writers in Iloko during the nineteenth century. Claudio y Fojas, a priest, wrote novenas, prayer books, catechisms, metrical romances, lyric poetry, dramas, biographies, a Spanish grammar, and an IlokoSpanish dictionary. De los Reyes wrote poems, folk-lore stories religious works, and political articles; and in addition he was an able newspaperman. Evidently he inherited the literary gifts of his mother. Both Claudio y Fojas and de los Reyes produced! poetry highly pervaded with a religious feeling.12 B. THE DRAMA Although the greater part of the comedias, sainetes, zarzuelas, moro-moros and other types of the drama still existed in manuscript form, some of them already) began to appear in printed form during the later half of the century. The first printed drama we have knowledge of was a comedia published in 1889 portraying the life history of San Hermenegildo, "martyr king of Spain who was killed by the Aryan heretics on April 3, 586."13 About the same time Isabelo de los Reyes published in his periodical, El Ilocano, his Iloko translation of Camille du Locle's romantic drama, Aida, which he later printed in pamphlet form. The nature of the story made it at once popular among the Ilokos. The narrative is full of color, having for its setting Egypt in the time of the Pharaohs. The story is about the love of a slave girl named Aida, who turns out to be the daughter of a rival king, for a prince who was loved by another princess. In her jealousy, this other princess caused the prince to be executed in a dungeon. The slave girl surreptitiously joins the unfortunate prince and the two die together. In 1894 Justo Claudio y Fojas published a comedia entitled Don Pelayo, rey de Asturias, which was followed in 1895 by his El Arrepentimiento. He wrote many other comedias but we shall consider them in a later chapter because they belong to the twentieth century. The poetess, Leona Florantino, wrote 12-Some of the poems written by these poets are included in L. C. Pichay's Dallang ti Amianan, pp. 17-19, and in M. A. Pefia and A. Fogata's Sangcareppet a Dandaniw, pp. 27-34. 13-See Pedro de Tavera, T. H., Biblioteca Filipina, p. 108.

THE NINETEENTH CENTURY comedias and sainetcs besides poems, but unfortunately they have been lost.14 The eminent man of letters, Don Mena Crisologo, is related to have written many dramas toward the end of the century, but since the dramas that we know were written in the present century, his career and works as a dramatist will be discussed in a succeeding chapter. C. FICTION In its loose sense, fiction in Iloko may be said to have been born in the seventeenth century with the appearance of the first lloko versions of the European metrical romances; but in its strict sense, in the sense it is generally understood today, Iloko fiction was not born until about the end of the nineteenth century. The Novel:-The Iloko novel as a distinct literary form is only about a half-century old. It was born in 1892. It is rather surprising that the first known Iloko novel was not by a native but by a friar. Fr. Rufino Redondo, author of Matilde de Sinapangan, belonged to the Agustinian Order. His novel tells about the life of an Iloko barrio maiden who was brought up in the traditional Catholic life. As a piece of art, the work has obvious faults, among which may be mentioned its being heavily interlarded with moralizings. In this connection the reader might be interested to know that while Fr. Redondo was a moral writer, he had a very bad reputation among the people for deliberate cruelty and meanness. HIe was clearly a "follow my advice, not my conduct" minister of God. The Short Story:-The oldest example of a short story in Iloko which the writer has been able to find in his researches is the story entitled "T'i langit ti inanamatayo (Heaven Is Our Hope)' which I. de los Reyes published as a supplement to his pamphlet Biag ni Aida, printed some time toward the end of the century. It may not have been the first Iloko short story, but certainly it was among the first stories written in the vernacular and its author is without doubt one of the pioneers in the short story, although there are not many stories to his credit. 14-See Pefia. M. A. and Fogata, A., op. cit., p. 13.

CHAPTER VI THE NINETEENTH CENTURY (Continued) "Literature is all one-and indivisible. The idea of the unity of literature should be well planted and fostered in the head. All literature is the expression of feeling, of passion, of emotion, caused by a sensation of the interestingness of life. What drives a historian to write history? Nothing but the overwhelming impression made upon him by the survey of past times. If hitherto you have failed to perceive that a historian is a being in strong emotion, trying to convey his emotion to others, read the passage in the Memoirs of Gibbon, in which he describes how he finished the Decline and Fall. You will probably never again look upon the Decline and Fall as a 'dry' work".-Arnold Bennett.1 A. RELIGIOUS LITERATURE In most, if not in all, of the Philippine languages religious literature predominates in quantity over non-religious works. That religious literature in Iloko should be more voluminous, is not very suprising; furthermore, that it should predominate over the religious literature in any other Philippine language, including Tagalog, is singularly interesting. In H. Otley Beyer's Filipiniana collection which in 1925 contained 1,310 Tagalog, 431 Iloko, and 372 Bisayan works, the religious works in lloko outnumbered those in any other Philippine language.2 If this fact has any meaning at all, it is that the Ilokos are as religious as, if not more so than, any other group in the Islands. The truth is that religion has had a tremendous influence in their lives. An editorial writer on the Manila Tribune has aptly observed:3 "Those who first come in contact with the Ilocanos will be struck by the innate courtesy of these Northerners. It seems ingrained in their being to be so. Even the simple 'Thank you' is expressed in something of a minute ceremony, for the Ilocano equivalent of it is 'God will will thank you'. So with their 'Good morning' and like expressions of greeting. It is 'God be with you this morning'. Whatever be the background and origin of this dominance of the religious motif, as it were, in the idioms of these Northerners, it is significant that it has richly colored their lives. It would not he far-fetched to attribute in part, the fortitude of the Ilocanos as pioneers, and their courage as adventurers to better their fortune". The novenas, which were not formerly much in evidence, came into prominence in this century, dominating over the other religious works. Catechisms, prayerbooks, versions of the pasi6n, lives of saints, scapularies, and similar pieces were also in 1-Literary Taste; How to Form It. New York, George H. Doran Co., no date, pp. 29-30. 2-Kalaw, M. M., Introduction to Philippine Social Science, pp. 255 -256. However, Dr. Cecilio Lopez and some other Tagalogs do not believe that Iloko religious works can be more numerous than the religious works in Tagalog. 3-See the leading editorial of the Tribune for Oct. 23, 1930.

THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 41 abundance. T. H. Pardo de Tavera describes the novenas as follows:4 "(They) are religious booklets dedicated to a saint whose favor is invoked in order to obtain from God such-and-such favors. These works consist of a system of prayers in relation to certain miracles, and of meditations on the miraculous saint. They are said every day for a period of nine consecutive days. To Virgin Mary is attributed the origin of tho novenas because she venerated the Number 9 in memory of the fact that nine days it was when she was appraised of the incarnation of the Divine Messiah, and also because of the nine months in which she carried Him in her virgin womb'5". Among the native religious writers who lived during the century may be mentioned the following:6 Benigno de los Reyes, Miguel Reyes, Enrique del Rosario, and Vicente F. Bonifacio, all of Vigan; Antonio de la Cuesta and Evaristo Farolan of Sarrat; Antonio de Padua of Laoag; Mariano Dacanay of Bacnotan; Espiritu Bartolome of Tuguegarao; Evaristo Abaya and Eustaquio Gallardo of Candon; Gavino Carbonell of Sta. Maria; Justo Claudio y Fojas, Quintin Paredes, and Nicomedes Bandayrel. Benigno de los Reyes wrote Oraciones para todos los dias de la semana in Iloko and translated a prayer book from the Spanish. Miguel Reyes wrote a novena in honor of Santa Catalina and translated a prayerbook Visitas al santisirno Sacramzento. Novena, historica y milagros de Ntra. Seiora de Lourdes is attributed to Enrique del Rosario along with other works. Vicente F. Bonifacio was a rather prolific writer, having to his credit not less than eight different novenas and lives of saints which have been reprinted several times. Antonio de la Cuesta wrote a novena "en honor del poderoso Patrocinio de N.a S.a la Virgen Maria", and did some translation work into Iloko. Antonio de Padua is credited with a translation of a Spanish novena and a work on El santo sacrificio de la Misa. Espiritu Bartolome wrote a novena to the Holy Trinity. Mariano Dacanay, one of the most important figures in the history of Iloko literature, composed some novenas and lives of Santa Teresa de Jesus and Santa Lucia, and translated from the Spanish Oficio ti semana santa oenno nangina nga aldao. He lived into the twentieth century and wrote more novenas and translated Father Pio Pi's La muerte cristiana del Doctor Rizal and a catechism written by Pope Pius X. Justo Claudio y Fojas, another noted writer, is author and translator of several 4-"The Heritage of Ignorance" in Quirino and Hilario, Thinking for Ourselves, p. 6. 5-Novena a Jesus, Maria, y Jose, Manila, 1903; in the Exordium. 6-Pons y Torres, S., El clero secular filivino; apuntes bibliogrdficos y biograficos. Manila, Imp. La Democracia, 1900, p. 35 et seq. For a more complete information about their works see the bibliography at the end of the present work.

42 ILOKO LITERATURE novenas and catechisms. He also worte a pasi6n entitled Patriarcas quen profetas.... Quintin Paredes7 translated some works into the vernacular. Nicomedes Bandayrel, of Benguet, wrote a novemn in honor of the famous three-century-old Holy Crucifix at Sinait and other works. Of the friar-writers, Frays Jose Ines and Rufino Redondo probably contributed most to the religious literature of the century. Fr. Ines, who died in 1869,8 wrote a pasian entitled Panagtotooc quen ipapatay ni apotayo a Jesucristo (Sufferings and Death of Our Lord Jesus Christ), printed for the first time in 18479 and "popular en las provincias de Ilocos y Pangasinan". He wrote besides a catechism, and translated a bull of Pope Pius IX. Fr. Redondo, who died in 1893, wrote not less than five religious works. One was a novena, dealing with how to prepare for a good death; the other was a book on a Christian's means of salvation during epidemics. Among the less important friar-writers were Fr. Jose Nieto, who died in Paoay in 1836; Fr. Isidro Champaner, who died in Laoag in 1853; Fr. Juan Antonio Cuarteron, who died in Dingras in 1874; Fr. Santiago Mufiiz, Who died in 1900; and Fr. Gerardo Blanco, who died in Bacarra in 1898. A work by Fr. Jacinto Rivera, PagdadaguPan daguiti di mabilang a indulgencia, first printed in Manila in 1719 and reprinted in Madrid in 1844, appears from data available to have been among the first, if not actually the first, books in Iloko to be printed in Spain. The second Iloko work was published in Madrid the following year. It was Fr. Antonio Santos Mejia's Pasion de N. S. Jesucristo, written early in the seventeenth century.'0 Speaking on the influence of the religious books with particular reference to the novenas, on the life of the people, T. H. Pardo de Tavera says:" "These novenas contain pernicious teachings for society, whose moral foundation consists in the development of the individual qualities, such as industry, fulfillment of duty, respect for law, struggle with one's own instincts and passions, which require, above all else, the mastery over one's self. No't only are these social obligations not taught or mentioned, but there is a real stimulus towards all that is bad, by assuring to the criminal, or to the sinner, that he will be forgiven, that he will be free from punishment; that however heinously he may act and however sinful he may be, 7-Not the present Philippine Commonwealth resident commissioner to the United States, but perhaps a distant relation of his. 8-The data on the friar-writers were taken from E. I. Perez's Catdlogo bio-bibliogrdfico de los religiosos agustinos de la provincia del Santisimo Nombre de Jesus..., p. 368 et seq. 9-Ibid., p. 445. 10-See Chapters III and IV of the present work. 11-"The Heritage of Ignorance", in Quirino and Hilario, op. cit., p. 11

THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 43 without least effort, with the greatest ease and naturalness, he will obtain what he wishes and will triumph on earth as well as in the other life." An important work on etiquette produced during the century was Jacinto Kawili's translation of Modesto de Castro's Urbana at Feliza. This work consists of a regular exchange of letters between two sisters, one in the province and the other in Manila. The older sister, who is studying in a colegio in Manila, gives her younger sister pieces of valuable advice regaiding good manners and right conduct. In the letters is reflected the life of the Tagalogs in the early nineteenth century. By making minor changes in the original work, as the names of places, Kawili made the work as faithful a mirror of Iloko life in the same epoch as the original was of Tagalog life because, except for unimportant details, Tagalog life and Iloko life are fundamentally the same. B. LINGUISTIC WORKS The linguistic literature produced during this century is certainly much richer than that produced in the previous century. More authors appear, and there is a tendency to a more scientific study of the language. During the first half of the century, however, very few linguistic works were written. Fr. Carro's Vocabulario de la lengua ilocana, first printed in 1849 and reprinted in 1888, was finished several years earlier, previous to 1806, when Fr. Carro died. Gabriel Vivo y Juderias has to his credit a Gramatica hispano-ilocana (1869) and a Diccionario ilocano-castellano (1873). Fr. Jose Naves Wrote a Gramatica hispano-ilocana (1876) which was reprinted in 1892. A Manual ilocano-castellano (1874) was written by Federico Martinez Rivas. Juan Gayacao was the author of a Nuevo vocabulario 6 manual de conversaciones hispano ilocano (1881, 3rd ed.); and some years later, in collaboration with Sofronio Calderon, he compiled a Vocabulario ilocanohispano-ingles. A work, Compendio de gramatica hispano-ilocana (1861-1862?),12 is credited to Juan Aromas, a native priest of Vigan. Other linguistic writers were Fr. Gerardo Blanco, who edited a Vocabulario hispano-ilocano, con un horario, catalogo de las partes del cuerpo humano, enfermedades y grados de parentesco;13 Antonio de la Cuesta, author of a Gramatica ilocacastellana;'4 Antonio Manzano, who wrote a Metodo para aprender a hablar el idioma castellano dispuesto en forma de dialogo hispano-ilocano; Fernando Ferrer, author of a Manual ilooo-castellano..., which has gone through several editions; 12-Pons y Torres, S.. El clero secular filipino, p. 43. 13-Perez, E. I., Catdlogo bio-bibliogrdfico..., p. 619. 14-Retana, W. E., Aparato bibliogrdfico..., v. 3, p. 1158.

44 ILOKO LITERATURE and Fr. Cipriano Marcilla, who wrote the important work, Estudio de los antiguos alfabetos filipinos (1895). These works would have been very valuable as linguistic studies if the authors had a better background of linguistics and a better knowledge of comparative Austronesian or even only of comparative Indonesian linguistics. The fact is that they knew little, if anything, about the relation of the Austroilesian languages to one another, and the nature of their grammar. The result was the production of grammars and dictionaries of the different languages patterned after the Spanish grammars and dictionaries, works which would make the Austronesian languages sisters to the languages of the Indo-European family, in the same way as German is a sister to the Dutch language. However, as pointed out before, these works are not without value because they may serve as materials for a more scientific study of the languages. C. HISTORY AND ETHNOLOGY Historical accounts about the Ilokos of the early days are not as complete and as illuminating as those about the Tagalog region and the Bisayan islands. The early Spanish chroniclers evidently did not know much about the Ilokos. Francisco Colin in his Labor Evangclica and Antonio de Morga in his Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, do not give as much space to the Ilokos as they do to the Tagalog region. The only accounts of some detail about the region were the reports of the early governors to the King of Spain, but even these documents cannot be relied upon very much. From the early days of the Spanish occupation to the latter part of the nineteenth century, when Isabelo de los Reyes published his Historia de Ilocos, there appears to have been no serious attempt at writing down events in the Ilokos in the manner of a historical study. There were, however, some works of a historical nature worth mentioning here. Fr. Juan Bautista Arenos. a religious writer, is believed to have composed, about the middle of the eighteenth century, a Descripcion de tlas provincias de Ilocos.15 Fr. Pedro Vivar wrote a Relacion de los alzaxnientos de la ciudad de Vigan... en los aios 1762 y 1763. In the early part of the nineteenth century, Fr. Jose Nieto wrote a Historia de los alzamientos de Ilocos.'6 Sinibaldo de Mas' Informe sobre el estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842 contains some information about the Ilokos. So do Jean Baptiste A$allat's Les Philippines (1846), Paul P. de la Gironiere's Vingt annees aux Philippines, Buzeta and Bravo's Diccionario geogrdfico, estadistico, historico de las Islas Filipinas (1850), and a few other works. 15-Marin y Morales, V. Ensayo..., v. 2, p. 6. 16-Perez, E. I., Catdlogo bio-bibliogrdfico..., p. 368.

THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Isabelo de los Reyes' Historia de Ilocos (1890) is an attempt to give an account of the Ilokos from the pre-Spanish times to the nineteenth century. As originally planned, it was to be a three-volume work. The first volume was to deal with the pre-Spanish period; the second with the period from 1572 to 1818, when the Ilokos was divided into two provinces; and the third with that from 1818 to the end of the century. But, for unknown reasons, the third volume did not appear at all; the work actually, therefore, ends with the year 1818.17 The first volume is an anthropological rather than a historical study. A very prolific writer, de los Reyes wrote several other works of an anthropological and historical nature, among which may be mentioned Expedicion de Limahong contra Filipinas en 1574 (1888); Historia de Filipinas... (1889); Triunfos del Rosario... (1888); Las Visayas en la epoca de conquista (1887); El folklore filipino (1889); Articulos varios (1887); Ilocanadas (1887); and La religion antigua de los Filipinos (1900). Isabelo de los Reyes belongs to the small group of Filipino writers who have a European reputation.'s He was a member of some learned European societies like the Sociedad de geografia comercial de Madrid, the Imperial y real geografica de Viena, and the Academia Indo-China de Francia. He was born in Vigan, Ilokos Sur, on July 7, 1864, the son of Leona Florentino. He was educated at the Seminary college at Vigan, the College of San Juan de Letran, and the University of Sto. Tomas. He began writing for periodicals at an early age, and in 1889 established a periodical of his own named El Ilocano. Besides writing for his paper, he wrote for other local papers like the Diario de Manila and ILa EspanZa Oriental, to mention two. He was, and is even now, an intense nationalist. The publication of his Memorias de la Revolucion de 1896 sent him as a prisoner to the Castle of Montjuich, Spain; but he was not cowed. As soon as he was set free, he continued his nationalistic activities and encountered further trouble with some of the ecclesiastical authorities there. When he returned to the Philippines, he helped organize the Philippine Independent church, but his activities from then on do not properly belong to the present chapter. 17-See the last page of the second volume of the work. 18 —Some of the biographical data have been taken from Justo E. Avila's "Isabelo de los Reyes y Florentino", in College Folio, v. 2, no. 4, Feb. 1912.

46 ILOKO LITERATURE Despite his protestations of accuracy,l9 the fact is that de los Reyes is not a very accurate writer. His works contain several errors in fact and in statement. But perhaps he cannot be blamed entirely for his inaccuracies because of the scarcity of the materials then at his command and because, as a propagandist for reforms, he was primarily interested in reforms and had not much time to devote to checking up on small details. However, with all his faults, there is no doubt that he occupies an important place, not only in the history of Iloko literature, but in that of Flipino literature in Spanish. He contributed much to Philippine historical literature and blazed the trail, as it were, for a more scientific study of Philippine folk-lore. 19-Ibid. Avila quotes him as saying that he always took much pains to be accurate in his writings.

CHAPTER VII THE TWENTIETH CENTURY "Beginning with 1900, the bellic fires died down and the salvoes of the batteries and strongholds thundered only to commemorate some patriotic date or episode or to hail the triumph or advent of the arts of peace. Metrical innovations and a desire to enrich the vernacular tongues predominated; but the poets, instead of studying the old models or of placing themselves in direct contact with the people, refledted on what was agitating society and invented, or thought they invented, words, turns of speech, and phrases, wherewith to express it."-Epifanio de los Santos.l The first thirty-five years of the present century have witnessed great literary activity in the Ilokos. At no period in their history have they exhibited a greater interest in literary art. Probably there are more writers in the present century, quick and dead, than there were during the last three centuries taken together. With the establishment of more printing presses and with the rapid growth of periodicals, literature has become, for better or for worse, popular. A. POETRY Narrative: —As in the previous centuries, the greater bulk of the narrative poetry produced during the century consists of metrical romances. These stories are no longer popular with the educated people, most of whom have had' at least a high school training or its equivalent in self-education, but they are still the chief, if not the only, form of profane literature read by the unlettered folk. It is of singular interest to note that the greater part of this literature is printed, not in the Ilokos or in Manila, where cheap and good printing can be had, but in Pangasinan. The Parayno Hermanos, a printing house in Calasiao, Pangasinan, has published, according to estimates based on the bibliography at the end of this work, at least eighty per cent of the total metrical romance literature in Iloko. This proves at least one salient fact: that this form of literature is not as popular among the Ilokos in the Ilokos proper as it is among the pioneers, most of whom have settled in Pangasinan and the central Luzon provinces. Aside from these versified exotic stories, there have appeared some narratives in verse on purely local subjects. Examples are: a versified love story, Da Simon Ken Pantang (Simon and Pantang), by Victorino Balbin: a biographical account in verse of Diego Silang and his wife, Josefa Gabriela, by Cornelio N. Valdez; a novel in verse entitled Nalpay a namnama (Blasted Hope);2 and a versified story of the life of 1-"A Short History of Tagalog Literature", op. cit., p. 61. 2-See the bibliography at the end of this work, under Poetry.

1LOKO LITERATURE Ines Kannoyan, wife of Lam-ang, Iloko lengendary hero.3 Lyric:-It is significant that more patriotic literature, in poetry and in prose, was produced in Iloko during the two decades following the Philippine-American war than during the propaganda period, the Philippine Revolution, and the Philippine-American war, which cover about the same length of time. This can be explained partly by the fact that, as vas pointed out in the previous chapter, the abler Iloko writers during the propaganda period and during the Revolution used Spanish chiefly as their medium of literary expression and partly by the establishment during the American occupation of freedom of speech and of the press, which was non-existent during the propaganda period. Writers and poets of the century may be grouped into two schools: the old and the new. To the old belong those who were born and educated during the Spanish regime or during the Revolution but who have done most of their writing after the Revolution; and to the new belong those who have been educated in the present school system and were born at the turn of the century. The Old School:-This school includes Marcelino Crisologo, Claro Caluya, Mariano N. Gaerlan, Eleuterio Guirnalda, Buenaventura J. Bello, Santiago A. Fonacier, Jose Castro, Facundo Madriaga, Florencio Lagasca, Victorino Balbin, Matea de Peralta, EnriQueta de Peralta, Ursula Villanueva, Antonia Marcos Rubio, Mauro Verzosa, Ponciano Morales, and Mauro A. Pefiato mention some of the most notable. Isabelo de los Reyes, who is still living; Gregorio Aglipay. who writes occasional poetry; and Justo Claudio y Fojas and Mariano Dacanay, who both lived into this century-these do not belong properly to this school. Aglipay is not primarily a poet, and Dacanay, Claudio y Fojas, and de los Reyes did their best work during the Spanish regime. Marcelino Crisologo, mainly a novelist, is one of the few Iloko poets who have both substance and form. He has an excellent command of language and is not a slipshod thinker. Much of his poetry is permeated with religious and patriotic feeling. Claro Caluya was in the early part of the century accepted by the Ilokos as the "prince of Iloko poets".' His forte was the love poem, although he also wrote fairly good patriotic verse. He was in addition a writer of songs, and many of his compositions are still sung today. Mariano N. 3-This versified story, by Efraim Fa. Ordinario. was published in the Ilocos Times serially from November to December, 1935. The author invented many of the events described, thus detracting from the folkloric value of the work. 4-Pefia, M. A. and Fogata, A., op. cit., p. 35.

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 49 Gaerlan loves to embody philosophy in his poetry. When the greater part of the contemporary poetry shall have been forgotten, some of his poetry will still be remembered if only for its thought. He shows the strong influence of Spanish poetry, in which he is well-read. Eleuterio Guirnalda is an intensely patriotic poet. He has thought and feeling, but he has a tendency to become verbose and mawkish on occasion. Buenaventura J. Bello, also a writer in Spanish, can claim to many virtues but certainly not to precision of language and restraint of feeling. If he could only discipline his faculties he might be able to produce good, even great, poetry. Evidently his literary gifts, if he has any, do not lie in poetry but possibly in the drama or in fiction. Santiago A. Fonacier has not as yet distinguished himself in the poetic art, and is unlikely to do so. Jose Castro used to write readable verse and was a devout votary at the shrine of the Poetic Muse in the earlier years, but of late it appears that he has eschewed his Muse for Dagon and now himself furnishes good raw material for literature. Facundo Madriaga and Florencio Lagasca are only occasional poets, the former being a novelist and the latter a linguistic student. Victorino Balbin is also interested in linguistic studies but has written much poetry besides. Mauro Verzosa and Ponciano Morales are politicians and the literary art to them is only a side study. Mauro A. Pefia has written much verse, but it were better if most of it had not been printed at all. He has, however, done some tolerable verse. Among the women versifiers, Enriqueta de Peralta, Matea de Peralta, Ursula Villanueva, and Antonia Marcos Rubio are the best known. Enriqueta de Peralta has been dubbed more than once as the Leona Florentino of the present century, and undoubtedly she has written better poetry than her contemporaries of the fair sex. Her tendency to moralize, however, disfigures her otherwise artistic efforts. Matea de Peralta has produced some verse which although not distinctive, still has value in that it illustrates the spirit of the womanhood of her time. Ursula Villanueva, unlike most people, is publicity shy, and very little of her poetry-which in general shows some able workmanship -has been published. Antonia Marcos Rubio has been accorded the distinction of being the first Iloko poetess to engage in a bukanegan, a poetical joust similar to the Tagalog balagtasan. Her poetry is held in high esteem by many people. Other poets of the old school who have produced some worthwhile work are Melchor Flor, Antonio Fogata, Jose F. Tongson, Pascual Agcaoili, Jose V. Pilar, and Juan Abellera. The Nez School:-Leon C. Pichay is undoubtedly the most prolific, the most popular, and possibly the most versatile of

ILOKO LITERATURE the writers of the new school. Poet, anthologist, novelist, short story writer, playwright, bukaneguero, student of linguisticshe can lay just claim to being, next to Isabelo de los Reyes and Justo Claudio y Fojas, the best rounded figure in Iloko letters. He has to his credit some four hundred poems, three published novels, a big bunch of short stories, several plays, and many articles on linguistics. But like most Jacks-of-alltrades he has not done any work which can safely be predicted to stand the verdict of posterity. The truth is that he is a rather undisciplined writer-he lacks intellectual and emotional restraint. He often sinks into sentimental verbosity, especially in his verse. It is the sentimentalistic content of his poetry that makes him popular among the masses. He has the earmarks of an artist, however, and if he would get rid of his fits of sentimentality and assume poise and sanity, he may yet be able to produce work of lasting merit. Teodoro Purugganan does not strike his lyre often, but the little verse that he has produced is notable for its simplicity of language and clearness of thought-virtues rarely to be found in the works of other writers. Jose Resurreccion Calip, who has also scholarly inclinations, has turned out some good poetry and may yet be able to produce truly notable work in the future. He has the poetic sense, exercises intellectual and emotional discipline, and revises his writings carefully before submitting them for publication. He is at the head of a movement for less sentimentalism and more rationalism in Iloko poetry. Another exponent of this movement is Santiago Alcantara. Calip and Alcantara have better cultural background than most of the young poets and they should be able to lead Iloko poetry into a more rational and, therefore, a more beautiful development. Other young poets whose poetry shows some promise are Froilan L. Donato, Modesto R. Ramolete, Jose Garvida Flores, Tomas Racpan Daradar, Sebastian R. Gonzalo, Isaac Tolentino, Benjamin Panlasigui, Tomas R. Abrajano, Jose B. Sumangil, Delfin S. Dallo, Mariano Castillo, Paulino B. de Peralta and Efraim Fa. Ordinario. The rest need to go through a more rigorous apprenticeship before they can hope to produce tolerable poetry. The stuff they are at present turning out is, to speak in plain terms, balderdash. Iloko Poetry in Hawaii and America:-The presence of great numbers of Iloko laborers in Hawaii and America has brought about the production of what might be called overseas Iloko literature. In recent years a considerable number of works in poetry and prose has been printed, especially in Hawaii. In addition to the works which are published in book form, the Iloko periodicals there print poetry, fiction, and articles reg

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 51 ularly. Two poetry anthologies, one of which, entitled Adu a ricna, is edited by Franco Manuel, a writer of some promise, have recently been printed. They contain poems which, though they leave much to be desired, are valuable in that they reflect the laborers' life in Hawaii. B. THE DRAMA Many of the dramas that were written during the first decade of the century were political and religious propaganda. Some aimed to arouse the hatred of the people against the rulers by picturing the cruelties they had perpetrated upon the people; and some, like the dramas of the moro-moro type, were aimed at propagating Christianity. A. G. Teodulo's Drama ilokcana (1908) had for its theme the cruelties the friars inflicted on the people and the reaction of the people towards these cruelties. Some of the comedias of Justo Claudio y Fojas such as Kecaredo, primer rey catolica de Espania... (1906) and Roger de Flor (1906) were clearly progapand'a for the Catholic church. Regarding a type of the moro-moro play which to this day may be seen on improvised stages during town fiestas, Emerson B. Christie makes this observation:5 "The costumes used in the staging of these plays bear no relation to any particular epoch. The idea which guides the costume is that of something as showy and majestic as possible, and brilliant colors, costly fabrics, and gorgeous plumes are the order of the day. It is not easy for a foreigner to pass a valid judgment on the quality of the interpretation of these plays. To the American, the acting and the declamation seem turgid and high-flown and remote from reality as the lines. The voice is usually pitched high to the point of falsetto, and one is reminded on seeing one of these old-fashioned Ilocano plays of the acting and the declamation seen in popular theatres in Japan. Nevertheless these plays have filled a considerable place in Ilocnno life. For hundreds of years they have served to divert the minds of the people from their rather drab and tedious daily existence to a kind of fairyland which appealed all the more strongly to the people because there was no touch in it of humdrum fact." Mlany of these plays have been preserved through the years in unsigned manuscripts, and it is difficult to ascertain their authorships. Tranquilino Bocobo is credited with having written many of these plays.6 Claro Caluya is also believed to have written some of them. The greatest figure produced by the Iloko drama is Mena Crisologo, possibly the foremost Iloko man-of-letters that ever lived. He was one of the delegates to the Malolo' constitutional convention; was president of the convention of the Iloko Academy of Letters held in La Union in 1923; and spoke Latin, 5-Quoted by M. M. Kalaw in his Introduction to Philippine Social Science, pp. 248-249. 6-President Jorge Bocobo of the University of the Philippines, who is a son of Tranquilino Bocobo, gave the information to the writer in a personal interview.

ILOKO LITERATURE Spanish, English, French, Chinese, Tagalog, besides his native tongue.7 He wrote dramas, zarzuelas, and poems, and was a noted musician. His drama Natakneng a Panagsalisal (Noble Rivalry) has been staged many times in the Ilokos, Manila, and Baguio. It is a romantico-patriotic play set against a background of the Philippine Revolution or rather the PhilippineAmerican war. Neneng, Candtdato, and Pobre Don Celedonio are not as popular as this play; nevertheless they are ntot inferior to other plays produced before or since these plays were given to the world. He knew the technique of his art and was a master of Iloko. A well-known theological play is Riribuk dagiti dioses (War of the Gods) by Mariano N. Gaerlan who also wrote Pilar, a zarzuela. Buenaventura J. Bello is also author of a few dramas which are occasionally staged to this day. Among the more recent writers of plays and some of their works are: Pascual Agcaoili (Daguiti agpaspasucmon basi-Basi Vendors); Martin Purugganan (Sabong ti karayo-Flower of Love); Pantaleona Aguilar (Panagsalisal da escribiente, millonario,, ken abogado-Rivalry among a Clerk, a Millionaire, and a lILawzyer); Leon C. Pichay (Balligi ni panagsalimetett —Triumzph of Thrift; Ti pannakadingpil ni Padre Burgos-Execution of Father Burgos); Daniel Padua (Pamuspusan ni sirib-Remedy of Knowledge, etc.); Froilan L. Donate (Ayat ti taga away-Love of Country People, etc.,); Jose Garvida Flores (Teriang., etc.); Vicente Giron Altuna (Darikmat ni ayat a di maarikap ulbodna -The Advent of Fleeting and Deceptive Love); Rogerio Panlasigui (Pannakayanak ti Mesias-Birth of the Messiah, etc.); and Guillermo A. Lazo (Lzdua-Tears). The Bukanegan: —This is a twentieth century dramatic type, similar to the Tagalog balagtasan and the Pampangan crissotan. It is a poetical joust named after the father of Iloko literature in which two or more poets participate. The participants are each given a subject to develop and defend in versified language against all attacks. Such subjects as Bravery and Wisdom; Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow; Youth and Age; Beauty and Virtue; Life and Death; and the like are usually chosen. The first speech of each of the contestants is usually written down and delivered from memory, as in a debate; but the rebuttals naturally are delivered impromptu in improvised verse. - In these impromptu speeches one often finds some remarkable displays of wit, humor, and poetical ability. The bukanegan does not appeal as much to cultivated as to the less educated audiences. Leon C. Pichay, Jose Castro. Mariano N. Gaerlan, Eleuterio Guirnalda, Victorino Balbin, Antonia Marcos 7-Pichay, L. C., Dallang ti Amianan, p. 20.

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Rubio, Paulino B. de Peralta, and Jose Resurrecci6n Calip are well-known bukcnegueros. C. FICTION The Novel:-The twentieth century has witnessed a rather rapid development of the Iloko novel. In 1909 appeared Mariano N. Gaerlan's Biag ti maysa a lakay wenno Nakaam-ames a bales (Life of a Man or A Dreadful Revenge) which tells of the life of a man of the Enoch Arden type. It mirrors certain phases of Iloko life as lived in the years preceding the Philippine Revolution. The hero goes to Manila to pursue higher studies and when he finishes his law course he returns home only to find that his fiancee has been forced to marry another man. Immediately after the marriage ceremony in church, the outraged man shoots his sweetheart and her husband dead, and flees to the mountains to lead a hermit's life. In the same year appeared C. A. Duque's Baltazar, also an interesting novel by its own right. In 1911 Facundo Madriaga published another novel which Emerson B. Christie describes in some detail as follows:8 "Another novel, illustrative of the new currents of thought that are stirring among the Ilocanos, is called 'Uray Narigat no Paguimbagan', which being translated means 'Improvement Despite Obstacles'. The book is full of faults. It was written by a very young man..., but as I know, throws more light on the daily life of the Ilocano people than anything that has been written in the last three hundred years. The book depicts a Struggle between a young man. full of modern ideas, and his old-fashioned parents and neighbors. One of the points on which parents and son clash is that of marriage. The old people, according to the Ilocano custom which prevails to this day, have selected a wife for the young man and are anxious for him to marry as soon as possible, a very early marriage being considered a normal course in the Ilocano country. The young man thinks that marriage should be a matter of free will and mutual attraction on the part of the two persons most interested and refuses to accept the idea of marriage with the girl selected before he is absolutely certain that the attraction which he himself feels for her is returned. The young man also tvpifies the younger generation in his anxiety to go to Manila, and by a long course of study enter into a larger world of thought and action than would be his lot if he stayed in his own province. "Incidentally there are a good many pictures of native life drawn with an entire indifference to romantic ideas. Such a touch of nature, for example, as an old lady 'taking a cigar out of her mouth to begin conversation would be utterly alien to the ideas of the Ilocano authors of the former generation". "The tone of the few novels already brought out", he observes further,9 "is as different as possible from the high-flown and fantastic tales of the medieval heroes and heroines of the early church. They are marked with a strong sense of actual conditions and aspirations'. 8-Kalaw, M. M., op. cit., p. 251. 9-Ibid., pp. 250-251.

ILOKO LITERATURE Marcelino Crisologo is almost unanimously accepted by Iloko writers as the most notable novelist so far produced by lloko literature. It is to be regretted that most of his works still exist in manuscript form, of which, Mining wenno Ayat t, cararua (Mining or Love of the Soul), has been published. The unpublished novels are Pinang, Maudi a Tungiab (Last Gasp), Codigo municipal, and Bugsot ti puso (Heart's Death Agony). Leon C. Pichay, a nephew of the novelist and himself a novelist, believes that these novels are better in many ways than Mining.10 But if Crisologo had written only Mining, he would still occupy the most eminent place among the Iloko novelists. This work is undoubtedly the best Iloko novel printed, the masterpiece of Iloko prose. It was first published in 1914 and reprinted in 1932. It is a stirring love story connected with the Philippine Revolution. The scene is laid alternately in the Ilokos and Manila and the surrounding provinces, particularly Cavite, where a great number of the events take place. It is in many respects more truly national in character than Rizal's novels or any of the more important novels in Tagalog because the setting covers a wider field and because it has both Ilokos and Tagalogs as characters. The epic story covers a period of about a score of years. Patriotism is the author's underlying message. In the novel breathes the soul of a people, a spirit that has suffered keenly from countless trials and disappointments, yet is ever buoyant and hope-laden. Though distinctly Iloko and for that matter Filipino, the story is not wholly Filipino. Humanity, together with nationality, pulses through. The characters as human beings may be found anywhere on earth, in the East or in the West, for human beings are essentially the same all the world over. After all, human and elemental emotions are of the world, of humanity, not of any one nation or race. Since 1920 there has been an ever increasing number of Iloko novels. Among the more important novelists are as follows: Marcos E. Millon (Nasamit ken narucbus nga sabong daguiti dardarepdep ti agbanbaniaga-Sweet and Fresh Flower of a Traveller's Dreams, 1921); Froilan L. Donato (Binay, 1925); Tomas R. Abrajano (Nanoy, 1926); Eugenio Enriko y Direkto (Panagballigi ti napanglaw-Triumph of the Poor),; Mauro A. Penia (Ti arpac-My harp, 1927); Juan D. Bautista (Yuyeng ni gasat-Fate's Paradise); Arturo R. Centeno (ABC wenno Dagiti tallo a Jinete ditoy lubong-ABC or the Three Horsemen of the World, 1927; Taga aw-away-From the Ooun10-This opinion was personally furnished the writer in a personal interview with Mr. Pichay. The writer has not yet read these unpublished novels, and so cannot comment on Mr. Pichay's views.

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 55 try, 1935); Mamerto R. Gacutano (Kari a natanem-Forgotten Promise, 1930); Paulino B. de Peralta (Inatipa ni gasat!Hindered by Fate, 1930); F. A. Respicio (Sabsabong ken lulua — Flowers and Tears, 1930); Mariano N. Gaerlan (Magdalena ken Boanerges, 1932); Alberto Gruspe y de Veyra (Sion, 1932); and Leon C. Pichay (Pagulidanan nga ayat-Model Love, 1934; Apay a pinatayada ni Naw. Simon?-Why Did They Kill Don Simon?, 1935; Puso ti ina-Mother's Heart, 1936). Centeno's Taga aw-away gives an interesting portrayal of barrio life. Respicio's Sabsabong ken lulua tells about the life of an Iloko laborer in the sugar plantations of Calamba, Laguna, and was expressly written for the Iloko laborers there. Pichay's Apay a pinatayda ni Naw. Simon? is to our knowledge the first detective Iloko novel. None of these works have the elements of great literature, and possibly, all except two or three will no longer be read in a decade or two. Most of them are ephemeral productions reeking with mushy, sticky romance. If a future critic or literary historian, however, should want to get a faithful picture of the life portrayed by these novels, these second rate productions would be most helpful; because it has been truly said that minor authors express the sprit of an age more faithfully than the major writers. In the field of translation, a number of novels in other languages have been rendered into Iloko. Santiago A. Fonacier has done most of this work. He has translated Rizal's No'i Me Tangere and El Filibusterismo. Voltaire's Candide and Le Sage et l'Atheiste, Guzzoni's La Figlia del Cardinale, and a few other works of fiction. Mauro A. Pefia has translated Enrique Perez Escrich's El Martir de Golgota, Lazaro Francisco's Sa Paanan ng Krus (At the Foot of the Cross), and a Japanese novel from its Spanish version." Hugo's Le.s Miserables has been translated by Tomas R. Abrajano. and Dumas pere's Le Comte de Monte Cristo has been translated by M. A. Abaya. Arturo R. Centeno, Narciso F. Gapusan, and M. A. Abaya have translated Edgar Rice Borrough's Tarzan of the Apes. The Iloko Novel in Hawaii:-Not less than ten Iloko novels have been published in Hawaii during the last decade or soan indication of literary activity among overseas Ilokos. Among the better known novels are Marcos Baguinon's Sungdo ni ayat (Sincerity of Love), Francisco Farinias' Sudi ni avat (Love's Sanctity), Francisco Gamboa's Bileg ni ayat (Strength of Love), Franco Manuel's Victor, Jose Murillo's Ti ranggasmo kaniak lak-amemto (You will Suffer for Your Cruelty to Me), Agapito N. Patacsil's Balligi ni ayat (Triumph of Love), and 11-This translation was run in Aweng, May-August, 1933.

ILOKO LITERATURE F. A. Respicio's Nasgued a namncama (Fervent Hope). These novels exploit the love theme, and judged from their titles alone, they do not amount to much in literary value.'2 The Short Story:-This literary type has not progressed much since its birth toward the close of the nineteenth century. From 1900 to 1925 it was almost completely neglected. Occasional stories appeared in the periodicals, but the readers evidently were not interested in them. Since 1925, however, with the establishment of such periodicals as El Norte, Timekmi, The Intelligencer, The Ilocos Times, and BcTnnawag, the short story nas become popular among the people, and short story writers have sprung up almost overnight. One Iloko weekly, the Bannawag, runs as many as three, four or even five short stories a week. Because many of the short story writers are young people without any respectable 'background, they cannot be expected to do creditable work. Some of their stories are poor imitations of the poorer class of American short stories such as are found in the cheap fiction publications now flooding the cuntry, and of the Tagalog stories published in the Liwayway and in the Mabuhay and Ticlba magazine sections. The writers sadly lack technique and an accurate knowledge of nature. Leon C. Pichay, Narciso F. Gaupsan, Arturo R. Centeno, Alfonso A. Gregorio, and Delfin S. Dallo might be able to produce some readable stuff if they take more pains to improve their technique and to acquire a better literary background by conscientiously reading good literature. 12-The writer has not read these novels and so cannot make a definite statement about each of them. The titles of these works were taken from a news item in the Ilocos Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd week of March, 1935.

CHAPTER VIII THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (Continued) "Our vernaculars were forced to follow the categories of a stock of human speech entirely foreign to our mode of thought and expression, instead of the grammatical rules being formulated to suit our linguistic peculiarities. Even our grammarians copied Latin and Spanish models, with the astounding result that we do not have a single grammar of the vernaculars worthy of the name. Today, those who are proposing to standardize Tagalog, for example, are breaking their heads over linguistic phenomena already long harnessed with workable laws formulated by world-famous linguists."-Gabriel A. Bernardo.1 A. RELIGIOUS LITERATURE The establishment of the Philippine Independent church2 and the introduction of Protestantism3 early in this century brought about the production of a great body of religious literature. "With the coming of the Americans and the resulting freedom of speech and thought in religious matters", writes Emerson B. Christie,4 "there has arisen a considerable movement in the way of religious writings in Ilocano of a different sort from the old lives and miracles of the saints. For example, parts of the Bible have been translated into the native dialect either by the Bible society or by natives, such as Isabelo de los Reyes who took an interest in influencing the religious thought of the Ilocanos. Also there has been considerable controversial literature in connection with the three churches which make their appeal to the Ilocanos, the Protestant, the Filipino Independent church, and the Roman Catholic churh. A considerable number of tracts, almanaques with religious tendencies, works of propaganda like the 'Pilgrim's Progress', and the like, and hymn books have been printed and have found their way into almost every Ilocano town. In addition, all three divisions of the Christian church have established periodicals to carry on their work of persuasion". Aglipayan Literature:-The abuses of the friars led to the schism of Gregorio Aglipay and several other Catholic clergymen from the Catholic church and to the formation of the Philippine Independent church. Gregorio Aglipay is one of the greatest religious leaders in the history of the Philippines. He 1 —"Looking both Ways", in the Leader, v. 5, no. 6, Jan. 1933. 2-For a historical account of the Aglipayan schism from the Catholic church see Juan A. Rivera's thesis for M. A. in history at the University of the Philippines entitled The Aglipayan Movement (1932). 3-For a historical account of Protestantism in the Philippines see Frank C. Laubach's The People of the Philippines, New York, George H. Doran Co., 1925. 4-Kalaw, M. M., op. cit., p. 250.

58 ILOKO LITERATURE was born in Batak, Ilokos Norte. He was educated for the Catholic clergy and through sheer merit won prestige in a short time. When his schism took place, he already ranked high in the councils of the Catholic church. General Emilio Aguinaldo made him chaplain-general of the Philippine Revolutionary army where he did splendid work not only as the spiritual consoler of the soldiers but also as a soldier himself. The establishment of the Philippine Independent church was made possible through the aid of an intensely nationalistic layman, Isabelo de los Reyes, who is to the Aglipayan church what Paul was to the early Christian church. Were it not for his leadership, it is doubtful whether Gregorio Aglipay would have been able to establish within a short time a church which now counts with more than two million followers and of which he has been obispus maximus since its foundation. De los Reyes wrote religious tracts, translated the Bible into the vernacular, and educated one of his children for the Aglipayan priesthood.5 As can only be expected, most of the literature produced by the Aglipayan movement is in the form of catechisms, novenas, and controversial tracts. Among the Iloko writers, besides Bishop Aglipay and Isabelo de los Reyes, are Alejandro Remollino, Servando Castro, Santiago A. Fonacier, Jose Garvida Flores, and Tomasa Velasco, to mention only a few. These writers try to paint the Catholic church in what to them is its true colors, but many times, in their great zeal for their church, they either unconsciously or deliberately embroider their portrayal of the rival church. The controversial literature of the early years was especially bitter and a little overdone, but in late years the writers have toned down. Santiago A. Fonacier, formerly a politician and now a bishop, is one of the most zealous of these writers. He has translated, as was mentioned in Chapter VII, famous works of local and foreign authors which are unflattering to the Catholic church, and has written original works attacking the Catholic church. The canonization by the Church of Rizal, Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora has led to the production of some novenas in honor of these "saints". One such novena, written by Tomasa Velasco, is entitled Novena a pagdaydayao ken santo martir Dr. Jose Rizal (Novena in honor of Dr. Jose Rizal, Saint and Martyr). The Dangadang Press at Pasay, Rizal, which prints Dan-gadang, a weekly organ of the Church, and the La Reproductora Press at Sto. Domingo, Ilokos Sur, publish most of the Aglipayan religious books. Protestant Literature:-The Protestants have been almost 5-He is, however, a very tolerant man. While his son, Isabelo de los Reyes, Jr., is a bishop of the Philippine Independent church, many of his children are Catholics and in fact a daughter of his is a Catholic nun.

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (Continued) 59 as unrelenting and as zealous as the Aglipayans in their attacks against the Catholic church, and in a few cases have been more so because, while the Aglipayans have retained many of the forms of worship of the Catholic church such as the mass, confession, communion, and the novenario, the Protestants have done away with most of them. The different sects of the Protestant church have produced a considerable volume of controversial literature in Iloko. A great part of this literature is in the form of translations from foreign authors. The non-controversial literature consists principally of translations of the Bible, hymns, and manuals of instruction for the members of the church. The American Bible Society, through its Philippine agency, has accomplished a great deal towards the popularization of the Scriptures among the masses by publishing cheap editions of the Bible and its different books. Among the more important native Iloko Protestant writers are Camilo Osias, Enrique C. Sobrepefia, Isidoro Panlasigui, Juan A. Abellera, who translated into Iloko Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress. Emilio C. Yadao, Benito Tovera, and Januario Puruganan. The Christian Mission Press, the Methodist Publishing House, and the Ilocano Printing Co. publish most of the Protestant religious books and pamphlets. Catholic Literature:-The criticisms of the Aglipayans and the Protestants, although not all founded in fact, have done the Catholic church and its clergy much good because they have made them awake to their faults. The result is that the Catholic clergy of the present century is in most respects better than the clergy during the Spanish regime. It is more moral and more tolerant and so inspires a deeper respect among the laity. The criticisms against it naturally evoked spirited replies. Catholic priests like Fathers Jose Pasion, Melanio Lazo, Baltazar Advincula, and Isaias Edralin have time and again taken up the cudgels for their church. The clergy has been aided in its campaign for enlightenment among the people by vernacular papers like the defunct Aguzpadamag and El TiemPo Catolico, and the Amigo del Pueblo, La Visita, and El Mensajero. Novenas, catechisms, prayer books, and versions of the pasi6n are very much in evidence during this century. Undoubtedly there are more copies of these devotional books in circulation at present than at any other time in the past. Some novenas written during the nineteenth century have gone through as many as ten or more editions. In 1935 the Pasion ni San Joaquin quen Sta. Ana (Passion of San Joaquin and Sta. Ana) was printed for the fifteenth time. The pasi6n of Jesus Christ has possibly gone through only a slightly smaller number of editions. Jose Pasion, Melanio Lazo, Francisco V. Lazo, Balta

ILOKO LITERATURE zar Advincula, and Vicente P. Corpus, among the natives, and Miguel Hergesheimer, among the foreigners, are the best known Catholic religious writers of the century. The Catholic Trade School Press at Manila, the Catholic School Press at Baguio, and the Imp. El Tiempo Catolico and the Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario at Vigan are the chief Catholic printing houses. Other Religious Literatures:-Literatures of churches other than the Catholic, the Protestant, and the Aglipayan have appeared in recent years. For example a translation of a book of Emmanuel Swedenborg, famous Swedish mystic, concerning the New Jerusalem Church of which he was founder, by Felix C. Evangelista, was published in New York a few years ago by the Swedenborg Foundation. Judge J. F. Rutherford's popular religious tracts like The Crisis (Ti panagbisin), What Is Truth? (Ania ti kinapudno?), The Kingdom: the Hope of the World (Ti pagarian nga innanam toy lubong), etc., have been in more recent years rendered into Iloko and published in New York by the Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society. B. LINGUISTIC WORKS Despite the publication decades ago of the works of internationally famous linguists like van der 'Tuuk, If. Kern, and Renward Brandstetter on the Austronesian languages in which were formulated workable laws for the study of these languages, and despite the more specific and recent studies on Iloko by Harofd W. Williams, Cecilio Lopez, Otto Scheerer, and Morice Vanoverbergh, the twentieth century native and even some American linguistic students of Iloko still adhere to the obsolete linguistic theories of the old school of Spanish linguists who forced the vernaculars "to follow the categories of a stock of human speech entirely foreign to our mode of thought and expression", instead of formulating grammatical rules "to suit our peculiarities of speech".6 All the manuals, dictionaries, and grammars of the Iloko language which have been published to date except the works of the linguists mentioned above are not of much value in the scientific study of Iloko. Works of the unscientific type are as follows: M. L. Alverne's Manual for the Progressive Laborer (Hawaii, 1930), F. Pacifico's Vocabulario espalol-ilocano (1923), Henry Swift's A Study of the Iloko Language (Washington, 1909), Ignacio Villamor's Estudio del idioma ilocano ante el tagalo y el visayo (1928), Hermon P. William's English-Ilocano Manual and Dictionary (1907) and its several revised editions by Angel V. Guerrero, W. H. Hanna and H. W. Widdoes, and Santiago Gaces, and Victorino Balbin's Gramatica itocana fundamental, still unpublished. 6-Bernardo, G. A., "Looking both Ways".

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (Continved) 61 The more valuable, because scientific, works are Harold W. William's Grammnatische Skizze der Ilocano-Sprache... (1904), Cecilio Lopez's A Comparison of Tagalog and Iloko (1928), Otto Scheerer's The Use of "Ti" and "Iti" in Iloko... (1926), and Morice Vanoverbergh's Iloko Substantives and Adjectives... (1928), and Pronouns and Numbers in Iloko.. (1933). Iloko writers who think they know something about the science of linguistics have filled the Iloko periodicals with articles in which they propound utterly untenable, because unscientific, linguistic theories. Mauro A. Peia, Florencio Lagasca, Santiago A. Fonacier, Leon C. Pichay, Victorino Balbin, and Buenaventura J. Bello, however, despite their past errors, might yet be able to make some good contribution to the study of Iloko if they would only acquaint themselves with the works of Brandstetter, van der Tuuk, Kern, H. W. Williams, Cecilio Lopez, Otto Scheerer, and Vanoverbergh. Lagasca and Pichay, who have been conducting a very long "linguistic" debate in the Itocos Times over the latter's translation of Rizal's Ultimo Adios, have succeeded only in displaying their very inadequate and unscientific training in linguistics, and the sooner they cease forcing their theories upon the people and start discarding them for more up-to-date theories, the better for themselves and for the science of Iloko linguistics. They have done an incalculable harm to the gullible readers of the periodical, who likewise have no linguistic background but who respect them as "scholars" and swallow wholesale whatever they dish out in their "inguistic" discussions. C. BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY, ETHNOLOGY, LAW, GOVERNMENT, AND POLITICS There has been a noticeable increase of works in biography, history, ethnology, law, politics, and government since the opening of the century. This has been due chiefly to the growing interest the people have been taking in the affairs of the nation. In biography we have already mentioned the versified account of the life of Silang and his wife by Corneiio N. Valdez, who also wrote a Biag ni Apolinario Mabini (Life of Apolinario Mabini). Rizal, the national hero, has been the subject of a versified biographical sketch by Justo Claudio y Fojas and of an inspired biography by Camilo Osias. Antonio Fogata and Angel V. Guerrero have each written a book on the life of General Antonio Luna. Santiago A. Fonacier is the author of a book of biographical sketches of famous Filipinos entitled Naglallalaki a Filipino (1931). These biographies, and a few others which cannot be mentioned here for lack of space, are a little embroidered in order to achieve the objective of their authors-to inspire their readers. In addition, the newspapers nften print

ILOKO LITERATURE short biographies of the national heroes. Perhaps all the most distinguished figures in the history of the nation have already been written about in the vernacular papers. In recent years the newspapers, especially the Bannawag and the ilocos Times, have been running more or less regular sections on the biographies of living leaders. Among the historical works may be mentioned Artemio Ricarte's Guerra hispano-filipina, translated into Iloko by Leon C. Pichay as Gubat dagiti pilipino ken kakastila (Yokohama, 1929); Apolinario Mabini's The Philippine Revolution, translated into Iloko as Ti gulo ti Filipinas by Santiago A. Fonacier; and Gonzalo Manibog's Historia ken gobierno civil ti Filipinas '(Hawaii, 1934). Many articles have also appeared in the different Iloko periodicals on the histories of the different Iloko towns and provinces. A real history of the Ilokos region, however, remains yet to be written. About the only ethnological works in Iloko during the century are the folk-lore stories, still unpublished, of Mariano Dacanay, and the folk-lore articles written by Jose Resurreccion Calip for the various Iloko periodicals. But if these studies are to have moro value, they should be treated by means of the comparative method. One must have a good background to write worthwhile ethonological studies. Ethnological studies on the Ilokos have been conducted mostly by foreigners. In law and political science many works, mostly translations, have appeared, especially during the last three years. Several important laws have been rendered into Iloko like the Ley especial provincial, the Ley muznicipal, the Ley de 'Tounnships", the Ley electoral, etc. Santiago A. Fonacier translated the Administrative Code, Jose Garvida Flores the Revised Penal Code, and Alejo Mabanag the Municipal Law. The HareHawes-Cutting Law has been translated into the vernacular by F. A. Repuse and Tomas S. Perez, and the Tydings-McDuffie Law by Leon C. Pichay7 and Manuel Ramos.8 Three translations, to our knowledge, have been made of the Constitution of the Commonwealth-one by Vicente Llanes which has been adopted by the Government as the official translation, another by Enrique C. Sobrepeia, and a third by the Bannawag,9 with the collaboration of two writers. Works on civics and citizenship like those by Camilo Osias, Simeon Mandac, and Sotero Tolentino y Corpus, have been published and circulated for the edification of the people. The Community Assembly lectures, which were sponsored by Governor-General Theodore Roosevelt, 7-See the Ilocos Times for April, 1934. 8-See the Baguio-Ilocos Press for April, 1934. 9-See the Bannawag for May 4 and 11, 1935.

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (Continued) 63 Jr. and some of which dealt with the duties of citizenship, have been translated into the vernacular, mimeographed, and distributed among the masses. The happy result of these publications is that the people are now more civic-minded than before. D. SCIENTIFIC WORKS, ETC. Works in Iloko of a scientific character, particularly regarding the medical sciences, began to appear towards the close of the last century. During the nineties a pamphlet entitled Daguiti rumbeng iga aramiden caguiti ubbing a cayan-anac... (Our Duties Towards the New-Born Babies...) was published. In 1904 Victorino Crisologo physician, translated into Iloko a medical work written by brs. Ariston Bautista, Mariano Martin, and Manuel Gomez, and the Bureau of Printing published it under the title Panangayoan cadaguiti cayyanac nga ububbing (Care of the New-Born Babies). In 1913 Rebecca Parish's Care of the Body (Panagsaluad iti bagi) was translated into Iloko, and a little later her other work, Save the Babies (Isalacan daguiti ubbing), was also translated. In 1920 a translation by Leon Z. Roda of A. C. Selmon's Book on Medicine (Libro ti panangagas) was published, and possibly sometime later appeared Medico del hogar zwenno Arayat dagiti masaksakit (Doctor of the Home or Aid to the Sick). The Bureau of Health has from time to time issued pamphlets in Iloko on the prevention and cure of such common diseases as tuberculosis, malaria, beriberi, and cholera. Iloko literature on the these and other diseases has been much augmented by the mimeographed copies of the Community Assembly lectures. 'There have also appeared some books on the science of home economics, and among these may be mentioned a pamphlet on home duties (Pagbasaan a iniloco quen anno ti babai nga agtaguibalay); a book on how to cook (Libro ti panagluto, 1934), translated from various works in Tagalog, English, and Spanish; and a book on cooking and food preservation (Dagiti panaglutuan ti Filipino ken panagconservar, 1934), a translation of Pura Villanueva de Kalaw's work. Among the miscellaneous works,'0 there are books on astrology (Lunario nga sao ti iloco-V. Parayno y Corpus), palmistry (Pagsignoan, pagsidingan quen pagpaladan-B. Cabarroguis), poultry (Panagtaracnan ti manoc-H. Capistrano), love and courtship (Pagbasaan ken ayat-P. Agcaoili), agriculture, commerce (Panagtagilaco-F. Galang), fortune telling (Naimbag a pomipintas juego de fortuna... -V. Parayno y Corpus), and good manners and right conduct. 10-For a more complete information on these books see the bibliography at the end of this work.

CHAPTER IX ILOKO JOURNALISM AND PERIODICAL LITERATURE "'...Journalism is the universalization of literature. The original oral poetry... was addressed to the public as a whole; the passage from oral to written limits literature to a reading class, with a correspondent narrowing interest, since literature must reflect the interest of the audience to which it appeals. With periodical literature, the appeal and the breadth of interest are again made universal. And this universalization of literature is not potential, but actual; periodical literature is bound up with every detail of commercial activity and public life."-Richard G. Moulton. 1 This sketch is a concise outline of the history of Iloko journalism and a brief discussion of Iloko periodical literature, not a detailed discussion thereof. Since the inception of Iloko journalism about the end of the last century, there have been pubi isned in Iloko or partly in Iloko some eighty newspapers and periodicals. Naturally such a short sketch as the present can discuss in some detail only a few of the more important periodicals, and leave out the rest altogether. A fairly complete enumeration of the Iloko and partly Iloko papers is available in the bibliography published with this work. A. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Although some newspapers such as El Eco de Vigan (1884), "the first paper which saw light outside Manila",2 were published in the Ilokos before 1890, journalism in Iloko began less than half a century ago, in 1889, when El Ilocano was founded by Isabelo de los Reyes. This Iloko-Spanish fortnightly was twentyseven years younger than El Pasig (1862),3 first paper to use material in Tagalog and seven years younger than Diariong Tagalog4 (1882), first daily published partly in Tagalog; but, in the words of Wenceslao E. Retana, it was "el primer periodico genuinamente indio que ha visto la luz en Filipinas".5 Unlike the Diariong Tagalog and El Pasig, its ideals and personnel were all native. Isabelo de los Reyes, therefore, is the father of Iloko journalism and El Ilocano is its genesis. El locano expressed its policy as follows:6 "We have no other object in El Ilocano than to serve our be'oved people 'the Ilocanos by contributing to the enlightenment of the Filipinos as a whole, defending their interests, but never entering into a commercial venture. That is why we do our mission without expecting monetary reward. 1-The Modern Stvdy of Literature, p. 34. 2-Retana, W. E., El Periodismo Filipino, Madrid, 1894, p. 266. 3-Retana says it was first published in 1862, but Diaz Puertas says it was established in 1864. See Retana's El Periodismo Filipino, pp. 116 and 644. 4-Ibid., p. 248. 5-Ibid., p. 366. 6-This translation is from J. Z. Valenzuela's History of Journalism in the Philippine Islands, Manila, 1933, p. 86.

ILOKO JOURNALI1SMI 65 "We have always preached economy, love for work, and here we are, with the result of our efforts in our modest paper. "All our aspirations are directed towards the aggrandizement of the intellectual, moral, and material life of the Philippines in general, and the!ocanos in particular; and all our efforts are exerted to this end." The paper ran much literary and ethnological matter such as de los Reyes' version of the Life of Lam-ang, his translation of Aida, and some of his poems and folk-lore articles. It also published poems by Justo Claudio y Fojas and Mariano Dacanay. Although himself not a member of the Katipunan, de los Reyes made his paper serviceable to the society, whose aims and doctrines he heartily subscribed to. The paper ceased publication in 1895 as a result of the Philippine Revolution. We have no record of any Iloko periodical published during the Revolutionary period. La Independencia (1898), an outand-out nationalist paper which served as the organ of the Revolutionary government, was founded by General Antonio Luna, distinguished soldier and literary man who was a native of the Ilokos, but because it was printed in Spanish, it does not properly belong to this study. B. THE TWENTIETH CENTURY With the institution of American sovereignty, the Iloko press began to make some respectable strides. During the first decade of the century a large section of the press was sectarian because of the Aglipayan schism and the Protestant inroad. But as the years went by the press became more and more non-sectarian, and less and less partisan, and today, although the sectarian press is still strong it is no longer as strong as before and it has become more tolerant. The non-sectarian and nonpartisan press, on the other hand, has become more and more influential with the educated people. The Sectarian Press:-As early as 1905 or thereabouts the Dalan ti Ccppia (Way of Peace), an Iloko-English Protestant weekly made its appearance in Vigan. It was later moved to Manila, and still later, about the middle twenties, was merged with the Daguiti Naimbag a Damag (Good Tidings), another Protestant English-Iloko weekly published in San Fernando, La Union. The merged publications assumed the name Daguiti Naimbag a Damag ken Dalan ti Cappia. These two perioidcals, together with La Lucha, are the oldest Iloko periodicals still in existence. In 1909 La Lucha, chief organ of the Philippine Independent church, was born. During its early years it was edited by Vicente T. Fernandez and was published only in Spanish, but after some years it became an Iloko-Spanish paper, and in a decade or so ago it became a purely Iloko paper and changed its name to Dangadang. This paper is a most bitter enemy of Catholicism and in its columns have appeared most of

66 ILOKO LITERATURE the vitriolic Aglipayan attacks against the older church. It is at present printed at Pasay, Rizal, and Santiago A. Fonacier has been its editor for many years. It has, however, published some good Iloko literature such as Fonacier's translation of Rizal's novels, Tolstoy's Ivan the Fool, Voltaire's Candide, Guzzoni's La Figlia del Cardinale, etc., and some readable poetry from the pens of Jose Garvida Flores and some other up-andcoming poets. About the same time the Philippine Christian, an all-English Protestant monthly, made its bow in Vigan. About the year 1919 the Seventh Day Adventists established Ti Damag ti Pagarian (News of the Kingdom), a periodical in magazine form.7 To counteract the anti-Catholic propaganda waged on by the above periodicals, the Catholics also established some newspapers and periodicals. The oldest of these were El Tiempo Catolico and Ti Aguipadamag (The Courier). The latter was a four-page weekly, founded in 1914, selling at one centavo a copy. It was published in Vigan with Francisco V. Lazo as director. It contained mostly religious articles. El Mensajero, founded in 1923, is a Spanish-Iloko weekly published in Vigan. It is the organ of the Defensores de la Libertad and is directed by Fidel Reyes. In 1925 La Visita, Ilolko weekly, appeared in Baguio, printed at the Catholic School Press. In the same year the Amigo del Pueblo, the most influential Catholic paper in Iloko at present, made its appearance in Manila. Besides its purely religious contents, this monthly magazine prints dramas, short stories, novelettes, poems and essays with some religious color. Being on the defensive side, these papers are not as aggressive as those of the Aglipayans and Protestants. The Partisan Press:-Under this heading are included all periodicals subsidized or morally supported by and serving the interests of a political group or groups. Due to the keen rivalry among the three divisions of Christianity, the periodicals supported by each division naturally have inherent feelings of partisanship, but sectarian papers which do not come out openly' and frequently on political questions cannot be classed as partisan. La Lucha is one of these partisan and sectarian papers because in all political contests it has come out consistently and openly for Aglipayan candidates. El Mensajero, though less politically minded, may also be classed as partisan. Palaris and El Triunfo del Pueblo, both Spanish-Pangasinan-Iloko weeklies established in Pangasinan in 1914, are fine examples of partisan papers.8 Both were founded to advance the cause of the political aspirations of two groups of people: Palaris, that of the aspirations of the Pangasinans, and El Triun7-Taylor, Carson, History of the Philippine Press, Manila, 1927, p. 60 8-Valenzuela, J. Z., op. cit., pp. 163-164.

ILOKO JOURNALISMl fo del Pueblo, that of the aspirations of the Ilokos. Both ceased publication when their ends were achieved. Another partisan paper was the Intelligencer, an English-Iloko weekly founded in 1929 in Manila chiefly to achieve the political ambitions of Elpidio Quirino, now Secretary of the Interior. It was edited by Eliseo Quirino. It nevertheless rendered some good service to lloko letters because it published some good poems and helped popularize the Iloko short story. It ceased to exist not long after the 1931 general elections 'from which Elpidio Quirino emerged triumphant as senatorial candidate. The Independent Press:-In a strict sense there is no such thing as an entirely independent press because no newspaper or periodical can entirely and all the time ignore outside influence, especially if such influence comes from supporters. What are included under this heading may not be entirely independent periodicals, but they are so included because most of the time they have been independent or at least have not been obviously partisan. About 1905 Victorino Balbin, Juan Quintos, and Antonio Jimenez established in Vigan an Iloko-Spanish-Engiish weekly, Algo es Algo. About the same time and in the same town another weekly in Spanish and Iloko, La Nueva Era, was founded with Juan Villamor as editor. In 1906 appeared La Juventud ltoccana, an Iloko-Spanish fortnightly edited by Jose F. Tongson and directed by the students of the Universidad llocana at Vigan. It was a defender of the rights of the people. In 1910 Jose F. Tongson published in the same town Sinamar (Rays), an Iloko-Spanish-English bi-weekly. A little later Mariano N. Gaerlan put out another publication, Batallador, an lloko-Spanish-English weekly, in San Fernando, La Union. Gaerlan called his paper a "periodico independiente defensor de los intereses del pueblo." Buenaventura J. Bello, one of the most important figures in Iloko journalism, began to edit in Vigan in 1911 a trilingual fortnightly, Solidaritas, which devoted itself to the sciences, literature, the fine arts, and "conocimientos utiles a la vida practica y escolar". In 1915 this same indefatigable newspaperman of the Bohemian type, with the help of the late Martin Ocampo and some of his friends from the north like Valentin Alcid, edited Ti Mangyuna (Thze Vanguard), al supplement to La Vanguardia of the present TVT syndicate. It came out twice a week in regular newspaper size, possibly the first Iloko newspaper to be printed in this size. It published poems, stories, and articles of general interest. In the same year Lioaoa (Light), Pangasinan-Iloko weekly edited by Mariano Armas, appeared in Manaoag, Pangasinan." Realizing the importance of a newspaper, the people of 9-Taylor, Carson, op. cit., p. 60..

68 ILOKO LITERATURE Ilokos Norte established in Laoag in 1917 Ti Bagnos (The Guide), an Iloko-English weekly, with Jose Fonacier as editor. It styled itself as a non-sectarian and non-partisan paper. The year 1922 saw the birth of two periodicals: El Norte and Ti Silaw (The Light), both Iloko-4Spanish-English monthlies. El Norte was published in Baguio by Buenaventura J. Bello; Ti Siltw was published in Manila by a group of Iloko writers. Both tried to foster the development of Iloko letters. Et liorte lasted longer than Ti Silaw. About the same time F. T. Rayray established in Vigan a trilingual weekly, El Herald Ilocano, which published, besides news, some poems, stories, and aiticles. It did not live very long. In 1925 appeared El Filipiws (later Ti Filipino), an English-Spanish-Iloko monthly edited by Mauro A. Pefia; and in 1927 appeared another monthly, Timckmi (Our Voice), edited by Leon C. Pichay, who had also edited another Iloko monthly, Panagbiag (Life), founded in 1924. These three periodicals were short-lived. Other short-lived publications were the Ilocos Times (1927), Iloko-English-Spanish weekly supplement to the defunct Manila Times, edited by Graciano Cariflo; Wayawaya (1932), Iloko monthly edited by Leon C. Pichay; IWagayway, Iloko weekly published in Dagupan, Pangasinan; Annaraar (1927), Iloko fortnightly published in Sinait, Ilokos Sur by Eulogio K. Campos; Aweng (1933), monthly edited by Atauro A. Peria and Jose Resurreccion Calip; and Ilukana (1932), monthly edited by Cresencio S. Agbulos and Jose Resurrecci6n Calip. The two strongest Iloko periodicals at present are the Ilocos Times and Bannawag (Dawn). The Ilocos Times was formerly the Vzntar Times. It started as a monthly, changed to a fortnighly, and now comes out three times a nonth. Originally trilingual, it is now mostly Iloko although its editorials and some regular features are still in English. It is a member of the United Press, the first Iloko newspaper to become a member of a world-wide press organization. It specializes in news, folklore, and poetry, but it also prints fiction and general articles. It is owned and edited by Adeudato J. Agbayani, newspaperman of many years experience. Bannawag, Iloko weekly founded in 1934, has the greatest circulation of all Iloko papers from El Ilocano to the present. Only one and a half years old at this writing, it has already a circulation of about 30,000 copies, the second largest among the Ramon Roces Publications, Liwayway, Tagalog weekly, having the largest. It devotes its pages mostly to fiction, poetry, biography, and history, although it also publishes feature articles and news digests. The secret of its phenomenal rise in circulation lies in its variety of features and in its cheap poetry and fiction. Like its vernacular sister publications, particularly Liwaryway, Bisaya, and Hi!igaynon, it publishes fiction and

ILOKO JOURNALISM poetry which have no lasting literary merit but which appeal to the masses because of their sentimental mawkishness. On its editorial staff are M. A. Abaya and Mauro A. Pefia. Iloko Journalism in Hawaii and America:-The great exodus of Iloko laborers to Hawaii and the United States during the last fifteen years necessitated the publication of newspapers to serve their intellectual, economic, and social interests. Among the periodicals that have seen light in those countries may be mentioned Ti Silaw (The Light), Iloko-English weekly of Honolulu, founded in 1924 and at present edited by Clemente V. Reyes; Tulong (Help), Iloko-English monthly of Hilo, edited by Gonzalo Manibog; the Filipino Outlook, English-Iloko fortnightly of Honolulu, edited by A. N. Patacsil; the P. I. Commonwealth Chronicle (formerly Philippine Chronicle), English-IlokoTagalog weekly of Honolulu, edited by Franco Manuel; Karayo (Affection), Iloko monthly of Honolulu, edited by Juanita Ortogero; Bannawag, Iloko monthly (?) of Honolulu; and the Oriental Press, English-Iloko weekly (?) of Chicago. These periodicals occasionally print readable poetry and fiction. C. PAST AND PRESENT TENDENCIES It has often been said, and with truth, that the newspapers of a generation ago contained more literature than news and that the newspapermen, according to Teodoro M. Kalaw,10 "had a greater enthusiasm for the coining of beautiful literary phrases than for the preparation and writing of sensational news." Rafael Palma has aptly said,l1 "Journalism was formerly considered as a literary profession. The youth who excelled in universities for their poetic talent or literary ability dedicated themselves to journalism, not as a means to earn their living, but for the pleasure of creating a literary individuality and of gaining followers among the public by their own style of writing." These references were made to Filipino journalism in Spanish, but they may with the same truth be also applied to Iloko journalism. Isabelo de los Reyes, Mariano N. Gaerlan, Victorino Balbin, Buenaventura J. Bello, and Jose F. Tongson were more literary than journalistic in their newspaper writings. Since the periodical was cheaper to put out than books and pamphlets, the writers preferred to publish their stuff in the periodicals to publishing them in book form. Besides they could also get a bigger audience through the periodical than through the book. That is why books in the early years of the century were not as numerous as now. 10-See his Introduction to J. Z. Valenzuela's History of Journalism..., p. xiii. 11-See his Introduction to ibid., p. xviii.

ILOKO LITERATURE The older newspapers also had a more religious color than the newspapers of today. This may partly be due to the influence of our educational system under Spain, which was founded in religion, and partly to the keen competition in the early years among the Catholics, Aglipayans, and Protestants to prove to the people which of their churches was the best to follow. The people of today have become more materialistic and therefore less interested in matters of religion, and as go the people so usually go their newspapers. This materialistic tendency of present Iloko newspapers and periodicals has led to the degeneration in quality of the material they are printing. In their effort to please and get the support of as many people as possible, they have gone to the extent of using the stuff of immature writers which were better not printed. IThis aim, however, has one advantage in that it cultivates the reading habit among the unlettered folk. Bannawag, by printing cheap stuff, has done much in inducing the masses to read it. But it is to be doubted whether the reading habit is worth cultivating if the reading matter offered is not conducive to health of mind and refinement of feeling. The generally low quality of Iloko periodicals and newspapers may also be traced to the illiteracy of most of the editors. We can not expect editors who have no background in Austronesian linguistics and who have not had much schooling to be able to put out decent periodicals in Iloko. Whatever knowledge Iloko editors may have of Iloko grammar is based only on the erroneous grammatical rules formulated by the school of Spanish linguists. Iloko periodicals do not follow uniform orthographic rules. IThe letters c, f, q, v, x, and z are still used by many of them when it has already long been proved that these letters belong to the Spanish, not to the Iloko alphabet. Iloko journalism, therefore, has not yet reached a high degree of development, and it is left for the relatively many young people who are truly interested in the profession and who are steadily building a good cultural background to bring it up to a fuller development for the good of the profession and of the people.

CHAPTER X CONCLUSION: THE FUTURE "Literary history is, in its profoundest significance, psychology, the study, the history of the soul. A book which belongs to the literature of a nation, be it romance, drama, or historical work, is a gallery of character portraits, a storehouse of feelings and thoughts. The more momentous the feelings, the greater, clearer, and wider the thoughts, the more remarkable and at the same time representative the characters, so much the greater is the historical value of the book, so much the more clearly does it reveal to us what was really happening in men's minds in a given country at a given period."-Georg Brandes. From the purely literary point of view, the literature in Iloko that has been produced so far is not very much to speak of. There are only a few works in the language which can be singled out as possessing a more or less permanent literary value. This same case, however, also holds true with Philippine vernacular literature as a whole. Even the literature in Tagalog, which is generally believed to be the richest among all vernacular literatures, cannot point with justifiable pride to many good works. This slow development of our vernacular literature may be attributed to several causes, which we shall here attempt to trace out in brief. Before the coming of Magellan the Filipinos, being a free people, had a free and gay and vigorous spirit, as indicated by the songs and other pristine forms of literary effort that have come down to us from pre-Spanish times. But when the Spaniards came, this spirit became fettered and humiliated. Upon the Filipinos was impressed a feeling of their unimportance in order to make them more loyal subjects and, as has been pointed out often, more devout Catholics. The Spaniards, who on the whole do not possess much tolerance and broad-mindedness, succeeded in moulding the mind and character of the Filipinos according to their wishes. The result was that the Filipinos became ashamed of themselves, of the color of their skin, of their traditions, even of their native languages. Except for a few brave and independent and noble souls like Pinpin, Bukaneg, Bagongbanta, Kawili, Balagtas, and Florentino-to mention some-the Filipino writers as a general rule preferred to write in Spanish. There was thus no deliberate attempt to develop the literatures in the vernacular tongues. Moreover, the novenas and the metrical romances were not a very beneficient influence upon the people. T. H. Pardo de Tavera may have been prejudiced against the Catholic church, but he spoke with some truth when he said that the novenas had a detrimental influence upon society. As for the metrical rom1-Main Currents in Nineteenth Century Literature, London, William Heinemann, New York, The Macmillan and Co., 1906, v. 1, p. viii.

72 ILOKO LITERATURE ances brought in from Europe, if taken only as forms of entertainment they would have been harmless and possibly even salutary, but the people, the common people particularly, took them for authentic stories. Consequently they, by nature highly imaginative, became more so; their descendants of the present day are a people of many romantic abstractions and vague sentimentalities. Our romantic bent of mind has led to the production of literature which is highly sentimentalistic in content. This sentimentalism has been the chief target of attack for the critics of our literature. Our literature in, English has not been entirely free form this weakness, but since the criticisms of George Pope Shannon, T. Inglis Moore, A. V. H. Hartendorp, Cristino Jamias, and Vicente M. Hilario, our writers in English have gradually done away with it and now are producing work which is decidedly superior to the work of the vernacular writers. In fact during the last six or seven years, the Iloko writers in English have contributed more work of better quality than what the Iloko writers in the vernacular have done since the American occupation. Even Crisologo's Mining, the chief Iloko novel, is not free from sentimentalism. Another important defect of our vernacular literature-and this includes not only Iloko but the other literatures as wellis its tendency to moralize. Our vernacular writers have not discarded the theory, long since discarded by art and literary criticism, that a work of art to be beautiful must be moralistic. In poetry, in fiction, and in the drama the moralistic tendency is very obvious. The writers evidently entertain the false notion that the more they preach in the pages of their books, the greater will be the worth of their works. Only when these writers realize that art should never be deliberately didactic can we ever hope to produce works in the vernaculars of lasting literary merit. The general inferiority of the works in the vernacular to those in English and Spanish is also in part due to the lack of adequate background of the vernacular writers. Almost anybody who has an acquaintance with the letters of the alphabet and can string them together into words, and who has had some elementary schooling, tries his hand at writing and produces stuff that has neither substance nor form. Almost the only thing the average vernacular writer knows about literature is the literature originally written in his vernacular and the poor translations of English, Spanish, French, or Italian works, because generally he is not proficient in any foreign language. The writers in English and Spanish have therefore a distinct advantage over their vernacular confreres. Their knowledge of one, two, three, or even four or five foreign languages besides their native tongues gives them that breadth of vision and sym

CONCLUSION: THE FUTURE 73 pathy which is necessary in the production of worthwhile work, and enables them to suppress the provincial or insular spirit so characteristic of the vernacular writer. Foreign observers have often referred to us as born artists. But perhaps, as Epifanio de log Santos once humorously remarked, it is our being born artists that is responsible for our being bad artists-especially in words. We have been so content with out artistic gifts that we do not bother to develop them. Possibly if some nation other than Spain and the United States, which are not highly artistic countries and which do not have highly developed cultures, had been in control of the Philippines, our artistic gifts would have been cultivated more beautifully. If, for instance, we had been under the cultural influence of France or England, it is quite certain that we would have grown culturally more rapidly and more fully. But the sad f"nt is that we have been under the influence of the Spaniards, who were more interested in our material exploitation than in our cultural development and who, anyway, have not much culture to be proud of, and of the Americans, who are not much older than ourselves, culturally speaking. The literary and cultural influences of Spain and America, however, have nevertheless been valuable to us in many respects. Our contacts with the Spaniards and the Americans have initiated us into two different cultures, the Latin and the Anglo-Saxon, which, together with the influences that have come in from India, Arabia, Netherlands East Indies, China, and Japan, will be of priceless value to the development of a distinct culture in the Far East which will be neither purely Occidental nor purely Oriental but a blending of the best of the Occidental and the best of the Oriental cultures. In the development of this culture the Ilokos have made some important contributions, and will continue to make better contributions because, more than ever, they are now in a better position to do so. A sturdy and virile people who have spread from a narrow and hilly strip of land to almost two-thirds of Luzon and a great part of Mindanao, must be capable of surviving and achieving something worthwhile for the welfare of the country. In the building of a national literature they have done what has been expected of them. In our literature in Spanish they have worthy representatives in the persons of Jose A. Burgos, Antonio Luna, Isabelo de los Reyes, Eduardo de Lete, and Ignacio Villamor; and in our literature in English, Iloko writers hold a conspicuous position. In our vernacular letters, the Ilokos likewise have made some worthwhile contributions, and although Iloko literature has not yet reached its full development, it being only in its adolescent stage, it is possible that before the end of the present century it will have reached a high degree of development. For, despite

ILOKO LITERATURE the shortcomings of the present writers, they are very earnest about developing the Iloko language and its literature; and in the carrying out of any enterprise, interest and earnestness are the primary requirements. As these writers grow older in years and experience and as their background becomes broader, they will gradually realize their errors and attempt to correct and profit by them. A people whose past history is nothing to be ashamed of cannot fail to achieve their hope of building their language and literature into something they can properly take pride in. But as Rome was not built in a short time, so the Iloko longuage and literature cannot be developed in only a few decades or quarters of centuries. In this connection it is to be regretted that the government seems to be not much interested in the promotion of creative writing and of literary and linguistic research. While it has granted scholarships for various scientific studies, to our knowledge it has never granted any purely literary scholarships. The material remuneration for the writer, the poet, and the literary scholar has been most meager. Whatever progress in literary development has been made in this country must not be attributed to the government, which has done practically nothing for it, but to the literary people themselves, wh-o care not so much for material reward as for the spiritual satisfaction they experience from being able to do something for the aesthetic development of their people. But spiritual satisfaction alone is not enough; literati are human beings like all other people; they are not Olympians who nourish only on ambrosia. Until government and private endowment on literary studies has become general, a more rapid and fuller development of our literature cannot be expected.

AN ILOKO BIBLIOGRAPHY Containing Works Pertaining to the Iloko People and Their Language Compiled By LEOPOLDO Y. YABES and JOSE RESURRECCION CALIP INTRODUCTORY NOTE Late in 1931, during his first year in Manila, the writer began to compile a bibliography of works written in Iloko with a view of writing a history of Iloko literature. Three years later his friend, Jose Resurreccion Calip, took interest in the same subject and began to compile a similar bibliography of his own. Believing that a bibliographic collaboration would be more valuable and workable, the writer requested Mr. Calip late last year to collaborate with him, and Mr. Calip readily acceded to the request. The present bibliography is the result of the collaboration. To our knowledge the present bibliography is the most comprehensive and exhaustive on any Philippine language published so far. There may be a more exhaustive bibliography on Tagalog, but if there is any it has not yet been published. The compilers have employed all legitimate means in search of works for inclusion in the bibliography. It was their original plan to include only works personally seen by them, but they realized not long afterwards that the plan would not do because it would leave out many entries which could safely be included. So, many works not personally seen and examined by them are entered, but their sources, of course, are duly noted down at the end of each entry. The periodical entries are not as exhaustive as the book entries because for our purposes they are not as important as the latter. In the selection of the entries in poetry and fiction, the compilers had as basis of judgment, not chiefly their quality, but their importance as types. To avoid needless repetition of terms used frequently in the bibliography, it has been found necessary to use abbreviations and symbols. Following is a key to abbreviations and symbols used, excluding those generally known to the public such as Jan., Feb., Imp., No., Sto., etc.:

76 ABB ABF ABHG AE AJA APCG Apr. Ban. BF BP BPL BSL CAL CBRA CCJ CI CL ed. ETP ESTR FB FDS FJMJ FRB GIMR HI IF ILOKO LITERATURE Apuntes bibliograficos y biograficos. Archivo del bibliofila filipino. Aparato bibliografico de la historia general de Filipinas. Alejandro Eugenio. Adeudato J. Agbayani A. P. C. Griffin. April. Bannawag. Biblioteca filipina. Bibliotheca philippina. Bibliography of Philippine Languages. Bureau of Science Library. Ccmmunity Assembly Lecture. Catalogo biobibliografico de los religiosos agustinos de la provincia del Santisimo Nombre de Jesus de las Islas Filipinas. Cristeta C. Javier. Casiano Ilustre. Cecilio Lopez. editor, edition. Elviro I. Perez. Ensayo de una sintesis de los trabajos realizados por las religiosas espanolas de Filipinas. Ferdinand Blumentritt. Federico D. Sales Francisco Javier de Moya y Jimenez. Frank R. Blake. A Guide to the llocano Metrical Romances. Historia de Ilocos. La imprenta en Filipinas. IFS aIrineo F. Santos. II. Times The Ilocos Times. IM La imprenta en Manila. Int. The Intelligencer. IR Isabelo de los Reyes. IV Ignacio Villamor. JD Jcsefino Dacanay. Je. June. JP Januario Puruganan. JPB Jose P. Bantug. JRC Jose Resurreccion Calip. JTB Juan T. Burgos. JTM J. T. Medina. Jy. July. LBPI A List of Books on the Philippine Islands. LCP Leon C. Pichay. LM Luis Montilla. LYY Leopoldo Y. Yabes. Mr. March. n.d. no date. NL National Library No imp. No imprint. n. p. No publisher. n. t. p. No title page. Phil. Fr. Pr. Philippines Free Press. Phil. Mag. Philippine Magazine. Phil. Soc. Sc. Rev. Philippine Social Science Review. PSS Perfecto S. Sison. SAF Santiago A. Fonacier. SAJ Sofia A. Javier. SM Serafin Macaraig. SPT Salvador Pons y Torres. THPT rrinidad H. Pardo de Tavera. TT Tiburcio Tumaneng. UPL University of the Philippines Library. VMM Valentin Marin y Morales. WER Wenceslao E. Retana. -L. Y. Y. I BIBLIOGRAPHIC SOURCES 1. Blake, Frank R. A bibliography of the Philippine languages. In the Journal of the American Oriental Society, v. 40, part 1, 1920, pp. 25-70. (UPL) 2. Blumentritt, Ferdinand. Bibliotheca philippina. Druchschriften und Manuscripte linguistischen Inhalts. No imp. 34,64,131p. (NL) 3. Griffin, A. P. C. A list of books (wtth references to periodicals) on the Philippine Islands in the Library of Congress, by A. P. C. Griffin; with chronological list of maps in the Library of Congress by P. Lee Philips. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1903. xv, 397p. (NL, UPL)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 77 4. List of works relating to the American occupation of the Philippine Isiands 1898-1903. Reprinted from the "List of booKs (with references to periodicals) on the Philippine Islands, 1903; with some additions to 1905. Washington, Government Printing' Office, 1905. 100p. (NL, UPL) 5. Marin y Morales, Valentin. Ensayo de una sintesis de los trabajos realizados por las religiosas espafiolas de Filipinas por el Dr. Fr. Valentin Marin y Morales. Manila, Imp. ae Santo Tomas, 1901. 2 vs. (NL, UPL) 6. Medina, J. T. La imprenta en Manila, desde sus origines hasta 1810. Santiago de Chile, Impreso y grabacdo en casa del autor, MDCCXCVI, xcvi, 280p. (NL, UPL) 7. Moya y Jimenez, Francisco Javier de. Las islas Filipinas en 1882; estudios historicos y descriptivos.;Madrid, Estab. tipograiico de El Correo, 1883. 362p. (NL, UPL) 8. Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Biblioteca filipina. Washington, D. C., Government Printing Office, 1903. 439p. (NL, UPL) 9. Perez, Angel and Guemez, Cecilio. Adiciones y continuacion de la 'Imprenta en Manila" de J. T. Medina 6 Rarezas y curiosidades bibliograficas de las bibliotecas de esta capital. Manila, Imp. de Santos y Bernal, 1904. 620p. (NL) 10. Perez, Elviro I. Catalogo bio-bibliografico de los Religiosos agustinos de la provincia del Santisimo Nombre de Jesus de las Islas Filipinas desde su fundacion hasta nuestros dias. Manila, Estab. tipografico del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901. 873D. (NL) 11. Pons y Torres, Salvador. El clero secular filipino; apuntes bibliograficos y biograficos. Trabajo de informacion dedicado a Su Santidad Leon XIII. Manila, Imp. La Democracia, 1900. 141p..(NL) 12. Retana, Wenceslao E. Aparato bibliografico de la historia general de Filipinas. Madrid, Imp. de la Sucesora de M. Minuesa de los Rios, 1906. 3vs. (NL, UPL) 13. - Archivo del bibliofilo filipino; recopilacion de documentos historicos, cientificos, literarios y politicos y estudios bibliograficos por W. E. Retana. Madrid, 1895. 5vs. (NL, UPL) 14. — Catalogo de la biblioteca filipina. Madrid, Imp. de la Viuda de M. MIinuesa de los Rios, 1893. 118p. (NL) 15. El periodismo filipino. Noticias para su historia (1811-1894). Apuntes bibliograficos, indicaciones biograficas, notas criticas, semblanzas, anecdotas por W. E. Retana. Madrid, Imp. de la Viuda de M. Minuesa de los Rios, 1895. 646p. (NL, UPL) 16. La imprenta en Filipinas (1593-1810) con una demostracion grafica de la originalidad de la primitiva. Adiciones y observaciones a La Imprenta en Manila de D. J. T. Medina. Madrid, Imp. de la Viuda de M. Minuesa de los Rios, 1899. 275p. (NL) 17. Origenes de la imprenta filipina. Investigaciones historicas, bibliograficas y tipograficas. Madrid, Libreria General de Victoriano Suarez, 1911. 204p. (NL, UPL) 18. Robertson, James A. and Blair, Emnma H. The Philippine Islands-Bibliography, v. LIII. Cleveland, Ohio. The Arthur H. Clark Company, 1908. 433p. (NL, UPL) II RELIGION A. BOOK ENTRIES 19. Ababa a novena ken Nuestra Sefiora ti agnanayon a tulong. Manila Catholic Trade School, n.d. 15p. illus. (LCP) 20. Ababa a novena ken Nuestra Sefiora ti agnanayon a tulong. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1935. 18p. illus. (JRC)

78 ILOKO LITERATURE 21. Ababa nga nacapucpucan ti nacascasdaao a biag ni San Vicenta Ferrer. Manila, n. p., n. d. 62p. (NL) 22. Ababa nga nacatiponan ti biag ni Santa Barbara virgen quet martir. n. t. p. 46p. (CCJ) 23. Ababa nga pacaammoan iti biag ni San Juan Bautista. Naadao cadaguiti Evangelistas quen Santos Padres, quen pangipaduyacyac itoy a Octavario. n. t. p. 40p. (NL) 24. Abaya, Evaristo. tr. Novena consagrada a la soberana Virgen Maria en su milagrosa imagen de la Soterrafia de Nieva... Manla, Imp. del Col. de Sto. Tomas, 1880. 48p. (NL) 25. -- Traducido en iloco por el Pbro. D. Evaristo Abaya a ruegos por una devota a cuyas expresas se imprimio. Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1904. 54p. illus. (PSS) 26. Abellera. J. Ti cararag nga Arami. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica, n. d. 16p. (NL) 27. Agbulos, Domingo. Biag daguiti patriarcas a simmaruno quen Moises. 1866. 126p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 226) 28. -- Pagarigan. 1863. (JTB: GIMR, p. 226) 29. Aglipay y Labayan, Gregorio. Catequesis de la Iglesia filipina independiente.... Aprobada por el consejo supremo de los obispos. Prologo del... Pbro. Jose Ferrandiz. Manila, Imp. "Lawag", 1911. 104p. (NL) 30. — - Manila,, Isabelo de los Reyes, 1912. xxvi, 104p. (NL) 31. La iglesia catolica en Filipinas. Bautista, Pang., Imp. de la Independencia, 1899. 53p. (NL) 32. Novenario de la patria.... Manila, I. de los Reyes y Lopez, 1926. 68p. (NL) 33. - Sensacionales discursos y escritos sobre los grandes principios de la iglesia filipina independiente; y varias oraciones de dicha iglesia.... lMonilp, (Imp. Fajardo), 1924. 32p., illus. (NL) 34. Ainslie, Peter. Ti Dios ken siac; maysa nga ababa a manual daguiti alagaden a mangararamid ti nasingsinred a pannakabagi ti mamati iti Dios. Manila, Mission Press, 1920. 68p. (NL) 35. Alazaden ti panangisuro ti Doctrina cristiana. Baguio, Mountain Province, Catholic School Press, 1928. 305p. (JRC) 36. Ancora de salvacion. Traduccion en ilocano. n. t. p. 687p. (Crescencia Duldulao's Collection) 37. Anunciacion, Alejandro. Dagiti sabatista. 52p. (JTB: GIMR, p.230). 38. Apostolado ti panagcararag. Guimong dagiti agdevocion iti bendito a puso ni Jesus. Tambobong, n.d. 4p. illus. (NL) 39. Arenos, Juan Bautista. tr. Novena a Ntra. Sra. de la Caridad que se venera en la Iglesia del pueblo de Bantay. Compuesta en castellano, y traducida en iloco por el Fr. Juan Bautista Arenos. Manila, 1846. 72p. (NL) 40.- Manila, Imp. de Esteban Balbas. 1881. 48p. illus.. (LYY)l 41. — Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1889. 48p. illus. (NL) 42. - Tambonbong, Peq. tip. lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1894. 63p. illus. (NL) 43. --- -— Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1911. 36p. (SAJ) 44. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1924. 46p. (JRC) 45 ---- Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1929. 51p. (PSS) 46. tr. Novena de Ntra. Sra. de la Consolacion que se venera en la iglesia del pueblo de Magsingal, provincia de Ilocos Sur y demas parroquias que administran los Padres Agustinos calzados. Compuesta en castellano, y traducida en iloco por el M. R. P. Lector Fr. Juan Bautista Arenos del orden de N. P. S. Azustin, para utilidad de los cofrades. Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1872. 48p. illus. (NL, LYY)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 79 47. Asociacion de la visita domiciliaria de niilagrosa. No imp. 6p. illus. (JRC). 48. Ayateiyo ni Jesus; cararag a pangdayao iti nadiosan a puso ni Jesus. Tambobong, Imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos (?), n. d. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1451) 49. Bandayrel, Nicomedes. tr. Ababa nga nacapucpucan ti nacascasdaao nga panagbiag quen milagros.toy Santo nga impangrona ti Dios a pinaraboran a isu ni pagtamdan a Ama San Francisco de Asis, nagloriaan a namangon ti nasagradaan a religion quen novenana; sinuratan ni Rmo. P. M. D. Antonio Bozal; inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni Nicomedes Bandayrel y Barreras. Manila, imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1902. 52p. (SAJ) 50. - M-anila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 52p. (NL) 51.- tr. Novena nga pagdaydayao cada nagloriaan a San Joaquin quen Sta. Ana, nagputut quen Maria Santisima, tapno maragpat ti tulongda tono horas ti ipapatay; inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni Nicomedes Bandayrel y Barreras. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 47p. illus. (NL) 52.. - Novena quen Apo Santo Cristo: maysa a paxcapat ti maysa nga horas cadaguiti sacsaca ti crucifijo quen Quinario oenno lima nga aldao nga panagdevocion. Inornos ni Presbitero Don Nicomedes Bandayrel, cura parroco ti ili a Sinait, provincia de Ilocos Sur, ditoy Obispado de Nueva Segovia. Vigan Imp. de Ferrer y Favis, 1904. ix, 41, 33p. (UPL, LYY) 53 -- tr. Pagalagadan ti nasingpet a guimong ni San Antonio de Padua, quen lualo iti patinayon nga aldao ti martes. Inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Nicomedes Bandayrel, presbitero. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1895. 40p. (NL, UPL) 54. Barba, Miguel. Novena de la Sacratisima Virgen del Carmen. Traducida en iloco de la Novena en castellano que compuso D. Miguel Barba en Burgos. afio de 1859.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1864. 28p. (NL. JRC) 55. - Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 40p. (NL) 56. — - Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1897. 32p. (JRC) 57. - -- - Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1902. 32p. (LCP) 58.- Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1922 31p. (LCP) 59. Baro a Escudo oenno Pangabuy cadaguiti masaquit quen panulong iti naimbag a ipapatay. Inolog iti sao iloco fi maysa a padi a clerigo ditoy Obispado ti Nueva Segovia. Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1868. 92p. (UPL) 60. Baro nga novena ni apotayo a Virgen Santisima de los Remedios; sinuratan ken pinaimolde ni Q. L. L. S. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 32p. (NL) 61. Bassit a filosofia quen bassit a moral a mavpaay unay nra aimoen ti tao. (Manila, Imp. de Sta. Cruz, 1892). 16p. (NL) 62. Bawilan, Gregorio. Palpalimed ti nakaparsuaan. (From advertisement in Ilocos Times, v. 4, no. 10, Oct. 10, 1935.) 63. Benavides, Miguel de. Relacion del estado de la fe en la diocesis de Nueva Segovia dada por Fr. Miguel de Benavides al Papa Clemente VIII v suscrita en Manila a 14 de Julio de 1598. Valencia, 1601. (THPT: BF, p. 51) 64. Biag da Aputayo a Jesus, Maria quen Jose, maipaay unay a macaparayray iti puso quen naquem ti siasinoman a agbasat iti daytoy a sinurat a pacadayaoan ti Aputayo nga Dios; inadao iti sao ti tagalog, quet inyolog iti sao ti iloco ti maysa nga Ilocano natural iti ili a Batac; quet indalus met ti maysa nga Padre iti orden ni Amatayo a San Agustin. Septima ed. Manila, Imp. ti,Colegio ni Santo Tomas iti imatang ni D. Gervasio Memije, 1889. 241p. (NL)

80 ILOKO LITERATURE 65. — Manila, Imp. ti Colegio ni Santo Tomas, 1892. 231p. illus. (NL) 66. — -- Manila, Imp. ti Colegio ni Santo Tomas, 1908. 268p. illus (LYY) 67. --- -- Manila, Imp. ti Colegio ni Sto. Tomas, 1913. 270p. illus. (NL) 68. - - - -Manila. Tip. Linotype del Col. de Sto. Tomas, 1919. 268p. illus. (NL) 9.- ---- Manila, Tip. pontificia de la Univ. de Sto. Tomas, 1927. 264p. ilius. (UPL) 70. Biag ni Cristo. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1908. 79p. (JTB3: GIMR, p. 231) 71. Bible. O. T. & N. T. Ti Santa Biblia a nacailanadan ti Daan ken Baro a tulag. Version ti 1927. Manila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1928. 1181, 387p. (NL) 72. M ---- anila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1930. 1131, 387p. (LYY) 73. -Ti.arta Biblia. nga isu ti Daan a tulag ken ti Baro a tulag. Manila, Sociedad Biblica Americana, 1912. (1014, 659)p. (NL) 74. Bible. N. T. Ti Baro a tulag; wenno, Ti baro a testamento ni mangisalakan ken apo tayo.a Jesucris'o. Manila, Philippine Agency, American Bible Society, 1906. 659p. (NL) 75. — Manila, 69 Calle Real, Intramuros, 1906. 559p. (NL) 76. M — anila, 69 Calle Real, Intramuros, 1911. 659p. (NL) 77.- - Manila, American Bible Society, 1914. 841p. (CI) 78. — -- Manila, Calle Isla de Romero, 1915. 660p. (NL) 79. Ti Baro a tulag ni Apotayo ken mannubbot a Jeuucristo. Version ti 1927. Manila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1927. 387n. (NL) 80. M — anila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1933. 713p. (LYY) 81. Bible. N. T. (Acts) Daguiti aramid daipiiti Apostol; inadao a inaluadan unav iti saot' castila ni Isabelo de los Reyes. Manila, Isabelo de los Reyes, n. d. 295-377p. (NL) 82. Naadaw ka daguiti nadumaduma nga invulog iti saot' castila... Manila, American Bible Society. 1905. 295-377p. (NL) P. — -- Manila, American Bible Society, 1911. 297-379p. (NL) 84. Ti nasantoan nga Evangelio wenno Naimbag a damag ni apotayo a Jesucristo; Dagiti aramid dagiti Annstol. Naipatarus a nagtaud iti griego ket naidilig cadagiti dadduma a cangronaan a nacaipatarosanna. Manila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1929. 93p. (NL) 85. --- Gosnels) Daguiti upnat a Evangrelic: wenno Nasayaat a damag ni apotayo a Jesucristo ken daguiti Aramid daguiti Apostol.... Manila. American Bible Society, 1905. 377p. (NL) 86. Daguiti uppat nga Evangelio ni apotayo a Jesucristo cas insurat daguiti uppat nga Evangelistas: San Mateo, San Marcos, San Lucas, quen San Juan. Inyal-latio iti sao ti iloco ni Rev Padre Melanio Lazo Sinesson.... Baguio, Tip. del Catholic School, 1920. 371p. (NL, JRC) 87. - (John)...Evangelio wenno Ti nasantoan a biag ni nasam-it unav a Jesus; kas insurat ni I. de los Reyes. Manila, Imp. ni I. de los Reyes, n. d. 229-249p. (NL) 88. - Ti nasantoan a Evangelio; wenno, Nasayaat a damag ni apotavo a Jesucristo kas insurat ni San Juan. Manila, American Bible Society, 1905. 231-294p. (NL) 89. Ti nasantoan nga Evangelio wenno Naimbag a damag ni apotayo a Jesucristo cas insurat ni Juan. Naipatarus a nagtaud iti griego ket naidilig cadagiti dadduma a cangronaan a nacaipatarusan

BIBLIOGRAPHY 81 na. Manila, Americn Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1929. 73p. illus. (LYY) 90. --- - Manila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1935. 73p. (LYY) 91. ---- (Luke) Ti nasantoan nga Evangelio, ocnno Nasayaat a damag ni apotayo a Jesucristo kas insurat ni San Lucas; naadaw kadaguiti nadumaduma nga nayulog iti sao't castila... Manila, American Bible Society, 1911. 143-232p. (NL) 92. Evangelio, wenno Ti nasantoan a biag ni nasamit unay a Jesus kas insurat ni San Lucas; iradaw a inaluadan unay iti saot' castila ni Isabelo de los Reyes... Manila, Imp. ni Isabelo de los Reyes, n. d. 141-230p. (NL) 93. Ti nasantoan nga Evangelio wenno Naimbag a damag ni apotayoa Jesu-Cristo cas insurat ni Lucas.... Manila, American iBible Society, Philippines Agency, 1929. 95p. (NL) 94. -- Manila. American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1934. 95p. (LYY) 95. — (Mark) Evangelio wenno Ti nasantoan a biag ni nasam-it unay a Jesus kss insurat ni San Marcos; inadaw a inaluadan unay iti sao't castila ni I. de los Reyes. Manila, Imp. ni I. de los Reyes, n. d. 83-139p. (NL) 96. -- Ti nasantoan a Evangelio; wenno Nasayaat a damag ni apo taya a Jesucristo kas insurat ni San Marcos. Manila, American Bible Society, n. d. 87-141p. (NL) 97. --- Ti nasantoan nga Evangelio wenno Naimbag a damag ni apotayo a Jesu-Cristo cas insurat ni Marcus. Naipatarus a nagtaud iti griego ket naidilig cadagiti dodduma a canprrunaan a nacaipatarosanna. Manila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1929. 62p. (NL) 98. - Manila, American Bible Society, Philippines Agency, 1935. 62p. (LYY) 99. -- (Matthew) Evangelio; wenno, Ti nasantoan a biag ni nasam-it unay a Jesus kas insurat ni San Ma'teo; inadaw a inaluadan unay iti sao't castila ni Isabelo de los Reyes... Manila, Imp. ni I. do los Reyes, n. d. 84p. (NL) 100.- Ti nasantoan a Evangelio; wenno, Naimbag a damag ni apo tayo a Jesucristo kas insurat ni San Mateo... Manila, American Bible Society, 1905. 84p. (NL) 101. Ti nasantoan nga Evangelio wenno Naimbag a damag ni apotayo a Jesu-Cristo cas insurat ni Mateo. Manila, American Bible Society. Philippines Agency, 1934. 95p. (LYY) 102. Bible. O. T. Ti daan a tulag nga isu ti umuna a paset ti Santa Biblia. Manila, Sociedad Biblica Americana, 1910. 1014p. (NL) 103. ---- (Pentateuch) Daguiti umuna a lima libro ti Santa Biblia, nga isuda Genesis, Exodo, Levitico, Numero, ken Deutoronomio. Manila. American Bible Society, 1908. 242p. (NL) 104. (Genesis) Ti umuna a libro ni Moises a manaran iti sapasap Genesis. Manila, American Bible Society, 1908. 59p. (NL) 105. (Psalms) Daguiti Salmos; nayulog iti sao't iloco manipud iti sao't hebreo, iti panacaaram.at ti Biblia revisada ti amerioana, a naiwarnac idi tawen 1901. Manila, Anmerican Bible Society, 1908. 87p. (NL) 106. — -- Manila, 48 Plaza Goiti, 1920. 87p. (NL) 107. Bitanga, Inigo. Novena cadaguiti nasantoan a puso ni apotavo a; Jesucristo, ano Santa Maria, quen apo San JToe. Laoag, Ilocos Norte, Imp. de San Juan Amor, 1917. 27p. (IFS) 108. Blanco, Gerardo. Novena quen apotayo a Santa Maria, Nuestra Sefiora de la Purisima Concepcion, patrona ti ili a Santa Cruz (Ilocos Sur) a idaton ni P. Fr. Gerardo Blanco cadaguiti Isantacruz, tapno maisacnap ti panagdevocion itoy nadunngo nga Ina.

82 ILOKO LITERATURE Tambobong, Pequefia imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1891. 23p. illus. (NL) 109. ---- Novena ti naslag a martir San Cristobal, patron ti ili a Bangar, a idaton ni P. Fr. Gerardo Blanco, Agustino, cadaguiti Ibangar, tapno maisacnap ti panagdevocicn itoy nagloriaan a Santo. Guadalupe, Pequefia imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1889. 30p. (NL) 110. Bonifacio, Vicente F. Biag ni S. Isidro Labrador oenno agtaltalon... Manila, Imp. de "El Oriente", 1876. 27p. (CCJ) 111. tr. Biag ni San Isidro Labrador oenno agtaltalon, maicadua a patron ti cabecera a Vigan quen ti Novena; inyulog iti saot castila iti saot iloco ni P. D. Vicente F. Bonifacio. Manila, Imp. del Real Colegio de San'to Tomas, 1891. 36p. (NL) 112. — Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901. 36p. (NL) 113. ---- Biag quen novena ni Santa Catalina a virgen quet martir; inornos quet inyulog iti sao iloco iti maysa a libro, a managan ti legenda aurea sanctorum a naimclde sadi Madrid idi taoen ia 1868 ni P. Vicente F. Bonifacio. Manila, Imp. de Santo Tomas, 1890. 31p. (NL) 114. Lamentaciones ni Jeremias a profeta, a ntalualo cadaguiti tallo nga aldao ti Jueves, Viernes, quen Sabado Santo. Invulog ida iti sao ti iloco, cas ti masasao cadaguiti notas ni Ilmo. Sr. D. Felipe Scio a naicabil iti Biblia oenno Sagrada Escritura ni P. V. F. B. Manila. Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1895. 32p. (NL) 115.. - tr. Novena a pagdaydayao iti pinnagna ni apotayo a Santa Maria idi napan sadi Belen. Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1883. 47p. illus. (NL) 116. -- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1905, 54p. (NL) 117. ---- tr. Novena de Ntra. Sefiora del Rosario, patrona universal do las islas Filipinas que se venera en la Iglesia de Santo Domingo. Traducida del espafiol al iloco por un Devoto v enmendada su itraduccion en la segunda edicion por el P. F. Vicente Bonifacio. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1892. 48p. (NL) 118. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1901. 46p. (NII) 119. Novena del Santisimo Rosario, en ilocano. Manila, 1863 (?). 30p. (SPT: ABB. p. 48) 120. Novena ni San Juan de Dios, a nangisongsong ti nasantoan a religion daguiti agayoan cadaguiti napanglao. Inyulog iti sao yloco iti maysa a novena a sao castila a naimoldi sadi Manila iti taoen a 1884 ni P. Vicente F. Bonifacio. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1894. 32p. (NL) 121. - tr. Novena ni anotayo a Santa Maria virgen ti dolores oenno ledaang; inyulog ni P. Vicente F. Bonifacio. Pinaimoldi ni D.a Pilar Florendo. Nainalubos ti pannacaimoldena. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1884. 20p. (NL) 122.- Manila. Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1903. (1904 cn cover). 22p. (NL) 123. Boromeo, Carlos. Ti naimbag nga ipapatay a rebbeng a ragnaten daguiti devotos ni Patriarca San Jose.... Manila, Imp. de Valdezco, n. d. ip. (NL) 124. Bosco, Juan. Paguiti nasquen a pamun~anavan ti religion catolica. Insurat ni Venerable Juan Bosco. Manila, The Catholic Trduth Seciety, 1929. 87p. (NL, JRC) 125. Bozal, Antonio. Ababa nga nacapucpucan ti nacascasdaao nga panagbiag quen milarros toy santo nra inangrona ti Dios a pinaraburan a isu ni pagtamdan a ama San Francisco de Asis.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas. 1889. 52p. (NL) 126. Bulan ti Mayo a naidaton quen apo Sta. Maria, pagdayao itoy nadaeg a Reyna iti patinayon a taoen ti guimong daguiti annac ni Maria, a nabafigon iti simbaan ti parroquia ni Santa Maria del Mar sadi Barcelona. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas,

BIELIOGRAPHY 83 1892. 256p. (NL) 127. - - 2a. ed. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1925. 256p. (NL, JRC) 128. Cararag no dipay datao agconfesar. ~n. t. p. 144p. MS. (JRC) 129. Cararag quen nagloriaan a San Jose a insungsung ni Santo Papa Leon XIII, a maypaay a lualueng iti calpasan ti panagsanto Rosario. Manila, Imp. de Stc. Tomas, 1889. 2p. (CCJ) 130. Cararag a maipaay cadaguiti inaldaoaldao iti uneg ti macadomingo a inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Pedro Formoso y de Mesa iti Manual de Piedad ni Dr. D. Antonio Estabella y Sevilla. Manila, Imp. de Isabelo de los Reyes, 1895. 36p. (NL, LCP) 131. Cartilla evangelica; babaen ti dawat!ti conferencia anual iti iglesia daguiti Agcacabsat a Nagtitipon ken Cristo. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica, 1913. 68p. (NL) 132. Cartilla ilocana. Baguio, Catholic School Press, 1918. 36p. (JTB:GIMR, p. 232.) 133. Castillas, Jose. San Jose, maestro a mangisuro iti nacristianoan a panagbiag. Calasiao. Pang., 1906. (IV) 134. Castro, Jose Racela. Culto eucaristico. n. t. p. MS. 100p. (CCJ) 135. Catecis a iniloco nga pagadalan daguiti ubbing iti annong ti cristiano. Inurnos ti maysa nga Padre ti orden ni am.atayo a San Agustin. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1863. lllp. (UPL) 136. Catecismo a bassit; ilocano ti Doctrina cristiana. 3.a ed. Acomodada al catecismo del Papa Pio X. Mianila, Tip. Pontificia del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1920. 17p. illus. (NL) 137. --- Manila, Imp. de Santos y Bernal, 1920. 17p. (LCP) 138. Catecismo a bassit oenno Umona a sursuroen daguiti agdamdamo. Daguiti numeros nga agcurang masaracan ida iti catecismo a dacdacquel: Catecismo ti Doctrina cristiana. Baguio, Mt. Province, Catholic School Press, 1919. 32p. illus. (LCP) 129. --- Baguio, Mt. Province, Catholic School Press, 1927. 32p. illus. (LCP) 140. Catecismo a bassit. Umona a paset ti nacapucnucan ti Doctrina cristiana a maisagut cadaguiti caaduan. Inbilin iti Sto. Papa a Pio X. a maannuro: cadaguiti diocesis ti provincia ti Roma; qurt inqueddeng met ti Santo Concilio a naaramid sadi Manila nga annong nga aramaten cadaguiti amin nga il-ili ditoy Filipinas. Inyulog iti sao ti iloco ti maysa a guimong a dinutocan ni )o-tor Mons. Santiago Carroll, obispo ti Nueva Segovia.... Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1912. 166p. (NL) 141. — 2a. ed. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1915. 38p. (LYY) 142. Catecismo a bassit wenno Umona a sursurwen dagiti agdamdamo. Dagiti numeres nsga agkurang masarakan ida iti catecismo a dakdakkel: Catecismo ti Doctrina cristiana. Baguio, Catholic School Press. 1935. 40p. illus. (JRC) 143. Catecismo de la doctrina christiana impreso por crden de N. M. R. P. Fr. Jose Rodriguez, prior provincial del Santisimo Rosario de Filipinas.... Manila, n. p., 1894. (UPL) 144. Catecismo de la iglesia filipina independiente. Aprobado nor el V. consejo supremo de prelados y promulgado per el Emmo. Sr. Gregorio Aglipay y Labavan, obispo maximo de la mencionada iglesia. Manila, Imp. de Fajardo y Comanfiia. 1905. 50p. (NL) 145. Catecismo ilocano. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, n. d. 16p. (NL) 146. ---- 1927. (IV) 147. Catecismo ilocano ti doctrina cristiana. Manila, Tip. de la Universidad de Sto. Tomas. 1933. 45p. illus. (PSS) 148. Ceballos, Marcelino. Biaq quen novena ni Sta. Rosa de Lima, patrona sadi Indias, a idaton ni P. Fr. Marcelino Ceballos cadaguiti ububing a taga Iloco, tapno maisacnap ti panagdevocion itoy nag

84 ILOKO LITERATURE loriaan a Santa. Guadalupe, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1889. 47p. (NL) 149. Cedula ti pannacaiguimong iti apostolado ti panagcararag quen iti cofradia ti nasantoan a puso ni Jesus. Tambobong, Imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, n. d. 16p. (NL) 150. Cepeda, Juan Nufiez. Sermones sobre los novisimos, en ilocano. 2 tomos. (VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 14). 151. Champaner, Isidro. Pammalaoag iti pateg ti Santo a Misa, quet iti muet naimbag a pannaquiranud ti christiano. Pinutar ni M. R. P. Def. Fr. Isidro Champaner, cura parroco iti ili nga Sarrat iti provincia nga Cailoccan. Manila, Impreso en el Colegio de Santo Tomas por D. Manuel Rodriguez, 1847. 28n. (NL) 152. Platicas doctrinales, en ilocano. 1 tom. en 4~. MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 415) 153. Claudio, Sofia. comp. Historia sagrada; patriarcas quen profetas. Tambobong, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1870. 30p. (NI;) 154. Claudio y Fojas, Justo. Ca'tecismo a maipaay cadaguiti ubbing. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1907. 15p. (LCP) 155. Catecismo oenno doctrina cristiana catolica apostolica romana en dialecto ilocano. Calasiao, Pang., n.p., 1903 82p. (NL, LCP) 156. - Napateg a gameng ti cristiano (Tesoro del cristiano); en dialecto ilocano. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1910. 465p. (NL) 157. - Novena a Ntra. Sra. de Manaoag, en ilocano. San Fernando, Pampanga, 1899. 47p. (SPT: ABB, p. 43) 158. tr. Novena iti napateg unay a dara ni apotayo a Jesucristo a pacaidatonan daguiti potencias quen ricna ti tao. Inaramid iti maysa a Sacerdote a devotona quet inyulog lmet iti sao ti iloco ni D. Justo Claudio Fojas, presbitero.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 40p. illus. (NL, JRC) 159. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P.e J. Claudio, 1905. 28p. illus. (NL) 160.- ---- Calasiao, Pang,, Imp. de Calasiao, n. d. (IV) 161. Novena quen Arcangel San Rafael; inaramid ni Fr. Lucas de Jesus, iti orden ni San Juan de Dios, quet sa inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Justo Claudio Fojas. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 33p. (NL) 162. - Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1922... 28p. (LYY) 163. Novena quen San Rafael Areangel; catalec daguiti magnma-na, nabileg met a mangagas cadaguiti masacsacquit. 2.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, n. d. 29p. (NL) 164. Novena quen glorioso San Roque, catalec a mangilisi iti angol. Calasiao, Pang.. Imn. de Calasiao, 1906. (IV) 165. --- Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1910. 36p. illus. (NL) 166. itr. Novena ouen nadalus unay nga Apo Santa Maria, Virgen de la Porteria del Cielo a madaydayao iti convento daguiti religiosos Franciscancs descalzos de San Antonio de Padua iti ciudad nga Avila quen iti met convento ni Nuestra Sciora de los Angeles sadi Manila. Inyulog ti sao ti castila a novena ni Pbro. D. Justo Claudio Fojas. Manila, Inip. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 34p. (NL) 167. tr. Novena ouen nagloriaan a Sarita Maria Magdalena a naavat a nagbabaoi.... Inulog met amin ida iti sao ti iloco ni Pro~bitero D. Justo Claudio Fojas. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1888. 55p. illus. (NL) 168. tr. Novena quen nagloriaan a Sta. Maria Magdalena a naayat a nagbabaoi; pangragpat quen Apo Dios iti pannacabalbalo ti daques a panagbiag maipoon iti tulong ti napigsa, a panangibabaet toy Santa., casta met ti pannacatazuinavon ti singpet quen nagasat a ipapatay. Inaramid ti Presbitero Br. D. Jose Manuel

BIBLIOGRAPHY 85 Garcia del Valle y Aranjo. Manila, Imp. de la Revista Mercantil, de Diaz Puertas y C.a, 1888. 55p. (NL) 169. - tr. Novena quen Santa Cecilia, virgen quen martir, patrona daguiti musicos; mangigaga iti macaacar a saquit a burtong, curad quen lumlumteg. Inulog ni D. Justo Claudio Fojas iti novena a sao ti castila. Manila, Estab. tipografico "La Industrial", 1889. 15p. (NL) 170. ---- r. Novena quen Santa Lutgarda, virgen religiosa iti orden ni San Bernardo Abad, madayd'ayao iti iglesia parroquial de San Juan de la Palma sadi Sevilla; inulog ni Justo Claudio Fojas, presbitero, iti novena a sao ti castila. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1889. 17p. (NL) 171.. Patri rcas ouen profetas; pasion oenno panagbiag ingana idi yooli sadi langit ni apo tayo a Jesucristo quen panangyoli daguti Angeles sadi langit quen apo tay a Santa Maria Virgen. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Justo Claudio, 1907. 416p. illus (NL) 172.- Platicas en ilocano; dedicadas al Ilmo. y Rmo. Sr. D. Fr. Jose Hevia y Campomanes. Malabon, Tip-lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1896. 404p. (NL) 173.- Calasiao, Pang., 1926. (IV) 174. --- ed. Santa nga misa; pateg quen naimbag a pannaquiranod qna. Inurnos ni D. Justo Claudio Fojas, presbitero. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P.e J. Claudio, 1907. (IV, SAJ) 175. -- Sermonario en ilocano. 2 vs. Malabon, 1896-97 (?) 800p. (SPT: ABB, p. 43) 176. - Trisagio quen carcararag. Malabon, Tipo-litog. del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de Consolacion, 1896. 34p. (CCJ) 177. — Malabon, Tipo-litog, del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de Consolacion, 1897. 31p. (CCJ) 178. -- 8.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Calasiao, 1910. 56p. (JRC) 179. Corona oenno daodaoat quen San Miguel, iso nga nangipaltiing met laeng quen Beata Antonia de Astonica. Sao ti castila, nga inyulog iti sao ti iloco ti maysa a Sacerdote clerigo ditoy Obispado ti Nueva Segovia, agsipud iti daoat ti maysa a devotona. lti babaen ti palubos daguiti agturay. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1883. 12p. (incomplete) (JRC) 180.- Vigan, Imp. El Tiempo Catolico, 1912. 37p. illus. (LYY) 181. Corpus, Vicente P. ed. Pasion ni San Joaquin quen Sta. Ana. Maipaay unay a basaen cadaguiti cuaresma 6 nangina nga aldao a maipadpad iti pasion ni apotayo a Jesucristo. Lininteg ni Vicente P. Corpus. 15th. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1935. 158p. illus. (PSS) 182. Cortes. Alonso. Panegiricos, en ilocano. (IR: HI, p. 142) 182.a Sermones morales, en ilocano. 3 vs. MS. (IR: HI, p. 142) 183. Coscujuela, Macario. Novena al Gran Padre San Agustin, obispo y doctor de la Iglesia, protector contra langosta. Traducida en iloco de la novena en castellano que ha dado a luz el M. R. P. Fr. Macario Coscujuela en Valladolid, afio 1852.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1864. 30p. (NL, JRC) 184. -- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1888. 29p. (NL) 185. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1903, 24p. (NL) 186. Crisostomo, Juan. Milmilagros ti nangina unay a ladawan ni Ntra. Sra. de Lourdes idiav Cabitican. Manila, Imp. Fajardo, n. d. 45p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 233) 187. Cruz, Pedro B. and others. Dila ti apuy. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1914. 32p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231) 188. Cuarentena wenno 40 nga aldaw a devocion ken Apo San Judas Tadeo. Manila Catholic Trade School. (From 1936 Catalogue of the Catholic Trade School) 189. Cuarteron, Juan Antonio. Novena nga pagdayao quen nagloriaan a

86 ILOKO LITERATURE patriarca Seiior San Josef a asaua ni apotayo nga Sta. Maria. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, n. d. 89p. (EIP: CBRA, p. 698) 190. Cuesta, Antonio de la. tr. Devoto septenario en obsequio de Maria Santisima de las Angustias segun se practica que su ilustre congregacion establecido en la iglesia de escuelas pias de San Fernando de Madrid. Traducido del castellano al ilocano por el presbitero D. Antonio de la Cuesta, clerigo del obispado de Nueva Segovia... Manila, Imp. de Santo Tomas, 1874. 36p. (LCP) 191. -- tr. Excelencias del Gran Privado y precursor de Cristo, el glorioso San Juan Bautista, con un resumen de su vida, virtudes y martirio, que se expone en un devoto Octavario para el comun aprovechamiento de las almas. Traducido del espafiol al ilocano por el Presbitero D. Antonio de la Cuesta, una parroco de Lapo,... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1873. 40p. illus (NL) 192. --- Novena a Santa Catalina de Sena, en ilocano. Manila 1880 (?) 42p. (SPT: ABB, p. 35) 193. tr. )Novena a Santa Monica, madre del gran padre y doctor de la Iglesia San Agustin, patrona del pueblo de Sarrat en Ilocos Norte... y vertida del castellano al ilocano por el Presbltero D. Antonino de la Cuesta.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1886. 19p. (NL, LCP) 194. - Manila, Tipografia del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1894, 16p. (NL) 195. Novena de la Esperanza, en ilocana. Manila, 1873 (?) 33p. SPT: ABB, p. 35) 196. Novena en idioma ilocano, en honor del poderoso Patrocinio de N.a S.a la Virgen Maria, que bajo el titulo de Virgen de la Esperanza, se venera como patrona, en el pueblo de Caoayan, en la provincia de Ilocos Sur. Compuesta por el Presbitero D. Antonio de la Cuesta, cura interino de Tayum. Manila, Imp. de Amigos del Pais, 1884 24p. (NL) 197. Da canay, Mariano. Ancora de Salvacion, en ilocano. Vigan, 1886 220p. (SPT: ABB, p. 44) 198. — tr. Biag ni naserafinan a virgen Doctora ti nadiosan a sirib Santa Teresa de Jesus a namangon iti orden daguiti Carrneitas; sumaruno ti novena quen gozos. Inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Mariano Dacanay y Carbonel, clerigo secular iti Obispado ti Nueva Segovia.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1888. 64p. (NL) 199. tr. Novena quen Sta. Teresa de Jesus. Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1903. 64p. (JTB: BIMR. p. 225.) 200. - tr. Biag ni Santa Lucia. Manila, Imp. de Santa Cruz, 1889. 16p. (NL) 201. ---- tr. Devocion a pagdaydayao iti aldao a 10 ti binllan quen nagloriaan a virgen quen martir Santa Filomena, agdindinamag a managmilagro iti siglo XIX; inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Mariano Dacanay y Carbonel, clerigo secular iti diocesis ti Nueva, Segovia. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1889. 35p. illus. (NL) 202. El consuelo de los atribulados, en ilocano. Manila, 1887. 300p. (SPT: ABB, p. 44) 203. tr. Gupit a gubuayan ti anus oenno liolioa ti cararua a malidliday iti panagpampanunutna cadaguiti tuoc ti Nangisalacan; inaramid iti sao ti Portugues ni P. D. Teodoro de Almeida; inyallatio met iti sao ti castila ni Dr. D. Benito Estaun y Riol; quet inyulog met iti sao ti iloco ni D. Mariano Dacanay y Carbinel.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1888. 170p. (NL) 204. ----Historia sagrada, en ilocano. 220p. (SPT: ABB, p. 44) 205. Nacapocpocan ti Historia sagrada, oenno Sarsarita a naadao

BIBLIOGRAPHY 87 cadaguiti nasantoan a libro ti Daan quen Baro a Testamento. Agoo, 1894. 985p. (JRC) 206. tr. Novena a pagdaydayao quen Ntra. Sefiora de las Angustias; inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Mariano Dacanay y Carbonel.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1889. 20p. (NL) 207. - Novena ni Sra. Dolores. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1913. (JTB; GIMR. p. 225) 208. tr. Oficio ti Semana Santa oenno nangina nga aldao; inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Mariano Dacanay Carbonel, presbitero. Tambobong, Peq. Tipo-Litog. del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de Consolacion, 1894. xxxi, 304p. (NL) 209. Preparacion para la muerte, en ilocano. (SPT. ABB, p. 44) 210. tr. Ti nacristianoan nga ipapatay ni Doctor Jose Rizal; sinuratan ni Rev. P. Pio Pi, S. J. Sumaruno ti maysa a surat ni Rev. P. Vicente Balaguer, S. J. Inulog ida ni Rev. P. Mariano Dacanay, cura-parroco ti Santa Maria, Ilocos Sur. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico" 1913. 16p. (LCP) 211. Ti nagtangatangan ti langit ken daga. Vigan, 1913. 16p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 232) 212. ---- Triduo a San Jose, en ilocano. 200p. (SPT: ABB, p. 44) 213. tr. Urmona a pangammoan daguiti naganus nga ubbing iti catecismo. Naala iti nacapucpucan ti Doctrina cristiana nga imbilin ti agdama a Santo Papa Pio X a maisacnap cadaguiti diocesis ti Provincia ti Roma. Inulug iti sao't iloco ni R. P. D. Mariano Dakanay, cura parroco ti ili a Santa Maria, Ilocos Sur. Vigan, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1905. 42p. (NL) 214. Dadduma a paspaset ti disciplina ken iti wayat ti panagsarungcar iti masakit ken iti panangiponpon iti natay; inornos ken inwaras iti iglesia daguiti Agcacabsat a Nagtitipon ken Cristo. No imp., 1911. 35p. (NL) 215. Daguiti adalen iti escuela Dominical; iti uneg ti innem a bulan manipud iti bulan ti Julio 1910 aginggat Enero 1911. Naisagana nga aramiden cadaguiti iglesias evangelicas ditoy Filipinas. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1910. 30p. illus. map. (NL) 216.. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1911. 36p. illus, map. (NL) 217. Dagiti naimbag a gasat cas masaracan iti maicalima a capitulo iti libro ni San Mateo iti nasantcan a surat. Manila, American Bible Society, n. d. 8p. illus. (JRC) 218. Daguiti nangnangrona nga allilaw 'ti kinaromanismo. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Mision Cristiana, 1907. iv, 62p. (NL) 219. Daguiti quince misterios ti Santisimo Rosario ni apo Santa Maria Virgen quen daguiti pay met napateg a cararag a versos ni San Gregorio a pangicacaasi cadaguiti bendito a cararua.... Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 128p. illus. (NL, JRC) 220. Dacuti (daguiti) tallo a casasaad ti maysa nga cararua. Traduccion ilocana de los Tres estados del alma, del P. Claret-por un A. T. del pueblo Namacpacan en la provincia de Nueva Union. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1868. (NL) 221. Daguiti tal-lo a casasaad ti maysa a cararua. Escritos por el Excmo. e Ilmo. Sr. D. Antonio Claret, arzobispo de Cuba. Inolog iti sao ti iloco ti maysa a y Namacpacan ti provincia Nueva Union a isu ni A. T. Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1868. 23p. (NL) 222. Damrdamo a congreso eucaristico diocesano ti Nueva Segovia manipud 9 ingganat' 12 ti Diciembre, 1930. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, 1930. 16p. illus. (UPL, LYY) 223. Dolbeke, M. Edmunde.!Religion and morals of the early Filipinos at the coming of the Spaniards. Manila, University of Sto. Tomas Press, 1928. x, 135p. (NL, UPL) 224. Devocion afectuosa al santisimo nombre de Jesus. 4.a impresion. Filipinas, Imp. de Don Antonio de Llanos, 1829. 32p. (NL)

88 ILOKO LITERATURE 225. Devocion cadaguiti nagcapito a sao iti nailanza a Nangisalacan cadatayo, a pangicacaasi iti maysa a natay. n. It. p. ivp. ca. 1910. MS. Typewritten. (JRC) 226. Devocion cadaguiti umuna a siam a Viernes ti bulan iti Sagrado a Puso ni Jesus. Vigan, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1909. 7p. (LCP) 227. Disciplina ti Iglesia dagiti Agcacabsat a Nagtitipon ken Cristo. No imp. 110. (NL) 228. Ejercicio iti aldao a 19 ti tunggal bulan a pagdayao quen apo San Jose.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 31p. (NL) 229. Emc-Naycada. tr. Biag ni Santa Lucia, virgen quet martir (13 ti Diciembre ti pagfiestaanna). Inyulog ni Emc-Naycada.... Naadao iti El Ilocano. Manila, Imp. de Sta. Cruz, 1889. 15p. (NL) 230. Encarnacion, Adriano. Novena del milagroso S. Nicolas de Tolentino y modo de hacerla, para alcanzar de Dios por su intercesion los favores que desean, traducida del espafiol al iloncano por D. Adriano Encarnacion. Manila, Imp. de Valdezco, 1884. 32p. (NL) 231. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1922. 27p. (PSS) 232. Entronijacion del corazon de Jesus en el hogar. Pannacaisaad ti puso ni Jesus nga agari iti uneg ti balay. n. t. p. 29p. (LCP) 233. Escudo de el cristiano en la hora de la muerte. Aviso para consuelo de en fermo, (sic) y ayudar a bien morir. (Escudete de la Orden de San Agustin). Comnuesto en lengua iloca, por un Religioso de el Orden de Nuestro Padre San Agustin, de la Provincia del santisimo nombre de Jesus de Philipinas. (Filete) Con las licencias necesarias en el Rral Colegio, y Universidad de Santo Tomas de Manila. Por Vicente Adriano afio de 1804. 206p. (JTM: IM, p. 247) 234. Escndo del cristiano en la hora de la muerte. Manila, 1854. (FB: BP, p. 33) 235. Espiritu, Brtolome. Novona a la Santisima Trinidad, en ilocano. Manila, 1886. 27p. (SPT: ABB, p. 36) 236. Eugenio, Antonio de Padua. tr. Panagpampanunut iti Sto. Sacrificio ti Misa. Mainayon met daguiti cararag no agconfesar quen agcomulgar datao, nga inaramid ni Pablo Monguet, quet inaon iti sao ti iloco ni Padre D. Antonio de Padcua Eufenio. clerigo Dresbitero iti Obispado ti Nueva Segovia. 2,a ed. Manila, Imp. de D. Esteban Balbas, a cargo de D. Federico Hitalgo. 1880. 176p. (CCI) 237. tr. Panagpamnanunut iti Santo Sacrificio ti Misa nga inaramid ni Pablo Menguet auet inaon iti sao iloco ni P. D. Antonio de Padua Eugenio. clerigo presbitero iti Obispado ti Nueva Segovia. Nainavon met. daguiti nadumduma a cararag a maipaay unay nga aramiden cristiano, naitapouil met ti Via Crucis. 5.a ed. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1890. 282p. (NL) 238 - 10. ed. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1911. xiii, 283p. (NL).?9. — -- 11. ed. Manila, Imp. "Cultura Filipina", 1914. 302p. (NL) 240. Evangelista, Felix C. tr. Ti isursuro iti Baro nga Jerusalem maipaneep iti Apo. Ni Emanuel Swedenborg. Inyulog ni Rev. Felix C. Evan'elista. New York, Swedenborg Foundation, Inc., n. d. 160p. (NL) 241. Evans, Adelaida Bee. Ti gavyem dagiti pagtaengan. Mangiladawn ken nacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Jesus. Insurat ni Mrs. Adelaida Pee Evans.... Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1931. 200p. illus. (JRC) 242. Excelencias de Gran Privado y Precursor de Cristo el glorioso San Juan Bautista con un resumen de su vida virtudes y martirio que se expone en un Devoto Octavario nara el comun aproveehlamiento de las almas. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901. 40p. illus. (LYY)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 89 243. Farmer, Harry. Gastos ti iglesia ken ti anagcapul-lo. Manila, Methodist. Publishing House, 1905. 16p. (JTB- GIMR, p. 221) 244. - Pagwadan nga escuela dominical ditoy Filipiras. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1916. 12p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231) '245. Ti mangascasaha ken ti aramidda. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1912. 31p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231) 246. Farolan, Evaristo. tr. Novena quen historia ni Nuestra Sefiora de Manaoag, patrona ti Pangasinan....inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Evaristo Farolan. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n.d. 139n. (NL) 247. tr. Novena quen Nuestra Seiora de Manaoag, patrona ti Pangasinan; inaramid ni Fr. Salvador Millan, nuet inyulog iti sao ilono ni Don Evaristo Farolan, presbitero. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 49p. (NL, LYY) 248. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1893. 97-139p. (LYY) 249. — M — anila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas. 1904. 51p. (NL) 250. — Manaoag, Pang., Imp. del Santuario de Manaoag, 1926. 32p. (CCJ) 251. tr. Pacasaritaan ti santuario ni Ntra. Spfiora del Rosario idi;v Manaoag. Inaramid iti sao ti castila ni R. P. Fr. Salvador Millan, Dominico, quet inyulog met iti pagsasao ti iloco ni D. Evaristo Farolan, presbitero.... Manila, n. p., 1891. (144p. (NL) 252. -Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1893. 94p. (NL, LYY) 253. -- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1904. 171p. (NL) 254. Florendo, Agripina. Novena a Pradaydavno iti nannagna ni apntavo a Santa Maria idi napan sadi Bolen. Tnyulog iti sao iloco ni Padre Vicente F. Bonifacio. Pinaimoldi ni D.a Agripina Florendo. Manila, Imp. Amigos del Pais, 1883. 47p. (NL) 255. Florendo, Juliana. Papdevocion cadaguiti nito a domingo a pangdavaoan cadaguiti leddaang quen ragsac ni San Jose nga sdda indulgencia plenaria a lac-amen iti tunggal domingo. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1887. 63n. (NL) 256. Fonacier, Santiago A. Ni Jezucristo't idiav Vaticano oenno palaeio ti Papa. Ira. ed. Manila, Estab. de Fajardo y Compania, 1905. 16p. illus. (NL, CCJ) 257. Fragante. Juan. Novena nga pagdavdayao quen San Marcos Evanmrelista natron -i ili a Cabugao, Ilocos Sur. Inaramid quen pinaimolde ni Rev. P. Juan Fraorante, S. R.. cura narro-o ti naisao no-a ili. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1909. 25p. (NL, PSS, CCJ) 258. Funes, Julian and Moreno, Francisco. Panagnadaan ti ipapatay, oenno parmnanuntll a pangruen cadaguiti pudno noa agnanavon, a inadao ni San Alfonso Maria de Ligorio, nuot inutlon: iti saot iloeo daguiti papadi a Recoletos, a ni apo Fr. Julian Funes quen ni apo Fr. Francisen Moreno. a nagcurada iti nrovincia ti Zambales. Tambobong. Peq. Tip-litografia del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de Consolacion, 1894. 771p. (NL) 259. Gallardo, Eustaquio C. Novena en ilocano a Santo Domingo de Guzman. traducida de la dispuesta por D. Pedro Ignacio Rosillo, reimpresa en Manila, en el afio 1858 nor 4l PresHitero D. wistanuio C. Gallardo. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 24p. (NL) 260. -- Vioan, Imp. de El Tiempo Catolico. 1935. 2An. (PSS) 261. Garriz, Manuel. tr. Ejercicios de San Ignacio. (IR: HI, v. 2, p. 171) 262.2 tr. Explicacion de los Evsanelios. (IR: HI. v. 2, p. 171)?c-. -tr. Gritos de las alnmas del Purgatorio. (TRI- FT. v. 2, p. 171) 264. tr. Metodo de Confesar para los rusticos. (IR: HI, v. 2, p. 171)

90 ILOKO LITERATURE 265. ---- tr. Pasion de N. S. Jesucristo, en verso. (IR: HI, v. 2, p. 171) 266. Guerrero, Jacinto. Sermones morales, en ilocano. Cuatro tomos que continuan ineditos. (WER: IF, Col. 184) 267. --- tr. Clarin sonoro, del P. Cristobal de la Vega, traducido al ilocano por el P. Fr. Jacinto Guerrero, Agustino, y afiadido por otro religioso (Fr. Jacinto Rivera del mismo orden). Manila, Imp. de los Franciscanos, 1745. (WER: IF, Col. 184) 268. — tr. Uni ti natebbag unay a clarin. Ti si di Dios a sao. (Un tomo en 4to, en lengua ilocano). (WER: IF, Col. 223) 269. Guerrero, Pedro Ruiz. Novena al glorioso San Guillermo, duque de Quitania, restaurador del orden de N. P. S. Agustin y patron del pueblo de Laoag en la provincia de Ilocos, a la que antecede un compendio de su glorioso vida; todo compuesto por un Religioso que fue parroco de dicho pueblo, y se trasunto al ilocano por un principal del mismo, D. Pedro Ruiz Guerrero.... Impreso en Sampaloc, por Fr. Pedro Arguelles de Ia Concepcion, Religioso N. S. P. S. Francisco. Afno de 1804. (WER: IF, col. 225) 270. Hanna, W. H. Ti panglawlawag iti panagasawa. Vigan, Christian Mission Press, 1913. 4p. (NL) 271. Hergesheinler, Miguel. Ancora de salvacion oenno pacaisalacanan ti cararua. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 678p. ilrus (NL) 272.- 4a. ed. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1936. 768p. illus. (JRC) 273. ---- d. Dalan ti langit; inurnos ni P. Miguel Hergesheimer, misionero S. V. D. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1925. 160p. (LYY) 274. M — aicadua a pannacaideppelna. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1927. 160p. (LCP) 275. M — aicatIo a pannacaideppelna. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1930. 162p. (JRC) 276. ---- Maicapat a pannacaideppelna. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1933, 163p. illus. (LYY) 277. -- Maicalima a pannacaideppelna. Manila, Catholic Trade School 1936. 162p. (LYY) 278. Herice, Jose. Confesionario. 1tom. MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 234) 279. — Sermones morales. 6 toms. en 4~ MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 234) 280. Himhimno ken cancancion a naespirituan; inornos ken inwaras daguiti mision a Metodista Episcopal, Cristiana ken Agcacabsat a Nagtitipon ken Cristo. Manila, Mission Press, 1908. 149p. (NL) 281. Manila, Mission Press, 1910. 140p. (NL) 282. - Manila, Mission Press, 1924. 214, 28p. (NL) 283. Himhimno ken cancancion a naesprituan ken Manual ti guimong. Manila, Mission Press, 1925. 214p. (NL) 284. Himnario cristiano cadaguiti taga Cagayan. Manila, Mission Cristiana, 1906. 40p. (NL) 285. Historia biblica ti daan quen baro a testamento, a maisagut cadaguiti escuelas catolicas. Naadao iti sao ti aleman quet inyulog iti sao ti iloco ti maysa a Padre misionero iti Obispado de Nueva Segovia. Manila, Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal, 1918. 67p. (NL) 28. ---- Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1929. 82p. illus. (NL) 97. ---- Mnila, Catholic Trade School, 1935. 121p. illus (JRC) 288. Hugo, Victor. Ni Jesukristo idiay Batikano ken dagiti nakakaasi. (From advertisement in II. Times, v. 4, no. 10, Oct. 10, 1935) 289. Hurlburt, Jesse Lyman. Lecciones a pagwatwatan ti manursuro iti Escuela Dominical;...inyulog ken inwaras iti saot' iloco ti "Union Evangelica" ditoy Filipinas. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica, 1911. 10lp. illus., maps. (NL) 290. Ines, Jose. Traduccion al ilocano de la Eula Innefabilis de N. SS. P. Pio IX. (EIP: CBRA, p. 445) 291. Inis, Pablo. Pagdaydayao quen apo Delarosa, catalec ti Sinait. 12p. (incomplete) MS. n.d. Believed to be a 17th. cent. MS. (LCP)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 91 292. Ipacawannac. No imp. 16p. (NL) 293. Iti Apostolado ti panagcararag quen ti aramid a panagcomulgar a pagsambot, a mainayon ti novena quen pagpampanunutan maipapan iti bendito a Puso ni Jesus quen madumaduma a cararag a pagdayao iti nadiosan a pusona, a iyal-latio iti ini-iloco ti maisa a Religioso Agustino a cura parroco iti Obispado de Nueva Segovia. Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1881. 174p. (NL, CCJ, JRC) 294. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1897. 136p. (NL) 295. Malabon, Tipo-litografia del Asilo de Huerfanos de Nuestra Sefiora de Consolacion, 1897. 140p. (NL, LCP) 296. - Vigan, Imp. de El Tiempo Caltolico, 1910. 142p. (SAJ) 297. - Manila, Tip. y lit. de Santos y Bernal. 1919. 140p. (CCJ) 298. Jamias, V. Sagrado a puzo ni Jesus. Vigan, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1908. 74p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231.) 299. Jamias, Valentin. tr. Bulan ti Junio a maidaton iti sagrado a puso ni Jesus. Ababa, nalaca qt aramid a tumutup cadaguiti isuamin a casasaad ti tao. Pinumtar ni D. Felix Zarda y Salbany, presbitero, director de la tRevista popular, iti sao ti castila, quet inyulog iti pagsasao ti iloco ni D. Valentin Jamias, daan a maestro ti Instruccion primaria iti ili a S. Miguel, I. Norte, Islas Filipinas. Vigan, Imp. El Tiempo Catolico. 1934. 148p. (PSS) 300. Javier, Brigido Piedad. Ritual. Laoag, I. N., n. d. 50p. MS. (CCT) 801. Sermon para la fiesta de la Asuncion de Nuestra Sefiora. Gabu, Laoag, I. N., 1920. 15p. MS. (CCJ) 30.2. - Sermon para Jueves Santo. Laoag, I. N., 1015. lOp. (CCJ) 303. Sermon para la Navidad. Laoag, I. N., 1915. 9p. (CCJ) 304. - Siete palabras. Laoag, I. N., 1925. 12n. (CC.T) 305. Javier, Florentino Perez. Novena cada Jesus, Maria qn Josef. n. t. p. MS. 35p. (CCJ) 306. --- -Novena quen Maria Santisima. n. t. p. 44p. MS. (CCJ) 307. Jimeno, Marcelo. tr. Novena al glorioso apostol Santiago el Mayor, padre, patron y tutelar de Espafia. Traducida al ilocano por el Presbitero D. Marcelo Jimeno, cura parroco interino del pueblo de Pasuouin provincia de Ilocos Norte. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901. 47p. (PSS) 308. Johnson, B. W. Panazipalawag ti apocalipsis. Manila, Christian Press. 24p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 230) 309. Kavada. E. S. Umuna a pacajustificaran ti tao iti Dios. No imp. 8p. (NL) 310. Kennedy, P. D. No ania ti aramiden ti maysa a tao tapno maisalacan. Sinuratan ni A. W. Fite. Manila, Mission Press, 1924. lip. (CCJ) 311. Kershner, B. L. Ti sunerintendente. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1916. 12p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231) 312. Kurtz, Sanford B. Ti secretario ken tesoro. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1916. 10p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 2n0) 313. La iglesia caltolica en Filipinas. El P. Aglipav y el clero secular filipino. La sentencia de excomunion de Fr. Nozaleda y su impugnacion. MariFestos del P. Aglipay. I os derechos del clero secular probados por las Bulas y decretos de los Pontifices con otras notas v documentos relativos a la cuestion. Bautista, Pang., Imp. "La Independencia", 1899. 51p. (NL) 314. Lamentacion y sagrada pasion de Nuestro Senior Jesucristo. Stabat y Perdon. Sacadas de varios libros. Manila, Imp. de D. Esteban Balhas, 1890. 32p. illus. (HHB) 315. Las siete palabras de niiestro Sefior Jesucristo, en ilocano. Manila, 1867. 34p. (SPT: ABB, p. 35) 316. Lazo, Anselmo. Sarita da Colas ken Andoy. Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1922. 19p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 232) 317. Lazo, Francisco V. tr. Novena ti Sagrado a Puso ni Jesus; inadao

92 ILOKO LITERATURE iti sao ti castila ni Francisco V. Lazo, ex-maestro insular. Nainayon ti ceremonia no isaad nga agari ti Puso ni Jesus iti uneg ti balay. Manila, Tipografia de Santos y Bernal, 1920. 41p. (LYY> 318. Lazo, Melanio S. tr. Naipadpaduma ti pateg a carcararag qn apa Virgen Maria a Ina ti Dios. Inaramid ni S. Alfonso de Lig:rio quet inyulog ti sao ti iloco ni P. Melanio Lazo Singson. No imp. 112p. (JRC) 319. Lecciones a pagwatwatan. (From advertisement in Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, no. 37, Sept. 11, 1920) 320. Libro ti diario a El Ilocano; daguiti sabsabong ti Calvario. Maipaay a lualoen iti umuna nga aldao ti binulan ti Mayo quen Cuaresma. Inyulog Iti sao ti castilla ni Emc-Naycada. Manila, Imp. de Sta. Cruz, 1889. 24p. (SAJ) 321. Ligorio, Alfonso Maria de. Panangial-lot iti pagayatan ni Apo Dios... inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni P. Jose Foz. Manila, Tip. de Santos y Bernal, 1913. 140p. (NL) 322. Lopez, Francisco. Catecismo de la lengua ylocana, con esplicacion de los misterios principales de Nuestra Santa Fe, etc. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1846. 102p. (From IFS' Bib. list) 323. — Catecismo de la lengua ilocana con esplicacion de las misterios principales de Nuestra Santa Fe, etc. por el M. R. P. Fr. Francisco Lopez del orden de N. P. S. Agustin, corregido y aumentado por otro reliiioso de IP misma orden. Manila, Inp. de Santo Tomas, 1877. 79p. (WER: ABHG, v. 2, p. 586) 324. — -- Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1882. 40p. (UPL) 325. Manila, Imp. y Lit. de M. Perez, hijo, 1889. 62p. (NL) 32. ---- - Manila, Tipografia "Amigos del Pais", 1893. 62p. (Nl.) 327. — -- Manila, Tipografia "Amigos del Pais", editora de "La Voz Espafiola", 1893. 62p. (NL) 328.- - Tombobong, Tip-Litografia del A silo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de la Consolacion, 1894. 64p. (NL) 329. — - Manila, Imp. "A. del Pais", 1900. 72p. (NL) 330. Catecismo ilocano; con esplicacion de los misterios principales de Nuestra Santa Fe... corregida y aumentado por otro religiozo de la misma orden. Manila, Imp. y Lit. de J. Fajardo, 1912. 40p. (NL).231. — -- -Manila, Imp. y Lit. de Juan Fajardo, 1930. 40p. (JRC) 332. Cateeismo ilocano del P. Francisco Lopez, Agustino, afiadido por el P. Fr. Jacinto Rivera, de la misma orden. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de la Companiia de Jesus, 1765. (WER: IF, col. 205) 333.- Libro a naisuratan amin ti bagas ti Doctrina cristiana nga naisurat iti libro ti Cardenal a ggnagan Belarmino, ket inaon ti P. Fr. Francisco Lopez, padre a S. Agustin, iti Sinasantoy. (Estampita religiosa con la leyenda:) Ad dandam scientiam falutis plebi ejus. Cant. Zach. Impreso en el Convento de S. Pablo de Manila. Por Antonio Damba, i Miguel Seixo. Afio de 1621. 96, 283p. (JTMr IM, p. 18) 334. — 2.a ed. Manila, 1688. (WER: IF, col. 120) 335. -- 3.a ed. Manila. Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, por Geronimo Correa de Castro, afio de 1716. (WER: IF, col. 144) 336. — 4.a ed. Manila. en el Colleoio. i Universidad de la Compania de.esus. nor D. Nicolas de la Cruz Bagay, Afio de 1767. 475p. (JTM': TM, p. 183) 337.- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1846. 102p. (THPT: BF, p. 239) 338. — Manila, Imp. Amigos del Pais, 1882. 40p. (THPT: BF, p. 239) 339. — -- Ma —on, Tipo-Lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1895. 419p. (NL, UPL, PSL) 340. Los nueve oficios del sagrado Corazon de Jesus, seguidos de algunas

BIBhLIOGRAPHY 93 practicas devotas en obsequio al mismo Divino Corazon, traducidos al ilocano de un Devocionario castellano. Por un sacerdote secular. Manila, Imp. de "Amigos del Pais", 1882. 84p. (NL) 341. Mach, Jose. Pacaisalacanan ti cararua, oenno Devocionario a pacasaracan daguiti cristiano cadaguiti naruay a pamuspusan tapno macapagnada iti dalan ti quinasingpet; quet pacasaracan met daguiti papadi cadaguiti madumaduma a mabalinda a pamagsingpet iti ili. Inaramid iti sao ti caStila ni R. P. Jose Mach, ouet inyulotiti sao ti iloco ti maysa a sacerdote ti clero secular....Vigan, Imp. Fernandina a cargo de Agapito Villanueva, 1887. 695p. (NL) 342. Madumaduma a carcararag. Maicapat a pannacaideppelna. Ra guio, Mt. Province, Catholic School Press, 1931. 217p. illus. (LYY) 342a. Main, A. R. and McCallum, D. C. Doctrina crisitiana cas masaracan iti Baro a tulag. Vigan, I. Sur, Imp. Cristiana, 1916. 95p. (CI) 343. Magno, Candido. Ti pastor. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1916. lip. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231) 344. Manual a mangipakita chdagiti allilaw ti Iglesia Romana. San Fernando, La Union, Ilccano Printing Co., 1933. 12p. (JRC) 345. Manual oenno Pagsucnalan daguiti annac ni Maria. Con licencia do la Autoridad eclesiastica. Tambobong. Pequefia irmn. del Asilo de Huerfanos de N.a S.a de Consolacion, 1892. 51p. (NL, CCJ) 346. Manual ti voluntario ti Cruz ken ti naespiritlan a pigs-na. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1933. 52p. (JRC) 347. Marzan, Luis F. Impedimentos matrimoniales. (EIP: CBRA, p. 213) 348. Via-crucis y misterios del Rosario con la bendicion papal. (EIP: CBRA, p. 213) 349. Vidas de los patriarcas Abraham, Isaac, Jacob y Jose. (EIP: CBRA, p. 214) 350. — Vidas de todos apostoles y evangelistas. (EIP: CBRA., p. 214) 351. Maximas morales en ilocano y castellano para uso de los ninfos, compuestas por un parroco ilocano y aumontadas cnn las obligaciones de varios estados sacadas del Camino Recto del Excmo. Sr. Claret. Manila. Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1888. 15p. (NL) 352. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1905. 28p. (NL) 353.2. Manila, Tip. Pontificia del Col. de Sto. Tomas, 1920. 24p. (UPL) 354. Mejia, Agustin. Obras didacticas en dialecto ilocano. (IR: HI, v. 2, D. 84) 255. - Vida de San Barlam v Jcsaphat. (EIP: CBRA, p. 79) 356. Megia, Antonio Santos. Pasion de N. S. Jesucristo en lengua ilocana por Fr. Antonio Santos Megia. (JTM: IM, p. 241) 357. Mejia, Antonio Santos. Sermones de S. Vicente Ferrer. (VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 33) 358. afiadido y corregido por otros. Pasion de Nuestro Sefior JesuCristo, escrita en lengua ilocana por el M. R. P. Fr. Antonio Megia; al fin van Estacicnes, y,algunas Platicas y oraciones para cuando confiesan y comulgan los naturales de estas Provincias, por el P. Fr. Bernardino Marquez. Corregido y enmendada por el M. R. P. Fr. Gregorio Martinez, comisario y nrocurador general de la provincia de Agustinos calzados de Filininas. Madrid, Imp. de D. Jose Cosine de la Pefia, 1845. 544p. (NL) 359. Morrow, Louis. Ti payyemco. Libro a palualcan a maipaay cadagiti agtutubo. Sinuratan ni Rev. Padre Morrow. Manila, Catholic Tiade School. 1935. 222p. illus. (LYY) 360. Mumrma. M. H. & others. Historia sperada, nanipud nannacaparsua ti lubong aginggat paggibusan ti Daan a tulag, sacbay la unay ti lubong aginggat naggibusan ti Daan a tulag, sacbay la unay gelica, 1915. 91p. illus. (NL) 3C1. Mufniz, Sant'ago. Novena ni Santa Barbara, virgen quet martir.

94 ILOKO LITERATURE Naadao iti libro a Novenario Sagrado (11 tomo) a sao ti casti!a quet nayolog iti sao ti iloco gapo iti calicagum a rmaisapasap daytoy a devocion, ni M. R. P. Fr. Santiago Mufiiz, cura nga agdama iti ili a Laoag. Quet pinaimoldi ni D.a Anselina Foz Prudencio, agsipud muet iti calicagumna a napardas ti pannacaisapasapna daytoy naisao a devocion. Manila, Naideppel iti Colegio a Santo Tomas ni D. Gervasio Memije, 1881. 46p. (NL) 362. Nacristianoan a panagpampanunot nga agpaay iti nasantoan nga oras. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Je. 15, 1932. 66p. illus. (LCP, JRC) 363. Nadumaduma a cararag nga pagdevocion quen apo San Jose. Manila, Imp. de San-to Tomas, 1887. 16p. (NL) 364. Nasudi a pacalagadan ti nadumaduma a casasaad ti ta-o. 2.a ed. Sto. Domingo, Ilocos Sur, Imp. "La Reproductora". 1927. 41p. (CC.T) 365. Nasudi a panagcucua; baro quen napaypayso a urbanidad. Manila, publicado por Isabelo de los Reyes, 1892. 16p. (NL) 366. Nasudi a panagcucua; baro quen napaypayso a urbanidad. Manila, Imp. de Sta. Cruz, n. d. 16p. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1449) 367. Nieto, Jose. Catecismo ilocano. (VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 37) 8(8. ----Pl1ticas doctrinales. (EIP: CBRA, p. 368) 369. Ni naidaclan nga Emperador Constantino quen ti Iglesia catolica. n. t. p. 96p. (LCP) 370. Ncdora, Basilio. ed. Sagbabassit a tedted ti ubbug ti biag ti bagi quen cararua. Manila, Imp. de L. Cribe, 1908. 26p. (NL) 371. Novena al Sefior Santo Cristo, cuya imagen se venera en la capilla del campo santo de Vigan.... Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1863. 24p. illus. (NL, LCP) 372. - Manila, Imp. del Colepio de Santo Toms. 1891. 31p. illus (NL) 373. Manila, Imp. El Retofio, 1918. 31p. (LYY) 374. - Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1918. 24p. (LYY, JRC) 375. Novena a pagdaoat iti milagrosa quen nacascasdaao a catalec cadaguiti di mabalin a si Santa Rita de Casia. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1864. 32p. (UPL, NL. LCP) 376. - Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1892. 32p. (NL) 377. ---Baguio, Mt. Province, 1925. 24p. (JRC) 378. Ncvena a pagdaydayao ken ano San Roque. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 51p. illus. (JRC) 379. Novena a pagdaydavao ken Ntra. Sra. de Lourdes. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1932. 33p. (CCJ).30. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1935. 38p. illus. (LYY, JRC) 381. Novena a pagdaydayao ken San Antonio de Padua. Manila, Catholic Trade School. n. d. 56p. illus. (JRC) 382. Novena a pagdaydayao quen Apotayo a Jesucristo nga Ari. Manila, Catholic Trade Sclool, n. d. illus. 24p. (JRC) 383. Novena a pagdaydayac quen naslag a Virgen Maria de Asuncion, patrona iti ili a Santa Maria, Ilocos Sur; inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni P. Vital M. Reyes, presbitero filipino y cura parroco interino i'i i i Narvw-Rn. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1902. (LYY, NL) 384. Inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni D. Vital M. Reyes, presbitero quet cura parroco iti ili a S Esteban. 2a. ed. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1926. 44p. (LYY) 385. - Inyulog iti sao ti iloco ni P. Vital M. Reyes, presbitero filipino y cura parroco interino iti ili a Narvacan. Vigan, Imp. El Tiempo Catolico, 1934. 52p. (PSS) 386. Novena a pagdavdayao quen San Narciso, obisno quet martir. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1925. 32p. (JRC) 387. Novena a pagdaydavao quen Santa Teresita ti Nifio Jesus. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 36p. illus. (JRC, CCJ) 388. Novena a pangicacpasi cadaguiti bendito a cararua sadi purgatorio. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 82p. (NL)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 95 389. Novena a panangicacaasi cadaguiti bendito nga cararua sadi purgatorio. Manila, Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal, 1919. 64p. (CCJ) 390. - Inaramid ti maysa a padre iti orden ni amatayo a S. Agustin. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1929. 62p. illus. (LYY) 391. - Manila, Ca'tholic Trade School, n. d. 80p. illus. (JRC) 392. Novena cadaguiti bendito nga cararua sadi purgatcrio; inaranmid ti maysa nga Padre iti orden ni amatayo a San Agustin. Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1847. 57p. (JRC) 393. Novena de la Virgen del Mar Cautiva, que se venera en la iglesia del pueblo de Santo Tomas, en la provincia de La Union. Compuesta por un devoto de esta diocesis. Manila, Imp. de M. Sanchez y C.a, 1865. 24p. illus. (NL, LCP) 394. Novena de la Virgen de Pefia Francia. Hongkong, Nazareth Printing Press, 1926. 45p. (LCP) 395. Novena del milagroso S. Nicolas de Tolentino y modo de hacerla, para alcanzar de Dios por su intercessicn los favores que desean, traducida del espafiol al ilocano por D. Adriano Encarnacion. Manila, Imp. de C. Valdezco, 1884. 32p. (NL, LYY) 396. Novena de N.a S.a de la Caridad, patrona del pueblo de Bantay (Ilocos Sur). Tambcbong, Pequefia imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos de N.a S.a de Consolacion, 1891. 56p. (NL, LCP) 397. Novena de Ntra. Sefiora de Lourdes. Pacasaritaan daguiti milagros quen cararag. Manila, Tipo-lit. de Chofre y Cia...1885. 66p. (NL, LCP). ----.), Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1918 76p. illus. (LYY) 399. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes de Rosario, 1928. 78p. illus (CCT) 400. Novena de Nuestra Sefiora la Virgen del Rosario, patrona universal de las islns Filipinas, que se venera en la iglesia de Santo Domingo de Manila; del esDafiol al ilocano traducida por un devoto.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1863. 24p. (LYY. JRC) 401.- Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico". 1919. 34p. (CCJ, JRC) 402. Vigan, Imp. de El Tiempo Catolico, 1930. 43p. illus. (LYY) 403. Novena de Ntra Sra. de Salvacion; que se venera en el pueblo do Tiuy. Traducida del castellano al ilocano. Manila, 'Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1879. 30p. (NL) 404. - Traducida del castellano al ilocano nor el cura parroco interino de Tayurm provincia de Abra. Manila, Imp. Amigos del Pais, 1880. 24p. (incomplete) illus. (NL) 405.- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1889. 32p. (NL) 40(.- Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1927. 32p. illus (LYY) 407. Novena de Nuestra Sefiora Maria SSma. del Rosario que se venera on la iglesia catedral de Vigan. Traducida del castellano al idioma de Ilocos. Espirita Angco: con superior permiso. Manila, en el Colegio de Sto. Tomas, por D. Manuel Rodriguez. 1847. 26p. (LCP) 408. Ncvena diaria de la glorioso San Antonio de Padua, revelada por el mismo Santo, y puesta en metodo por un Religioso menor devoto suyo en Manila afio de 1849, y traducida en ilocano por un preshitero de esta diocesis de Nueva Segovia. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1864. 31p. (NL) 409. M --- anila, Imp. Real Colegio de Sto. Tcmas. 1890. 48p. (NL) 410. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sarto Tomas, 1896. 34p. illus. (NL) 411. --- Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1919. 50p. (LYY) 412. Novena en honor de la Virgen de Candelaria que se venera en la ciudad de Thenerife en las islas Canarias. traducida del castellano al ilccano por el presbitero D. Antonio de la Cuesta.... Vigan, Imp. Fernandina Ylocana, 1886. 17p. (NL, PSS) 413. Novena en idioma ilocana en honor del poderoso patrocinio de Na. Sa. la Virgen Maria que bajo el titulo de Virgen de la Esperanza... compuesto por el presbitero D. Antonio de la Cuesta.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1875. 26p. (NL)

93 ILOKO LITERATURE 414. Novena iti Dios Espiritu Santo. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 8p. (JRC) 415. Novena iti Divino Infante Jesus; inulog iti sa-o castila ti maysa a padre religioso iti orden ni amatayo a San Agustin, ditoy provincia a cailocohan iti taoen a 1816. Manila, Iti pagmoldian a managan Amigos del Pais, 1863. 30p. illus. (NL) 416. Manila, Imp. Amigos del Pais, 1880 40p. (LYY) 417. — Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1888. 38p. (NL) 418. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 39p. (NL) 419. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1897. 39p. illus. (NL) 420. M-anila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1907. 47p. illus. (LYY) 421. -- Vian, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1921. 41p. (CCJ) 422. Vigan, Imp. de El Tiempo Catolico, 1930. 45p. (JRC) 423. Novena iti napnoan ladingit a Hari daguiti angeles, Maria Santisima de la Solkdad, ynaramid ti maysa nga Padre iti orden ni ama tayo nga S. Agustin. Manila, Impreso en el Colegio de Sto. Tomas, por D. Manuel Rodriguez, 1847. 42p. (JRC) 424. - Inaramid ti maysa nga Padre iti orden ni amatayo nga San Agustin. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 48p. (NL) 425. - Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1926. 47p. (PSS) 426.' Novena iti nasagradoan a Puso ni Jesus. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 47p. illus. (JRC) 427. Novena iti Santisima Trinidad a pacdaydayao quen pavdaoat cadaguiti parabcrna. Pinaimoldi ni Doia Matea Florendo. Manila, Imp. de "Amigos del Pais", 1885. 20p. (NL) 428. Novena ken ape Inrraculada Concepcion. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1933. 47p. illus. (JRC) 429. Novena ken apo San Judas Tadeo, apostol. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 19.4. 45p. illus. (JRC) 430. Novena kpn npo Santa Lucia, virgeen martir. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 42p. illus. (JRC) 431. Novena krn San Jose. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 62p. illus. (.TRC) 432. Novena ken visita domiciliaria iti Virgen Milagrosa. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1933. 48p. illus. (JRC) 433. Novena nga ragdavao quen apotayo a Sefior San Jose a asaua ni npotayo a Santa Maria. Idaton a pagservi quencuana daguiti naruay a devotosna iti provincia a Cailocoan. quet nangrona unav iti ili a Dingras a paearambacanna a cas patron ti ili. Manila. Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1849. 12p. Last pages lost. (JRC) 44.-4. Manila, Imp. de Santo Tomas. 1881. 62p. illus. (NL) 4.85. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1894. 64p. (NL, JRC) 436. Manila, Imn. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1901. 36p. (incomplete) illus. (NL) A7 V ---- igan, Imp. de Hormogenes del Rosario, 1920. 80p. illus (LYY) 438. Novena nga pagdaydayao quen Apostol S. Pablo iti pannacabalbaliona. Manila, Imp. de Ramirez y Giraudier, 1863. 20p. (NL) 439.-. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1887. 20p. (NL) 440. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1903. 20p. illus. (NL) 441. Novena nga pagdayvdyao nuen anotavo a Jesucricto nga Ari. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 24p. illus. (CCJ) 442. Novena nga pa.daydayao cuen aputavo a Jesus Nazareno, naadao iti sao ti castila nga pagdaydayao met ti ili a Quiapo iti ladaoanna rp'a adaptt i,'pr simbaan. Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1891. 30p. (NL, CCJ) 443. Novena nga pagdaydayao quen S. Esteban, immona a martir gapo ouen Jesucristo. patron ti ili a canaganna, provincia ti Ilocos Sur. Naimoldi sadi Manila iti Asilo daguiti Ulila idiay. 1894. 19p. (NL) 444. Novena nga pagdavao iti manrliulina nga Ina Maria Sma. de la Consolacion o Correa, nga pagdaoat iti tulongna cadaguiti silalad

BIBLIOGRAPHY 97 ingit; pinutar ti maysa nga Padre iti orden ni amatayo a San Agustin. Manila, Imp. del Cclegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 67p. illus. (NL) 445. Novena nga pangicacaasi cadaguiti bendito nga cararua sadi purgatorio. 2a. ed. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1860. 48p. (WER: ABHG, v. 2, p. 676) 446. - Inaramid ti nraisa nga Padre iti orden ni amatayo nga San Agustin. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 48p. (NL) 447. ----Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1891. 52p. (NL) 448. Novena ni amatayo a glorioso Santo San Guillermo a patron qn catalec ditoy iii a Laoag. Laoag, 13 de Marzo de 1886. MS. (CCJ) 449. Novena ni nadaeg a ama San Agustin, obispo, quet doctor ti santa iglesia catolica, catalec a macapasia ti dudun. n. t. p. 29p. (CCJ) 450. Novena ni naglorioan a Apostol San Andres, patron iti ili a Bacarra. Incrnos ni Presbitero Don Miguel Reyes.... Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais. 1852. 47p. (JRC) 451. Novena ni nagloriaan a apostol San Andres. n. t. p. 44p. (CCJ) 452. Novena ni nagloriaan a San Guillermo iti orden daguiti hermitafios ni naidaclan a ama San Agustin, patron ti ili a Laoag. Tambobong, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de Consolacion, 1892. 28p. (CCJ) 453. Novena ni nagloriaan a S. Roque a catalec iti saquit a angol. Sinurat ti maisa devoto toy Sto.... Manila, Imp. de la Viuda de Lopez, 1850. 42p. illus. (NL) 454. Manila.. Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1882. 47p. (LYY) 455. - Guadalupe, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1889. 40p. (NL) 456. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1889. 47p. illus. (NL) 457. - Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1891. 47p. (NL) 458. ---- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1902. 58p. (LCP) 459. - Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1911. 46n. (JRC) 460. Manila, Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal. 1919. 45p. (NL, CCJ) 461. -Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1920. 51p. (NL) 462. Novena ni nasagradoan a Puso ni Jesus. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n. d. 47p. illus. (JRC) 463. Novena ni Nuestra Sefiora del Carmen. n. t. p. 4-30p. (CCJ) 464. Novena ni San Ramon Nonato cardenal ti Santa Iglesia iti Real quen militar orden ni Ntra. Sra. de la Merced a bang-ar daguiti nacayaoan. Nangrona a catalec daguiti babbai a masicug tapno maragpatda iti nalaca a panagpasngayda. Manila, Imp. de "Amigos del Pais". 1882. 28p. (NL) 465. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1902. 24p. (JRC) 466. Novena ni Santa Barbara, virgen quet martir.... Iti babaen ti palubus a masapol. Manila, Naideppel iti Colegio a Santo Tomas, 1881. 46p. illus. (LYY) 467. Novena ni Sta. Catalina a taga Alejandria. Manila, Imp. de "Amigos del Pais", 1852. 17p. (NL) 468. Novena ni Santa Filomena, virgen quen martir, a nanaganan la taumaturga del siglo diez y nueve. Cas iti pannacalualonat sadi Napoles. Nayulog iti iloco quen castila a naimolde iti Imp. del Real Colegio de Sto. Tomas de Manila idi taoen a 1838. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 47p. (NL) 469. Novena ni Santa Lucia.... Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1870. 20p. (CCJ) 470. Novena ni Santa Rita de Casia. n. t. p. 24p. (LCP) 471. Novena ni Santa Maria Virgen Americana. Con superior permiso. Manila, Imp. de Esteban Balbas, 1881. 22p. (NL) 472. - Baguio, Mt. Province, 1926. 16p. (JRC) 473. Novena quen ababa a pagdamagan iti managmilagro a ladaoan ti Virgen ti talna quen naimbag a pannagna, agraman cadaguiti rangcap a impaayna, iso a maydayao iti iii nga Antipolo sadi Ma

98 ILOKO LITERATURE nila. Manila, Imp. de "Amigos del Pais", 1882. 16p. (NL) 474. - Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1903. 16p. (NL) 475. Novena quen apo San Miguel cadaguiti santos angeles a pagdaoat cadaguiti pagparangcap nga calicaguman a lac-amen quen Apo Dios. n. t. p. 36p. (CCJ) 476. Novena quen apo Sta. Catalina, virgen qt. martir. n.t.p. 43p. MS. (CCJ) 477. Novena quen Apo Santo Cristo a madaydayao iti ili a Sinait, Ilocos Sur. Maicadua a pannacaideppelna. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1927. 32p. illus. (LYY, JRC) 478. Novena quen aputayo a Santa Maria Nuestra Sefiora de la Purisima Concepcion. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1888. 24p. (NL) 479. Novena quen apotayo a Santa Maria, Nuestra Sefiora de la Purisima Ccncepcion, patrona ti ili a Santa Cruz (Ilocos Sur). Tambobong, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1891. 23p. (NL) 480. Vigan, Imp. de El Tiempo Catolico, 1930. 25p. (CCJ) 481. Novena quen glorioso S. Miguel Arcangel. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P.e Justo Claudio, n.d. (NL) 482. Novena quen nagloriaan a Virgen quen martir a Santa Cecilia, patrona daguiti musicos, quen nangruna a catalec daguiti racaalis a saquit ti burtong, curad quen lumlumteg a naapgues iti bagui.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. 16p. (NL) 483. Novena quen Sn. Agustin. Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1864. 29p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 221) 484. Novena quen Sr. Sto. Cristo. Manila, Ilmp. de Sto. Tomas, 1863. 24p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 221) 485. Novena ti nasantoan a Puso ni Jesus a inaramid ni Padre Carlos Borgo de la Compainia de Jesus.... Manila, Imp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1879. 135p. (NL, LYY, LCP) 486. Novena ti naslag a martir San Cristobal, patron ti ili a Bangar a idaton ni P. Fr. Gerardo Blanco, Agustino, cadaguiti Ibangar.... Manila, Imp. de Santo Tomas, 1904. 36p. (NL) 487. Oficio divino de la iglesia filipina independiente. Primera parte: novisimo evangelio; segunda parte: culto eucaristico. Barcelona, 1906. 240p. illus. (NL) 488. Olalla, Juan. Cofradias de la Santa Correa, en ilocano. Un tomn. en 4~. MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 253) 489. Esplicacion de los misterios de Nuestra Santa F6, escrita en idioma ilocano. Manila, 1847. (FB: BP, p. 33) 490. Esplicacion de los siete sacramentos en idioma ilocano. Madrid, 1848. (FB: BP, p. 33) 491. Sermones morales de negativa en idioma ilocano. 'Un tom. en 4~. MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 253.) 492. Sermones panegiricos de varios patronos de las iglesias de Ilocos. 2 tom. en 4~ MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 253) 493. Pablc, Ignacio. Ccrona oenno daodaoat quen San Miguel, iso nga nangipaltiing met laeng quen Beata Antonia dc Astonica. Sao ti castila, nga inyulog iti sao ti iloco ti maysa a sacerdote clerigo ditov ObisDado ti Nueva Segovia.... Manila, Imp. del Cclegio de Santo Tomas, 1883. 38p. (JRC) 494. Pacasaritaan ken novena a pagadydayao ken apo Ntra. S-a. de!a Paz y Buen Viaje, Virgen ti Antipolo. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1933. 34p. (JRC) 495. Pacasaritaan ni Lumawig, wenno Ti religion dagiti iggorot ken itneg. (From advertisement in V. Balbin's Da Simon ken Pantang) 496. Pacquing, Isabelo E. Aldaw ti panagngilin. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1929. 31p. (NL) 497. — comp. Ti biag cadaguiti napucaw. San Fernando, La Union,

BIBLIOGRAPHY 99 Imp. Evangelica, 1917. 64p. (NL) 498. Padua, Antonio de. El santo sacrificio de la misa, en ilocano. Manila, 1895. 274p. (SPT: ABB, p. 36) 499. -- tr. Novena, nga iti napacumbaba quen nasgued a panagdevocion idaton quen, icamang cada aputayo a Jesus, Maria qi Josef tapno malac-aman ti naimbag a ipapatay. Naadao iti sao ti castila nga inaramid ni Don Antonio Florentino Puansen, quet inyulog met iti sa-o iloco ni.... Manila, Imp. de Esteban Balbas, 1881. 47p. (NL, JRC) 500. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1902. 40p. illus. (NL) 501. Pazalagadan iti nasantcan a guimong ti sagrada famili.. Manila, Tip. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1894. illus. (NL, LCP) 502. Pagdagupan daguiti di mabilang a indulgencia nza maala daguiti cofrades ti cintos ni amatayo a S. Agustin iti babaen ti panangaclon ni apotayo a Santa Maria de la Consolacion. Quet inaon ti M. R. P. Ex. Difinidor Fr. Jacinto Rivera, iti Orn. ni S. Agustin, iti sinasamtoy, quet nanayonan man ita cadaguiti indulgencias a inparangcap daguiti Santo Papa a da Benedicto XIII quen Benedicto XIV iti todio quen gaguet ti M. R. P. Fr. Gregorio Martinez, comisario nga agdama ti nasao nga Orden.... Sadi Madrid, Iti pagdeppuelan ni D. Jose Cosme de la Pefia iti taoen a 1844. 53p. (LCP) 503. Pagdevocion cadaguiti pito a domingo a pangdaveoan cadaguiti leddaang quen ragsac ni San Jose nga adda indulgencia plenaria a lac-amen iti tungal domingo. 3.a ed. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario. 1922. 59p. (CCJ) 504. Pinaimoldi ni Dia Juliana Florendo. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1934. 82p. illus. (PSS) 505. Paglualuan a naadaw iti Oficio Divino ti iglesia filipina independiente, babaen ti palubos ni natan-ok a Obispo Maximo. Manila, La Lucha, n.d. 40 (NL) 50. ---- Manila, La Lucha, 1926. 56p. illus. (JTC) 507. Paglualuan ti iglesia filipina independiente. Rosales, Pang., Mendcza Press, 1933. 54p. (CCJ) 508. Panagconfesar, panagcomulgar, quen pamulut a ud-udi. Pinaruay ti massa nga cura parroco iti provincia nga Cailocuan nga aquinabagatan. Pagnam-ayan daguiti feligresesna. Manila, Imp. de los Amigos de Pais, 1858. 77p. (JRC, NL) 509. Panagconfesar, panagcomulgar, quen panagsucnal, quen daduma pay a panagdevocion ti cristiano; adda muet nanagsaludsud a naadao iti catecismo ni Padre Gaspar Astete. maipoon iti aramiden ti a?confesar.... Manila, Imp. de Sto. Tomas, 1849. 136p. (JRC) 510. Panagsinnurat ni Pastor Sobrepefa ken Padi Advincula (Sino ti Sino cadacuada). San Fernando, La Union, 1933. (LCP) 511. Panagtotooc, quen ipapatay ni apotayo a Jesucristo; nga inverso iti sao ti iloco ti meysa nga padre iti orden ni amatavo nga San Agustin.... Manila. Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1847. 152p. (NL) 512. Pangestacion oenno Via-Crucis nga aramiden ti agsucnal cadaguiti yan a nagtutuucan ni apotayo nga Jesucristo. Manila, Imp. de Catalino Valdezco, 1884. 91n. (LCP) 513. Manila. Imp. de D. Esteban Balbas, 1890. 126p. (NL) 514. Panagestacionan; ti estacion mabalin nga aramiden iti urav ania nga aldao auen horas.... 3.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P. J. Claudio, 1905. 22p. (NL) 515. Pangidaton cadaguiti ar-aramid ti inaldao. Tambobong, Tipo-Litografia del Asilo de Huerfanos, n.d. 8p. (NL) 516. Panlasigui, Isidoro. Ti mangadal iti escuela dominical. San Fer

100 ILOKO LITERATURE nando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1923. 132p. (NL) 517. Paredes, Quintin. tr. Novena nga pagdaydayao quen aputayo a Jesus Nazareno, naadao iti sao ti castila nga pagdaydayao muet ti ili a Quiapo iti ladaoanna nga addat idiay a simbaan. Quet idaton muet ita quencuan. nga Apo ti ili a Vigan, agsipud ti panagcari daguiti devotosna iti nadayag a ladaoanna nga adda muet iti simbaanna. Iti panagbilin ni Sr. D. Pedro V. Abaya, provisor iti N. S., inyulog itoy a pagsasa-o ni P. D. Quintin Paredes, cuadjutor iti ili a Bantay. Manila, iti pagmoldian a managan Amigos del Pais, iti imatang ni D. E. Plana, 1863. 14p. (JRC) 618. -- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1891. 30p. (NL) 519. - Manila, Imp. Amigos del Pais, 1880. 23p. (LCP) 520. Novena a pagdaydayao ti nasamrit unay a nagan ni Niio Jesus Nazareno a rambacan ti ili a Vigan daguiti ubbing a catecismoan ti bulan ti Enero. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1920. 23p. (CCJ) 521. tr. Pacaidayaoan ni inguet dalus a Maria. Pangammoan iti cababalin ti Santisimo Rosario ti pannacaaramidna nga Guardia de Honor de Maria daguiti indulgencia etc. nga agservi cadaguiti Iraqliguimong quen jefesda. Inyulog ti sao ti iloco ni P. D. Quintin Paredes, coadjutor iti ciudad a Vigan.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1888. 64p. illus. (LM) 522. Pasion, Jose Fe. Loa quen panagpacada quen patriarca San Jose. Vigan, n.p., 1894. lip. (NL) 523. ---- tr. Novena a S. Ignacio de Loyola, patriarca y fundador de la Compaiia de Jesus, con alguna noticia del agua del Santo y algunos hechos portentosos que demuestran su poderoso valimiento, ordenada por el R. P. P. Manuel Lencina de la misma Compaiiia. Traducida de espafiol al ilocano por.... Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1910. 56p. (NL, LYY, LCP) 524. tr. Triduo pagdaydayao iti napateg a puzo ni Jesus; sinuratan iti sao iti castila ni Pbro. D. Enrique de Osso quet inyal-latio ti sao ti ilcco ni Jose Fe Pasion.... Vigan, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1907. 56p. (LCP) 525. Pierce, Martin L. No casano ti panangurnos iti iglesia. Manila, 1923. 131p. (From advertisement in Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 32, Aug. 7, 1923) 526. Pili a cancanta a maipaay cadaguiti gimgimong a naevangelioan. Manila, Mission Press, 1925. 16p. (CCJ) 527. Q. L. L. S. Nabileg nga aramaten ti cristiano tapno namnamaenna a maragpat ti pagarian sadi langit. Baro nga novena ni apotayo a Virgen Santisima de los Remedios, patrcna cadaguiti adda a peligros quen nangruna pay cadaguiti cristianos a navegantes.... Manila, Imn. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas. 1887. 22p. illus. (NL)i 528. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 32p. (NL) 529.- -- Manila,, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901. 24p. illus. (NL) 530. Redondo., Rufino. Calasag ti cristiano no tiempo ti angol. Inaramid ni P. Fr. Rufino Redondo, agustino calzado quet cura iti ili a San Juan, provincia ti Union. Manila, Imp. idiay Guadalupe, 1889. 16p. (NL) 531. El apostolado de la Oracion ante Jesus sacramentado. Tambobong, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1890. 104p. (NL) 532. — Pacaammoan ti cristiano no ania ti Puso ni Jesus; inaramid ni P. Fr. Rufino Redondo... religioso ti orden ni amatayo a San Agustin.... Guadalupe, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1890. 16p. (NL) 533. -- Pacasaritaan quen novena ti managmilagro nga Virgen del Mar Cautiva, patrona iti ili a Santo Tomas, provincia ti Union. Gapoanan ni.... Guadalupe, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos de

BIBLIOGRAPHY 101 N.a S.a de la Consolacion, 1890. 72p. (NL) 534. Panagsagana iti naimbag a ipapatay; pinutar ni P. Fr. Rufino Redondo, agustino calzado.... Manila, Paguimoldean ti Asilo daguiti Uli!a idiay, 1892. 54p. (NL) 535. - Panagsagana iti naimbag a panagconfesar quen panagcomulgar, pagdevocionan a pinutr ni P. Fr. Rufino Redondo, religioso iti orden ni San Agustin.... Tambobong, Paguimoldean ti Asilo daguiti Ulila, 1891. 103p. (NL) 536. Ti apostolado ti panagcararag ti saclang ni Jesus a sisasacramento. Gapoanan ni.... Tambobong, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos de N.a S.a de la Consolacion, 1891. 64p. (NL) 537. Remollino. Alejandro. ed. Documentos interesantes de la iglesia filipina independiente. Manila, Imp. Fajardo y C.a, 1906. 32p. illus. (NL) 538. - Sungbat iti sermon a inranta ni P. Mariano Pacis a romanista quen S. Miguel a patron ti ili a Camiling. Manila, 1904. 14p. (UPL) 539. Responsario ni San Antonio de Padua. n.t.p. 226p. (CCJ) 540. Rey Fernando. Confessionarios para caso de necesidad, y extenso, v copioso, con los Actos de Fe, Esperanza, y Charidad, y Platicas del Manual Toledano, para antes y despues de todas los Santos Saeramentos, en lengua castellana e yloca; obra muy util, para todos los ministros de Doctrina, Confesores, y Penitentes del ydioma ylocano. Compuestos por el R. P. Predicador Fray Fernando Rey, del Orden de Niestro Padre San Agustin, Examinador Synodal del Obispado de Nueva Segovia, y Ministro, oue fue de la Provincia dr 'locos. (A la vuelta) Danlos i luz. Dos Religiosos de aquella Provincia, para la utilidad, y facilidad de aprehender aquel vdioma sus hermanos. (Sigue un salmo de San Agustin) Manila, Sampaloc, 1792. 494p. (NL) 541. Reyes, Benigno de los. Carcararag nga inadao cadaguiti nadumaduma a libro a quinacastila quet inyal-lationa itoy a pagsasao ni D. Benigno de los Reyes a taga Vigan. Manila, Imp. de El Porvenir Filipino, 1869. 78p. (NL) 542. — Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 63p. (NTI) 543. - Oraciones para todos los dias de la Semana, en ilocano. Manila, 1867. 78p. (SPT: ABB, p. 37) 544. Reyes, Miguel. ed. Novena ni nagloriaan a Santa Catalina, virgen quet martir. a taga Alejandria; patrona ti ili a Santa Catalina. Inornos ni Padre D. Miguel Reyes, coadjutor ti ili a Laoag.... Manila, Imrp. de los Amigos del Pais, 1852. 32p. (LCP) 545. —tr. Visitas al santisimo sacramento y a Maria Santisima, para todos los dias del mes, actos de preparacion y accion de gracias para la sagrada comunion. Obra compuesta en italiano por el Illmo. Sr. S. Alfonso M. de Ligori; vertida al espafiol por un sacerdote del oratorio de C. Felipe Neri de Barcelona. Y ultimamente al ilocano por D. Miguel Reyes, clerigo presbitero de N. Segovia, aniadiendo alfin la novena del santisimo sacramento.... Manila, Imp. de Ramirez y Giraudier, 1859. 112p. (JRC, NL) 546. tr. Visitas al santisimo sacramento (en ilocano). Manila, 1868. (FB: BP, n. 86) 547. Manila, Imp. de Amigos del Pais, 1882. (UPL) 548. and Lazo, Silvestre. Nacadagupan ti panagbiaos ni Apostol a y Valencia nga si San Vicente Ferrer, a patron iti ili nga canaganna, quen ti novena. Naadao ti libro nga quinacastila ni M.R.P. Mtro. Fr. Francisco Vidal, iti sagrado orden daguiti Predicadores. Inyulog iti sao ti iloco daguiti dua nga padre D. Miguel Reyes, ouen D. Silvestre Lazo.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1892. 64p. (NL) 649. Manila, Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal, 1920. 36p. (LYY)

102 ILOKO LITERATURE 550. Reyes y Florentino, Isabelo de los. Die religiosen anschauungen der Ilocanen (Luzon). Von Isabelo de los Reyes y Florentino, 24p. (NL) 551. - La religion antigua de los Filipinos. Manila, Imp. de El Renacimiento, 1909. 249p. illus. (NL, UPL, LCP) 552. Rivera, Jacinto. Adiciones al Catecismo ilocano del Padre Lopez (La cuales figuran en casi todas las ediciones que se han hecho de obrita, si bien se ha omitido siempre el nombre de adicionador) (WER: IF, col. 146) 553. -La cuaresma reformada. En ilocano. 2 tomos en fol. MS. (WER: IF, col. 146) 554. La invencion del maravilloso crucifijo del pueblo de Sinait. En castellano. Tomo en 4to. MS. (WER: IF, col. 146) 555. La perla preciosa de Ilocos: el santuario de Bantay. En castellano. Tomo en 4to. MS. (WER: IF, col. 146; VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 44) 556.- Luz de verdadera cristianos. En ilocano. Tomo en fol. MS. (WER: IF, col. 146) 557. Sumario de las indulgencias de la Santa Correa, en lengua iloca, por el P. Fr. Jacinto Rivera, Agustino. Manila, Imp. de la Compaiiia de Jesus, 1719. (WER: IF, col. 146) 558. Rodriguez, Mariano. Historia de Ntra. Sra. del Rosario de Manaoag, por el R. P. Fr. Mariano Rodriguez. dominico. Manila, Tip. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1913. 396p. illus. (NL) 559. Ronquillo, Antonio A. Testamento ni Apotayo a Jesucristo. Namacpacan, La Union, 1892. MS. 23p. (LCP) 560. Rosillo, Pedro Ignacio. Novena en ilocano a Santo Domingo de Guzman.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 241. (NL) 561.- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1901. 26p. illus. (NL) 562. Rosario, Enriaue. Bulan ti Octubre. Vigan, 1906. 372p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 233) 563. Coleccion de sermones, en ilocano. MS. (SPT: ABB, p. 38) 564. Novena, historia y milagros de Ntra. Sefiora de Lourdes, en ilocano. Manila, 1885 (?) 300p. (SPT: ABB, p. 38) 565. Sermones para el novenario de Anirras y Septenario de San Jose, en ilocano. MS. 700p. (SPT: ABB, p. 38) 566. Rosario, Severo M. del. tr. Religion quen moral daguiti annong ti tao iti Dios, quencoana quen iti padana a tao.... Guadalupe, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1887. 40p. (NL) 567. Rutherford, J. F. Ania ti kinapudno? Inlawlawag ni Ucom J. F. Rutherford ti nagcapito a salaysay ti Biblia. Brooklyn, New York, Watch Tower, 1932. 65p. illus. (JRC) 568. Camangen ti pagarian; pinalawag iti nagcatlo a salaysay ti Biblia ni J. F. Rutherford. Brooklyn, New York, Watch Tower, 1933. 64p. illus. (JRC) 569. Ti pagarian nga inanama toy lubong; ni J. F. Rutherford. Brooklyn, New York. Watch Tower, 1931. 64p. illus. (LCP) 570. Brooklyn, New York, Watch Tower, 1933. 64p. (JRC) 571. Ti panagbisin.... "The Crisis" in Ilocano. Brooklyn, New York, Watch Tower, 1933. 64p. illus. (JRC) 572. Ryan. A. Panagaluad cadaguiti ububbing. Manila, Methodist Publishing House. 12p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 230) 573. Ryle, Herbert Edward. Ti napudpudno nga iglesia, insurat ni Obispo Ryle. San Fernando. La Union, Imp. Evengelica, n.d. 8p. (NL) 574. Sabsabong iti bulan ti Mayo oenno nadumaduma nga pannanunot, carcararag, pazarigan, siam a Ave Maria, sabong a idaton iti binigat quen ababa nga nasgued a cararag iti inaldao. Pagdaydavao auen Ano Virgen Santa Maria... Guadalupe, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1889. 256p. (NL) 575. San Judas Tadeo, Apostol. Mapiestaan iti 28 ti Octubre. Manila,

BIBFLIOGRAPHY 103 Catholic Trade School, 1934. 6p. illus. (JRC) 576. Santa Maria, tulong daguiti cristianos, icacaasinacami. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n.d. 6p. illus. (JRC) 577. Sebastian, Guillermo. Armamentario cristiano. 1 tom. fol. MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 174) 578. Escudos del cristiano en lengua ilocana. Manila, Imp. de Santo Tomas, 1721. (JTM: IM, p. 100) 279. Serrano, Juan. Catecismo cristiano. MS. (EIP: CBRA, p. 257) 580. Siegfried, Sylvia. Ababa nLa encyclopedia ti biblia. Vigan, Christian Press, 1915. 123p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 230) 581. Singson, M. L. tr. Ti simbaan oenno ti biblia ti tinudinvan ni Cristo nga apotayo a mangisuro iti tao ti napaypayso a religion? Inyal-latio iti sao ti castila ni F. Lazo; invulog iti sao ti iloco ni.... Manila, Imp. de Santos y Bernal, 1908. 16p. (NL) 582. Sobrepefia, Enrique C. Inaldaw a religion.San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1932. 59p. (LCP) 583. -- Sasao a mamagbiag. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1932. 137p. illus. (JRC) 584. and Advincula, Baltazar. Ania ti Kina-Cristiano? Salipan ti religion. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1933. (Paging not continuous) (LCP) 585. Surat ti paadipen quen Sacratisima Virgen Maria del Rosario nga apotayo. No imp. 2p. (NL) 586. Swanson, F. Herbert. comp. Manual ti gimona: inurnos ni F. Herbert Swanson. Manila, Mission Press, n.d. 25p. (CI) 587. Tait, Asa Oscar. Dagiti agipadamag iti naraniag nga aldao.... Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1921. 273p. illus. (NL) 588. Tallo nga aldao nga agpaay iti panagdaydavao quen apotayo a.esucristo nga Ari quen agturay cadaguiti amin a pagarian. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n.d. 31p. (CCJ) 589. Ti biag ni Jesucristo; inurnos iti gandat daguiti adalen. Maipaay cadaguiti agtarizagay a agsursuro iti panagbiag ni Apntavo. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1908. 80p. illus. (NL) 590. Ti biag ni Jesucristo; inurnos iti gandat dagiti adalen, maypaay a agsursuro iti panagbiag ni Apo Tayo. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1908. 79p. (NL) 591. kTi disciplina ti Iglesia daguiti Agcacabsat a Nagtitipon ken Cristo. No imp. (NL) 592. Ti himnario Evangelico. 2a. ed. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1933. XIV, 158, 73p. (LCP) 593. Ti misa romana a maisupadi ti caipapanan ti comunion. No imp. 16p. (NL) 594. Ti naimbag nga ipapatay iso ti maysa cadaguiti naindaclan nga imbag a rebbeng a ragpaten daguiti devotos ni Patriarca San Jose iti babaen ti panangibabaetna. Manila, Imp. de Valdezco, n.d. (WER: ABHG. v. 3, p. 1450) 595. Ti panagdidilig dagiti upDat nga Evangelio. San Fernando, La Union, immolde iti Mission dagiti Agcacabsat a Nagtitipon ken Cristo, Jmp. Evaneelica. 1915. 6p. (NL) 596. ---Another ed. (From advertisement in Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, no..7. Sent. 11, 1920) 597. Ti panangipaduyacyac ken Cristo. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica., 1914. 12p. (NL) 598. Ti pannacabuangav ti escuela dominical. Manila, Methodist Publishing House. 1912. 18p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 230) 599. Ti relijion ni Rizal kas malawagan ka dagiti sursurat na ken Jesuita P. Pablo Pastells. Navulog iti Samtoy. 2a. ed. Manila, Dangadany. 1933. 80n. (AJA) 600. Ti ritual. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1922. 97p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 231)

104 ILOKO LITERATURE 601. Ti ritual ti iglesia metodista episcopal; nailanad met daguiti articulos ti pammati.... Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1910. 94p. (NL) 602. Tovera, Benito. tr. Ti familia ditoy daga ken idiay langit. Inyulog iti iloco ni Benito Tovera. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica, 1912. 17p. (NL) 603. — - San Fernando, La Union. Imp. Evangelica, 1927. 16p. (NL) 604. Triduo a pagdaydayao iti Santisiro Sacramento quen ni Nuestra Seliora de Lourdes. Bacolor, Pampanga, Imp. ni C. A. Pabalan Byron, 1907. 20p. (NL) 605. Triduo a pagdaydayao ken Santa Bernardita. No imp. 12p. (JRC) 606. Triduo oenno Tal-lo nga aldao a panagsagsagana iti fiesta ti Patrosinio ni San Jose. Vigan, Imp. de Hermogenes del Rosario, 1922. 16p. illus. (LYY) 607. Trisagio a naserafinan quen naquerubinan a pagdaydayao iti patinayon a aldao iti Santo unay quen natan-oc unay a Trinidad. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Torras, 1889. 16p. (NL) 608. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1894. 16p. (NL) 609. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1903. 16p. illus. (NL) 610. Manila, Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal, 1920. 16p. il'us (LYY) 611. Vigan, Imp. de El Tiempo Catolico, 1932. 16p. illus. (PSS) 612, Baguio. Mt. Province. Catholic School Press, 1933. 15n. (JRC) 613. Tulbec ti langit. Cararag ken baibalacad nga agpaay cadagiti agadadal a catolico. Maicatlo a pannacaidleppelna. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1935. 96p. illus. (JRC) 614. Velasco, Tomasa. Novena a pagdaydayao ken santo martir Dr. Jose Rizal. Santo Domingo, Ilocos Sur, Imp. "La Reproductora", 1932. 41p. illus. (CCJ) 615. Trisagio a pagdaydayaw ti maymaysa a Dios. Manila, La Lucha, n.d. 4p. (CCJ) 616. Verzon, Alfredo. Maysa a rayray ti sabong. Vigan, 1913. 53p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 232) 617. Vidal, Francisco. Nacadagupan ti panagbiag ni apostol a y Valencia nga si S. Vicente Ferrer;... Inyulog ti sao ti iloco daguiti dua nga padre D. Miguel Reyes quen D. Silvestre Lazo. Manila, Imp. del Col. de Sto. Tomas, 1892. 64p. (NL) 618. White, E. G. Ti dackel a panagbinnusor ni Cristo ken ni Satanas ti panaggubalgubalda cabavatan ti dispensacion cristiano.... 2a. ed. Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1929. 516r. illus. (JRC) 619. Yaasideg ken Cristo. Insurat ni Mrs. E. G. White. 2a. ed. Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1927. 143p. illus. (JRC) 620. Williams, Hermon P. Manual iti adalan ni Cristo. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Imp. ti Mission Cristiana, 1908. 59p. maps. (CI) 621. Yadao, E. C. Ti pastor ken ti trabajona. Manila, Mission Press. (From advertisement in Dalan ti Cappia, v. 20, no. 6, Je. 1925) 622. Yti rmartir ti Bantay Golgota. n.t.p. MS. longhand. 5vs. Luna, La Union. n.d. (LCP) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 623. Aglipay, Gregorio. Ti kayulugan ti paskua. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 52. Dec. 24. 1932. 624. Alejandro, D. D. Ti aclal ken ti religion. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19, no. 1. Jan. 1, 1924. 625. Balatero, Simeon. Ti Biblia. In Daguiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, nos. 30-32, Jy. 24-Aug. 7, 1920. 626. Bovard. W. S. Ti capudnoan a dalan nga agturong iti maysa a Cristiano a lubong. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19; no. 2, Jan. 8, 1924. 627. Dakanay, T. T. Idi tiempo dagiti agostoles. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 2, Jan. 9, 1923. 628. Ti tiempo ni Apo Jesu-Cristo. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 1,

BIBLIOGRAPHY 105 Jan. 2, 1923. 629. Figueras, Bibiano E. Agdanag dagiti romanista. In Dangadang, yr. 25, nos. 7, 8, Feb. 18, 25, 1933. 630. Gregorio, Alfonso A. Ti nangina nga aldaw (ania ti ug-ugali dagiti sabali a disdisso.) In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 21, Apr. 15, 1935. 631. Higdon, E. K. Maysa a lawas idiay Palestina. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19, nos. 40-42, Sept. 30-Oct. 14, 1934. 632. Kintanar, Isabelo A. Ti baro a daga. In Damag ti Pagarian, yr. 14, no. 9, Sept. 1931. 633. Lazo Singson, Melanio. Domingo nga pagpatayan ti Santisima Trinidad. In Aguipadamag, yr. 5, no. 193, May 29, 1918. 634. Maicadua a domingo calpasan ti Pascua a panagungar ni apotayo nga Jesucristo. In Aguipadamag, yr. 5, no. 187, Apr. 17, 1918. 635. Macagba, H. N. Panagyaman. In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, nos. 50-52, Dec. 11-25, 1920. 636. Macasiano, Arturo G. "Nasulisog iti isuamin". In Damag ti Pagarian, yr. 14, no. 9, Sept. 1931. 637. Maitines iti paskua (naadaw iti "Oficina divino" ti Iglesia filipina independiente). In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 51, Dec. 17, 1932. 638. Ni Santa Teresita ni Nifio Jesus. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, nos. 7-9, Jy.-Sept. 1925. 639. No ania ti aramiden ti maysa a tao tapno maisalacan. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 48, Nov. 27, 1923. 640. Pacaidiligan ti suro ti napaypayso nga iglesia catolica apostolica romana, iti isuro ti iglesia filipina independiente. In Aguipadamag, yr. 5, Jan.-May, 1918. 641. Swanson, F. H. Casano ti panmagbalintay iti iglesia a napatpateg iti lubong? In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 35, 36, Aug. 28, Sept. 4, 1923. 642. Kina-Protestante iti Cailocoan. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 20, May 15, 1923. 643. Ti iglesia filipina independiente. In La Lucha, yr. 12, nos. 14, 15, Apr. 3, 10, 1920. 644. Ti nakaibaunan ni Jesus. In La Lucha, yr. 12, no. 13, Mr. 27, 1920. 645. Ti pannakayanak ti Mesias idiay Belen. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 30, Dec. 21, 1929. 646. Ti relijion ni Rizal. In Dangadang, yr. 25, nos. 21-30; May 27 -Jy. 29, 1933. 647. Umandap, Narciso. Ti silaw ti dalan cadagiti amin a tawtawen. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19, no. 38, Sept. 16, 1924. 648. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. The Ilocos' Black Christ. In Phil. Mag., v. 29, no. 12. May 1933. 649. Yadao, E. C. Ti pastor ken ti trabajona. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19, nos. 12, 15, 16, 23, 24, 25, 27, 30, 31, 35, 36, 38, 40, 44, 45; Mr.Nov., 1924. III LINGUISTICS A. BOOK ENTRIES 650. Alverne, M. L. Manual for the progressive laborer; an Iloko-VisayanEnglish dictionary. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930 150p. (UPL) 651. Aromas, Juan. Compendio de gramatica hispano-ilocana, publicada por anos 1861-62. (SPT: ABB, p. 43) 652. Ayora, J. de Arte ilocano. MS. (FRB: BPL, p. 63) 653. Ayora, Juan de. Vocabulario ilocano. MS. I(FB: BP, p. 33) 654. Balbin, Victorino. Gramatica ilocana fundamental. Spanish-English-Iloko. 1931. 275p. MS. (Victorino Balbin's Collection) 655. Blake, Frank R. Construction of coordinated words in the Philippine languages. From Am. Jour. of Philology, v. xxxvii, 4 (whole no. 48), 1916, pp. 466-474. (FRB: BPL, p. 32)

106 ILOKO LITERATURE 656.- Constributions to comparative Philippine grammar, I. Reprinted from the Jour. of Amer. Or. Society, v. xxvii, 1906, pp. 317-396. (UPL) 657. - Contributions to comparative Philippine grammar, II. Reprinted from the Jour. of Amer. Or. Society, v. xxviii, 1907, pp. 199-253, (UPL) 658. Expression of the ideas "to be" and "to have" in the Philippine languages. Reprinted from the Jour. of the Amer. Or. Society, v. xxx, Part iv, 1910, pp. 375-391. (UPL) 659. The part played by the publications of the United States government in the development of Philippine linguistic studies. Reprint from the Jour. of the Amer. Or. Society, v. 42, pp. 147-170. (NL) 660. The study of Philippine languages at Johns Hopkins University and its bearing on linguistic science. Reprinted from the Johns Hopkins Alumni Magazine, Mr. 1926, v. xiv, no. 4, pp. 389-400 (NL) 661. Blanco, Gerardo. ed. Vocabulario hispano-ilocano, con un horario, catalogo de las partes del cuerpo humano, enfermedades y grados de parentesco, aumentado y corregido por el P. Fr. Gerardo Blanco.... MS. en fol. 264p. (EIP: CBRA, p. 619.) 662. Brandstetter, Renward. An introduction to Indonesian linguistics. London, Published by the Royal Asiatic Society, 1916. 351p. (UPL) 663. Carbonell, Jose. Bajo el nombre de Tesauro, publico el Vocabulario del ilocano al castellano, enmendado v aniadido nor el P. Fr. Miguel Albiol. (FJMJ: Las Islas Filipinas en 1882, p. 237; VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 12) 664. Carro, Andres. Diccionario ilocano del P. Lopez con un prologo erudito y aumento el Arte del mismo P. Lopez, impreso en Manila 1849. (VMM: ESTR, v. 2, pp. 12-13) 665. y otros. Vocabulario de la lengua ilocana, trabajado por varios religiosos del orden de N. P. S. Agustin, coordinado por el M. R. P. Predicador Fr. Andres Carro, y ultimamente aniadido, y puesto en mejor orden alfabetico por los religiosos del mismo orden. Ira. ed. Manila. Estab. Tipografia del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1849. 356p. (NL) 666. - Vocabulario iloco-espafiol, trabajado por varins reliriosos del orden de N. P. S. Agustin, coordinado por EI M. R. P. Predicador Fr. Andres Carro, y ultimamente aumentado y corregido por algunos religiosos del mismo orden. 2.a ed. Manila, Estab. tipolitografico de M. Perez, hijo, 1888. 294p. (NL, LCP) 667. Cartilla ilocana. Baguio, Mt. Province, Catholic School Press, 1932. 32p. illus. (JRC) 668. Cartilla iti sao ti iloco. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Christian Mission Press, 1908. 16p. (IFS) 669. CIaudio y Fojas, Justo. Diccionario espaniol-ilocano. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de J. Claudio y Fojas, n.d. 2vs. (NL) 670. Gramatica de la lengua castellana con esrlicaciones en dialecto ilocano. Dagupan, Pane., n.p. 1903. 233, 68p. (NL) 671. Vocabulario espafiol-ilocano. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P.e J. Claudio, 1910. 94p. (NL) 672. 3.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P.e Justo Claudia, 1911. 94p. (NL) 673. Conant, C. Everett. The languave problem in the Philipnines. Address by C. Everett Conant, Ph. D. In Report of the ThirtyThird annual Lake Mohonk Conference on Indian and other Dependent Peoples. Published by the Lake Mohonk Conference on the Indian and other Dependent Peoples, 1915, pp. 98-102. (NL) 674. Cruz Avila, P. de la. Arte, vocabulario, y catecismo ilocano. ca. 1600. MS. (FRB: BPL, p. 64) 675. Cuesta, Antonio de la. Gramatica iloco-castellana compendiadaf

BIBLIOGRAPHY 107 para que aprendan mejor el castellano los habitantes de ambos Ilocos, Union y Abra que ya tienen principio de dicho idiorra. Arreglada por el Presbitero D. Antonio de la Cuesta.... Manila, Estab. Tipog. de Ramirez y Compaiiia, 1890. 114p. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1158) 676. Diccionario espaniol-ilocano. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Calasiao. (JTB: GIMR, p. 234.) 677. Doherty, D. J. Notes on Filipino dialects. Leaflet of 4pp., privately printed, Chicago, in which the author advocates the fusion of the native dialects into a common language. (FRB: BPL, p. 40) 678. Ferrer, Fernando. Manual iloco-castellano o sea Motodo para aprender 6 ensefiar al castellano en los pueblos ilocanos, por D. Fernando Ferrer, maestro de instruccion primaria del pueblo de Sto. Domingo, en Ilocos Sur. lra. ed. Manila, Tipografia "Amigos del Pais", 1894. 241p. (NL) 679. 2.a ed. rev. y aumentada por el mismo autor. Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1900. xiii, 382p. (NL) 680. - 3.a ed. Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1903. xv, 348p. (NL, BSL) 681. 4a. ed. Vigan, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1907. xvii, 328p. (NL) 682. 5a. ed. Vigan, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1911. xvii, 326p. (NL) 683. Floresca, R. Vocabulary English-Ilocano. Vigan, 1904 237p. (JRC) 684. Gayacao, Juan. Nuevo vocabulario 6 manual de conversaciones en hispano-ilocano. 3a. ed. Manila, 1881. (FB: BP, p. 33) 685. - 4a. ed. Manila, Imp. de E. Balbas, 1884. 80p. (NL) 686. - 5a. ed. Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1892. 79p. (NL) 687.- --- 6a. ed. Manila, Imp. "Amigos del Pais", 1895. 80p. (NL 688. -- 8a. ed. Manila, 1901. (BSL) 689. 9a. ed. Manila, J. Martinez, 1907. 78p. (NI) 690. lOa. ed. Manila, J. Martinez, 1914. 78p. (NL) 691. and Calderon, S. G. Vocabulario ilocano-hispano-ingles.... Manila, Librcrias de J. Martinez, n.d. 231p. (UPL) 692. Gramatica ilocano. No author. No imp. 196p. MS. Longhand (LCP) 693. Jacquet, E. Consideration sur les alphabets des Philippines. Par M. E. Jacquet. Paris, Imprimerie Royale, 1831. 30p. (NL) 694. Notice sur l'alnhabet vloc ou ylog. Nouveau Journal Asiatique, 1831. 3-31p. (FRB: BPL, p. 44) 695. Lopez, Cecilio. Comparison of Tagalog and Iloko.... presented by Cecilio Lopez of Manila. Hamburg, Druck von J. J. Agustin in Glueckstadt und Hamburg, 1928. 187p. (BSL) 696. The language situation in the Philippine Islands. Prepared for the Institute of Pacific Relations bv the University of the Philippines. Manila, 1931. 47p. (NL, UPL) 697. Lopez. Francisco. 'Arte de la lengua iloca compuesto nor el Padre fr. Francisco Lopez de la orden de S. Agustin. (Vifieta con un escudo el la orden entre dos lineas laterales de adornos tipograficos, y un fileta al pie). Con licencia de los Superiores. En Manila, en el Colegio i Universidad de S. Thomas de Aquino, por Thomas Pinpin. Afio de 1627. 336p. (JTM: IM, p. 25) 698. Corrigio v afiadido por el P. Andres Carro. 2a. ed. Sampaloc, 1793. (VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 13) 699. 3a. ed. 1895. (VMM: ESTR. v. 2, p. 29) 700. Compendio y methodo de la suma de las reglas del Arte del Ydioma Ylocano. que a los principios del siglo passado, composo el M. R. P. Fray Francisco Lopez, del sagrado orden de N. G. P. S. Agustin. Y a los ultimos de este siglo apunto otro religioso de la misma orden: el M. R. P. Predicador Fray Fernando Rey, examinador synodal de este Obispado, y cura en proniedad del pueblo de Batac para alivio, y menos embargo de los religiosos, que empiezan a aprehender el idioma para ser ministros.... Con las licencias ne

108 ILOKO LITERATURE cesarias en la Imprenta de N. S. de Loreto del Pueblo de Sampaloc. Por el Hermano Balthazar Mariano. Aio de 1792. 494p. (NL) 701. --- Gramatica ilocana, compuesta por el P. Predicador Fr. Francisco Lopez, corregida y aumentada por el P. Carro. 3a. ed. Malabon, Estab. Tip. Lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1895. 354p. (NL, BSL, LCP) 702. - Gramatica y diccionario ilocano, 1792, y 1793. (FJMJ: Las Islas Filipinas en 1882, p. 244) 703. -- Tesauro. Vocabulario de la lengua yloca al castellano; co',npucsto por el M. R. P. L. y V. Fr. Francisco Lopez.... MS. (WER: ABHG, v. 2, p. 603) 704. Manual ingles-ilocano. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Burgos Printing Press, 1923. 54p. (IFS) 705. Manual ingles-ilocano. Nalaca a pacasursuroan ti panagbasa, panagsurat, ken nanagsao. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Imp. La Estrella. 1923. 42, 12p. (PSS) 706. Manzano, Antonino. Metodo para aprender a hablar el idioma castellano dispuesto en forma de dialogo hispano-ilocano.... 1886. (IFS's Bibliographic List) 707. Marcilla. Cipriano. Estudio de los antiguos alfabetos filininos. Malabon, Tipo-lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1895. 107p. (NL, UPL) 708. Martinez Rivas, Federico. Manual ilocano-castellano de cosechero de Tabaco....Manila, Imp. de Ramirez y Giraudier, 1874. 46p. (NL) 709. Naves, Jose. Gramatica hispano-ilocana compuesta por el P. Fr. Jose Naves, Agustino calzado.... Manila, Imp. de Amigos del Pais, 1876. 469p. (NL) 710. - 2a. ed. Tambobong, Peq. imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra. de la Consolacion, 1892. 431p. 711. -- Baguio, Mt. Province, Catholic School Press, 1922. (IV) 712. Pacifico, F. and Rayray, F. T. Manual ingles-ilocano. Vi~an, Ilocos Sur, La Estrella Burgos Printing Press. 1923. 54p. (IFS) 713. Pacifico, F. Vocabulario espafiol-ilpcano. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, La Estrella, 1923. 55p. (IFS) 714. Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Contribucion para el estudio de los antiguos alfabetos filipinos. Losana, Imp. de Jaunin Hermanos, 1884. 30p. (THPT: BF, p. 298) 715. Rodriguez, Eulogio B. What should be the national language of the Filipinos? Manila, Philippine Education Co., 1926. 3fp. (NL) 716. Santos. Lope K. Analogia estructural entre los dialectos filipinos.... Manila, 1925. 40p. (Lope K. Santos) 717. Scheerer, Otto. On Baguio's past (chapters from local history and tradition). Manila, The Archive, 1931-32. 49p. illus. (NL) 718. -The use of "ti" and "iti" in Iloko compared with Tagalog anl Pangasinan equivalents; a contribution to comparative Philippine syntax, by Otto Scheerer and Eusebia Pablo. Manila, The Archive, 1926. 28p. (NL) 719. Serrano, J. Diccionario ilocano. ca. 1750. MS. (FRB: BPL, p. 67) 720. Arte ilocano, ca. 1750. MS. (FRB: BPL. p. 67) 721. Swift, H. A study of the iloco language, based mainly on the iloca grammar of P. Fr. Jose Naves. Washington, 1909. 172p. (NL, BSLI 722. Vanoverbergh, Morice. Iloko substantives and adjectives.... 1931. In Anthropos, 1931, v. 26, no. 3-4, pp. 469-488. (UPL) 723. - Notes on Iloko.... 1928. 22p. In Anthropos, 1928, v. no. 5-6. pp. 1029-1050. (UPL) 724. Pronouns and numbers in Iloko... 1933. 38p. In Anthropos, 1933, v. 28, no. 5-6, p. 683-720. (UPL) 725. Verzosa, Paul. El problema linguistica en Filipinas. Manila, 1922. 20p. (UPL) 726. Villamor, Ignacio. Estudio del idioma ilocano ante el tagalo y er visayo. Conferencia leida ante el Sociedad de Ilokanistas...

BIBLIOGRAPHY 109 Manila, Imp. del Dr. A. Pobre, 1928. 35p. (LCP) 727. -- La antigua escritura filipina deducida por Dn. Ignacio Villamor del Belarmino y otros antiguos documentos. (The ancient Filipino Writing drawn by Dn. Ignacio Villamor from Belarmino and other ancient documents). Manila, Tip. Pontificia del Col. de Sto. Tomas, 1922. 116p. (NL, UPL) 728. Viray, Felizberto B. The sounds and sound symbols of the Pangasinan language. Manila, the Archive, 1926-27. 20p. (NL) 729. and Scheerer, Otto. The Sambali dialect of Bolinao. Manila, The Archive, 1929. 34p. (NL) 730. Vivar, Pedro. ed. 'Calepino ylocano 6 vocabulario de yloco en romance comptu esto por diferentes Padres ministros antiguos, diestros en este ydioma y ultimamente corregido, y afiadido segun lo que aora se usa y de ultima mano por el Padre Fray Pedro Bibar.... MS. (WER: ABHG, v. 2, p. 603) 731. Vivo y Juderias, Gabriel. Breve compendio de Gramatica iloco-castellana escrito por D. Gabriel Vivo y Juderias.... Manila, Imp. de D. Esteban Balbas, 1884. 96p. (NL) 732. -- Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1907. 93p. (NL) 733. Manila, Tip. Pontificia del Col. de Sto. Tomas, 1920. 79p. (NL, UPL) 734. Compendio de la gramatica hispano-ilocana. Manila, Imp. de la Revista Mercantil de J. de Loyzaga y Ca., 1871. 136. 4p. (NL) 735. Diccionario ilocano-castellano escrito por.... Manila, Imp. de Ramirez y Giraudier, 1873. 228p. (NL, UPL) 736. Gramatica hispano-Ilocana. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1869. 225, 3p. (NL) 737. Williams, Harold W. Grammatische Skizze del Ilocano-Sprache mit Beruecksichtigung ihrer Bezeihungen zu anderen Sprachen der Malayo-Polynesischen Familie. Muenchen, 1904 82p. (CL) 738. Williams, Hermon P. English-Ilocano manual and dictionary, Manila, Oriental Commercial Co., 1907. 409p. (NL) 739. - Edited by Hermon P. Williams, revised and enlarged by W. H. Hanna and H. W. Widdoes. Manila, Mission Press, 1922. 267, 241p. (NL, CI) 740. Revised, edited and enlarged by Angel B. Guerrero. Manila, Christian Mission, 1929. 308p. (NL) 741. and Gaces, Santiago. Ilocano-English dictionary, by H. P. Williams and Santiago Gaces. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Press, 1930. 289p. (CI) 742. and others. Revised dictionary: English Ilocano, Ilocano-English, by H. P. Williams and others. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1930. xxxviii, 597p. (JP) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 743. Abrumada opinion por los dialectos. In La Vanguardia, Aug. 20, 1931. 744. Acebedo, Juan U. Kanunongan ni Director Kalaw kaaddat' kabukbukodantayo a nailian a pagsasao. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 38, Feb. 15, 1930. 745. Pamanunotan ni nasirib nga apo Craig iti agdama a kurditan ti saot iloko. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 36, Fdb. 1, 1930. 74i. ---- i pagsasao ti pagilian. In Ban. yr. 1, no. 12. Jan. 19, 1935. 747. Artigas y Cuerva, Manuel La lengua tagala (The Tagalog language) desde sus primeros tiempos, con un valioso estudio del Dr. Jose Rizal. English translation by Paul L. Stangl. In Bib. nacional filipina, yr. 1, no. 3, Dec. 1908. (NL) 748. Awan ti kurkit a "c" iti saot' iluko-Dr. C. Lopez. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 4, 1st. wk. of Aug. 1934. 749. Baer, G. A. Contribution a l'etude des langues des indigenes aux Iles Philippines. In Anthropos, v. 2, 1907, pp. 467-491. (FRB:

110 ILOKO LITERATURE BPL, p. 30) 750. Balbin, Victorino. Ti panagsurat iti saot' iloco. In Ban. yr. 1, nos. 8, 10, 13, 14, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 28, 29, 30, 32; Dec. 1934-Je. 1935. 751. Bill providing teaching of local dialects to be introduced today. In Manila Daily Bulletin, v. 83, Aug. 26, 1931. 752. (Blake, Frank R. Philippine literature. In Amer. Anthropologist, v. xiii, Jy.-Sept., 1911, p. 449-457. (FRB: BPL, p. 32). 753. ---- Study of Philippine languages at Johns Hopkins University. In Amer. Anthropologist, v. iv, Oct.-Dec., 1902, pp. 793-794. (FRB: BPL, p. 31) 754. Bocobc insists dialects rich in patriotism. In Manila Sunday Tribune, v. 6, Sept. 16, 1931. 755. Butte for use of dialects in schools. In Phil. Herald, v. 12. Aug. 24, 1931. 756. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. Natibong nga aweng ti samtoy. In Ilukana, yr. 1, no. 1, Jan. 1932. 757. Conant, C. E. "F" and "V" in Philippine languages. Bureau of Science, Division of Publications, v. 5, part II, Manila, 1908, pp. 135-141. (FRB: BPL, p. 37) 758. - The names of Philippine languages. In Anthropos, v. iv, 1909, pp. 1069-1074. (FRB: BPL, p. 38) 759. The Pepet law in Philippine languages. In Anthropos, v. vii, 1912. pp. 920-947. (FRB: BPL. p. 38) 760. - The RGH law in Philippine languages. In Jour. of the Amer. Or. Society, v. xxxl, 1, 1910, pp. 70-85. (FRB: BPL, p. 38) 761. Dallipawen. Ti gimong dgti uniiloko sibibiag ngata pay? In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 26, Nov. 23, 1929. 762. Daradar, Tomas Racpan. Ti samtoy. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 40, Mr. 1, 1930. 763. Dedi bukanegan naisangayan ti pannakaaramidna;... In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 24. Nov. 8, 1929. 764. English in the Philippines. ed. In Phil. Mag. v. 28, no. 5, Oct. 1931. 765. Filipino researcher supplies scientific background to present mov\nment to introduce dialects in schools. In Phil. Herald, v. 12, Sept. 2, 1931. 766. Justice Villamor discovers Filipino alphabet preserved in Ilocano Christian doctrine;... In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 767. Kuramen, Agapito. Aniat' pagsasaotayo. In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 6, 3rd wk. of Sept. 1934. 768. La audiencia sobre la ensefianza de los dialectos. In El Debate, v. 3, Sept. 6, 1931. 769. Larasca, Florencio. Ania ket ti pamaypay-an ni Ano L. C. Pichay iti ilocon! In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 7, 3rd wk of Sept. 1934. 770. - Awan sabali a gagemco a nangusisa ti ulog ni Apo Pichav no saan a ti calicagumco a mangpabacnang ti pagsasaotayo. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk of Mr. 1935. 771. Dua gasut sangapulo ket maysa a balicas mapataud iti maymavsa a balicas. In I1. Times. v. 3, no. 11. 3rd wk of Nov. 1934. 772. — Kasanot' pamay-an kdgti binulbulod a sao? In II. Times, v. 3, no. 18, last wk of Feb. 1935. 773. Macapapaggaac ti sasaoen ni Ano Leon C. Pichay. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 8, 1st wk of Oct. 1934. 774. Panunutem bssit Apo L. C. Piehay, ti isursuratmo. In IT. Times, v. 3, no. 10, 1st wk of Nov. 1934. 775. Tarimaanen coman ni Apo Kudiapi ti ulogna. In 11. Times, v. 3. no. 9, 2nd wk Oct. 1934. 776. Ti sungbatco ken Apo Pichav; sinuratan ni Florencio Lagasca. In I1. Times, v. 3. nos. 10-12, Oct.-Nov. 1934. 777. Llanes, Vicente. Kasasamitan a pagsasao ti samtoy konan Apo

BIBLIOGRAPHY 111 Llanes. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 17. 2nd wk of Feb. 1935. 778. - Ti iloco pagsasao coma ti turay. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 16, Feb. 16, 1935. 779. Lopez, Cecilio. Common language and dialects. In Phil. Herald, Sept. 26, 1931. 780.- A contribution to our language problem. In Phil. Soc. Sc. Rev., v. 3, no. 2, Nov. 1930 and no. 3, May 1931. 781. Manuel, Arsenio. tr. On the new orthography of the Tagalog language, by Jose Rizal; translated from the Spanish with an introduction and notes by Arsenio Manuel. In Phil. Soc. Sc. Rev. v. 7, no. 3, Jy. 1935. 782. Nuestro dialectos. ed. La Opinion, v. 6, Aug. 29, 1931. 783. Ordinario, Bernardo F. Ti samtoy baknang met kadagiti mabalin nga ipanagan kdgti tattao. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 13, 3rd wk of Dec. 1934. 784. Pagsursuroan nga agbasa ken agsurat. In Tulong, Oct. 1934. 785. Pagsursuroan ti sabali a pagsasao. In Tulong, Oct. 1934. 786. Panlasigui, Isidoro. The future language in the Philippines. In Phil. Soc. Sc. Rev., v. 4, no. 1, Jan. 1932. 787. Pefia, M. A. Iloco-pagsasao a sapasap. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 14, Feb. 2, 1935. 788. Pichay, Leon C. Adda kurdit "r" iti samtoy. In II. Times, v. 4, nos. 9, 10, Sept. 30-Oct. 10, 1935. 789. ---- "Aggian" saan nga "agyan". In I1. Times, v. 4, no. 26, Mr. 20, 1936. 790. D-gti nagsurat iti nnkaurnosan ti samtoy adda biddutda. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 4, Jy. 31, 1935. 791. --- Ituluy ni Pichay ti mangsungbat ken ni Lagasca. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 2, last wk of Je. 1934. 792.- Kasano ti pannakaaramat ti "ayan"? In I1. Times, v. 4, no. 19, Nov. 20, 1935. 793. -- Magna ni irarang-av ket umasideg ni wayawaya. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 20, May 28, 1934. 794. - Pukawen ti "c" iti samtoy. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 6, Aug. 31, 1935. 795. - Ti "c" dadaelenna ti nagannurotan iti samtoy. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 8, Sept. 20, 1935. 796. -- "Ti", "iti"-kasano ti pannakaaramatda. In Il. Times, v. 4, nos. 22, 23, Feb. 10, 20, 1936. 797. ----Ti pannakaisurat ti pasakbay. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 27, Mr. 31, 1936. 798. - Ti "perla" saniatat' taaw, saan a tampok. In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 25, Mr. 10, 1936. 799. ---- Ti saot' iloko nabaknang ngem dadaelen man dgti agtutubo kdgtoy nga aldaw. In Int., yr. 1, nos. 3, C-9, Je. 15-Jy. 27, 1929. 800. Piddington, H. A. notice of the alphabets of the Philippine Island: translated from the "Informe sobre el estado de las Islas Fili pinas" of Don Sinibaldo de Mas. In Jour. of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, v. xiv, 1846, p. 603 (IV: Ancient Filipino Writing, p. 114) 801. Ramirez, Gregorio. Can the vernaculars be the language of instruction? In Katipunan Finance Rev., v. 1, no. 8, Nov. 1931. 802. Reyes, Ricardo O. Can English be the language of the Philippines? In Katipunan Finance Rev., v. 1, no. 6, Sept. 1931. 803. Rojo, Trinidad. The prospects of Tagalog as the national language of the Philippines. In Katipunan Finance Rev., v. 1, no. 5, Aug. 1931. 804. Scheerer, Otto. Outlines of the history of exploration of the Philippine languages and their relatives in East and West. In Phil. Rev., v. 3, nos. 1, 2, Jan.-Feb., 1918.

112 ILOKO LITERATURE 805. The problem of a national language for the Philippine Islands in the light of the history of language. In Phil. Rev., v. 5, no, 7, Jy. 1920. 806. Sel-amor. Ti nasayaat, naimnas a panagsurat ken panagsasaot samtoy. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, nos. 86, 90, 91, Jan. 10, Feb. 7, 14, 1931. 807. Stangl, P. L. Bosquejo de una clasificacion de idiomas filipinas. In Bib. Nacional Filipina, v. 2, no. 13, Oct. 1909. 808. Suggests Ilocano as national language. In Phil.Herald, v. 12, Sept. 1, 1931. 809. Sugpatan, Runerto. Pateg bukbukod a pagsasao. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 28, Dec. 7, 1929. 810. Ti sinuratan ni Apo Lupo Azurin. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 25. Nov. 16. 1929. 811. Tabufiar, Gabino. Our language problem. In Phil. Herald, Jan. 4, 1936. 812. Ti pamkuatan a mamalbaliw, ti alpabeto tayo.... In Manila Times, Il. Times supplement, v. 1, no. 28, Aug. 21. 1927. 813. Umona nga ummong dagiti mannurat iti samtoy (saot' iloko). In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 8, Mr. 5, 1924. 814. Vernacular is proposed as national language by the committee on Filipino national language, Philippine Islands medical association. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 27, Nov. 30, 1929. 815. Villamor, I4nacio. The real Philippine alphabet. (from "The Ancient Filipina Writing"). In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no- 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 816. Writers will edit Ilocano grammar;... In II. Times, v. 3, no. 12, last wk. of Nov. 1934. IV POETRY A. BOOK ENTRIES 817. Agbulos, Juan S. Bannatiran. No imp. Mr. 30, 1930. 8p. MS. Typewritten. (JRC) 818. Alcaraz, Apo. Ti nagbanagan ti apal: novela (en verso ilocano) Insurat ni Apo Alcaraz, tinarimaan ni Apo F. Arce. Umuna a pannacaimaldit. Aparri, Cagayan, Liberty Press, 1933. 51p. (HHB) 819. Arce, Florencio. "Ti supapac ni lais": novela (en verso ilocano). Panagayan-ayat da Virgilio ken Leonila. 2a. ed. Aparri, Cagayan, Liberty Press, 1932. 133p. (HHB) 820. Balbin, Victorino (Vebeyde, pseud.) Colassit ken Colaskel. Inornos ni Vebeyde. (From advertisement in V. Balbin's Da Simon ken Pantang) 821.- Historia wenno pacasaritaan ni Princesa Dofia Luz; inurnos ni V. Balbin. Vigan, Imp. de V. Balbin & Co., n.d. 66p. (JRC) 822. - Simon ken Pantang. Inornos ni Vebeyde. Candon, Imp. de Balbin Hermanos, n.d. 55p. (JRC) 823.- -- dandaniw ni ayat. Pasay, Imp. Wagayway, n.d. 56p. (NL) 824. Balicas ni ayat; suransurat da Ernesto ken Nenita; PinaidepDel ni R. N. Manzano. Nayted ti palubos. Manila, 1926. 53p. (HHB) 825. Beyerre, A. M. Balicas ni ayat-suransurat da Ernesto ken Nenita por A. M. Beyerre. (From advertisement in V. Balbin's Da Simon ken Pantang) 826. Biag a napaspasaran ni D. Juan Bangkay quen Da. Maria Katakonaynay; nacascasdaao ti inibtorda a rigat, ngem sinobadan ti langit iti guinaoa iti camaudianan. Calasiao Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1932. 72n. (HHB) 827. Biag daguiti siete infantes de Lara iti pagarian a Espafia quen ni principe Morada Gonzalo a cabsatna iti sabali nga ina. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1925. 83p. (NL, TT) 828. -- Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 88p. (HHB) 829. Biag ken naaramid dagiti dua nga aggayyem. San Fernando, La

BIBLIOGRAPHY 113 Union, Ilocano Printing Co. (From advertisement in Dagiti Naimtag a )Damag..., Je. 6, 1936) 830. Biag ni Ari Villarba sadi Truel. Calasiao. Pang., Imp. de P. J. Claudio, 1907. 90p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 217) 831. Maicapat a pannacaidimmil. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 92p. (HHB, TT, AE) 832. Biag ni Princesa Estela nga anac da Don Felix qn Dofia Beatriz iti pagarian sadi Napoles. 4a. ed. Calasiac, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 80p. (HHB) 8.33. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. Gasat. May 1935. 40p. MS. (JRC) 834. Carmen, Lucio. Historia a panagbiag ni Florentina nga anac ni Emperador Fernando iti pagsrian sadi Alemania. Manila, Imp. Fajardo Y C.a, 1906. 70p. (AE) 835. Casi, Winny. tr. Dandaniw ni Dr. Jose Rizal. Inyal-latiw ni Winny Casi iti saot' ilocano. Vigan, Christian Mission Press, 1916. 23p. illus. (NL) 836. Claudio Fojas, Fernando. Pacasaritaan ti nanaebiag ni Siete Colores. 3a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Calasiao, 1907. 33p. (JTB: GIIR, p. 106) 837. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1923. (JTB: GIMR, p. 219) 838. Claudio Fojas, Filomena. Pacasaritaan ti casasaad ni Teodorico quen Princesa Leonora. 3s. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1910. 63p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 51) 839. — - 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang.,, Imp. de Calasiao, 1911. 63p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 51) 840. Claudio, Jose. Daldal-lot. No imp. 23p. (HHB) 841. Claudio, Sofia C. Biag ni Enrique nga anac da Conde Lupoldo. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de P.e Justo Claudio, 1908. 46p. (NL, IV) 842. Biaz ni Princesa Fstelq; inurnos ni Sofia C. Claudio. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1908. 96p. (NL) 843. — ---- Calasiao, Pang., Imn. de Calasiao, 1911. 96p. (NL) 844. -- Siete infantes de Lara. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de P. J. Claudio, 1911. 88p. (NL) 845. Claudio, Zoilo A. Biag ni Infanta Marcela. Manila, Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal, 1907. (TT) 846. 2a. ed. Tip. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal. 1911. (TT) 847. - --- 3a. ed. Tip y Lit. de Santos v Bernal, 1918. (6p. (NT,) 848. — d. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag da Padre Juan quen Beata Maria; inurnos ni Zoilo Claudio. n.t.p. 40p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 218) 849. Dagyan, Pablo Parras.,Ulidan ti biag. Maieadua a pannakaimaldit. Manila, Dangadang, 1931. 80p. (NL, SAF) 850. Dalavap. Pakabasaan daguiti nakah-a-apal a talugading, aoid ken kadauvan a natacneng ni Doctor Jose Rizal nga rebbengna unay nqa ulid'an; ken nakaimalditan ti gozos oenno pamanunutan da Filipinas ken Nacionalistas maipanguep ken ni Kapitan Antonio Kastro, candidato a renresentante.... Manila, Imp. de C. Borja, 1918. 31p. illus. (NL) 851. Dandaniw ni Rizal. (From advertisement in Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano. v. 10. no. 37, Sept. 11, 1920) 852. Dante Alighieri. Ti nadiosan a comedia. Translated into Iloko prose by Victorino D. Balbin.,San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1932. 188p. illus. (UPL) 853. Duldulao, Castor P. Murmuray ti kararua: nagpuniponan daguiti ado nga dandaniw. Honolulu, Imp. Ti Mangged, 1929. 60p. (AE) 854. Figueras, Bibiano E. Youngster dreams. Santo Domingo, Ilocos Sur, La Reproductora Press, 1928. 91p. illus. (NL) 855. Filipino folk songs. Linaonna dagiti pili ken casasavaatan a cancanta ditoy Filipinas iti nadumaduma a pagsasao-Tagalog, Visaya, Pangasinan, Bicol, Ilocano, ken dadduma pay. Manila, Mis

114 ILOKO LITERATURE sion Press. (From advertisement in Dalan ti Cappia, v. 20, no. 6, Je. 1925) 856. Flores, Jose Garvida. Pitik ti puso. No imp. 30p. (NL) 857. Wayawaya ken sabsabali a dandaniw. Manila, Dangadang, 1931. 24p. (UPL) 858. F., U. V. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Principe D. Hector del Dia sadi Hungria: inurnos ti sao ti iloco ni U. V. F. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1918. 49p. (HHB) 859. Gaerlan, Mariano N. Ayat ti lalaki. Naibitla iti bukanegan a naaramid idiay Manila Grand Opera House idi 20 ti Diciembre, 1935. San Juan, La Union, Dec. 1935. 8p. MS. Typewritten (LYY) 860.- -and Pichay, Leon C. Igam-Padeppa. No imp. 24p. MS. Typewritten. (LCP) 861. Hanna, W. H. Cadvadawyan a kinacaballero. Translated into Ilocano verse by E. V. Jacob. Manila, Mission Press, n.d. 16p. (NL) 862. Historia a pacasaritaan ni Principe Andres iti pagarian a Cataloia quen ni Reyna Leonarda nga encantada quet agbalbalin a pusa. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 136p. (HHB) 863. Historia pacasaritaan ti biag ni Principe Baldovino a meysa cadaguiti docepares. 3a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 122p. (NL) 864. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag daguiti lima nga agcacabsat iti reyno a Valencia a da Crisanto, Quirico, Juan, Alvino qn Apolonio qn casasaad ti pannakigayyem da ari ti bao quen ari ti cotun cadaguiti nga inaudi. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanoa, 1932. 168p. (HHB) 865. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag daguiti tal-lo a principes a da Orondates, Artelestles quen Orontes iti pagarian nga Espafia, Alvana quen Toledo. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos. 1931. 175p. (HHB) 866. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag da Principe Ignacio quen ni Princesa Clauriana iti pagarian sadi Gran Cayro. lra. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1931. 67p. (HHB) 867. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Ari Anselmo quen ni Reyna Maria iti reyno a Jusmentilla. 2.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 157p. (HHB) 868. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Bernardo Carpio iti ili nga Espafia nga anac ni D. Sancho Diaz qn Dofia Jimena. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 112p. (HHB) 869. Historia a pacasaritaan ti paragbiag ni Bernardo Carpio iti pagarian nga Espafia nga anac ni Don Sancho Diaz quen ni Dofia Jimena. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1935. 112p. (PSS) 870. Historia a pacasaritaan ni panagbiag ni Don Eulalio de Sales iti pagarian a Tyria a casacupan ni Emperador Antioclo iti imperij a Grecia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1925. 120p. (NL) $71. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni D. Eulalio de Sales iti pagarian a Tyria a casacupan ni Emperador Antioclo iti imperio a Grecia. 2.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 120p. (HHB) 872. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni D. Juan Pugot. Calasiao. Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1928. 83p. (NL, TT) 873. -- Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 83p. (HHB) 874. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni D. Juan Tifiozo nga anac da Rey D. Artos quen Reyna Dofia Blanca iti pagarian sadi Valencia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1931 71p. (HHB) 875. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Lam-ang nga asaoa ni Da. Ines Cannoyan. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1923. 56p. (NL, LYY) 876. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Lam-ang iti ili a Nalbuan nga asaoa ni Dofia Ines Cannoyan iti ili a Calanotian. 3a. ed.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 115 Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermancs, 1927. 56p. (NL, LYY) 877. Historia a pacasaritaan ti biag ni Principe Andres iti pagarian a Catalofia quen ni Reyna Leonarda nga encantada quet agbalbalin a pusa. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 136p. (HHB) 878. Histcria a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Princesa Florentina nga Emperatriz ti Alemania quen Reyna ti Italia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1932. 63p. (HHB) 879. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Principe D. Andres iti pagarian a Catalonia quen ni Reyna Leonarda nga encantada iti pagarian a Granada qt agbalina pusa. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 136p. (NL) 880. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Principe D. German nga anac ni Ari Ladislao quen Reyna Cayetana ti pagarian a Lorena. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1924. 128p. (NL) 881. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Principe Ludovico iti pagarian a Venancia qn ni Princeesa Gesverta iti pagarian a Berbania. Calasiao, Pang., n.p. 1931. 114p. (AE, HHB) 882. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Rodrigo Villano quen ni Princesa Leonora iti pagarian nga Italia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 64p. (NL) 883. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Rodrigo de Villas qn ni Gimena nra anac ni Conde Lozano iti pagarian a Espana a pagturayan ni Ari Octavio. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1923. 85p. (JTB: GIMR, pp. 167-168) 884. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni San Alejo iti ciudad sadi Roma. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos. 1931. 79p. (HHB) 885. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni tumatayab a managan Adarna iti reyno a Cristalino. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 87p. illus. (AJA) 886. Calasiao, Pang., Inip. Parayno Hermanos, 1922. 83p. (HHB, LYY) 887. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni tumatayab nga Adarna. n.t.p. 160p. MS. in longhand. (LCP) 888. Historia a panagbiag ni Ari Es'teban qn Reina Hipolita iti pagarian nga Hungria. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1923. 85n. (JTB: GIMR, p. 217) 889. Historia a panagbiag ni D. Juan del Mundo de Austria. Calasiao, Pang., 1927. 120p. (NL) 890. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1923. 116p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 151) 891. Historia a panagbiag ni D. Juan Pugot. Calas;ao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1922. (JTB: GIMR, pp. 218-219) 892. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 77p. (NL) 893. Historia a panagbiag ni Esmenia. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos. 1922. 55p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 124) 894. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 54p. (NL) 895. 5a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 54p. (HHB) 896. Historia a panagbiag ni Esmenio a nadangques nga inanac. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1922. 40p. (NL, HHB) 897. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 40p. (NL) 898. Historia a panagbiag ni Jose Vendido nga anac ni Jacob.... Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1928. 152p. (HHB) 899. Histcria a panagbiag ni Ricardo nga puso iti pagarian sadi Francia. 3a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 24p. (NL) 900. 4a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1934. 24p. (HHB) 901. Historia a panagbiag ni Rodrigo de Villas quen ni Gimena nga anac ni Conde Losano iti pagarian a Espafia a pagtoravan ni Ari Octavio. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 88p. (JRC)

116 ILOKO LITERATURE 902. - Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1931. 88p. (HHB) 903. Historia a panagbiag ni Sta. Filomena. Ira. ed. Manila, Imp. Fajardo, 1906. (JTB: GIMR, p. 216) 904. Historia daguiti aggayyem Don Alejandre iti reino nga Moscobia qn ni Don Luis iti reino a Francia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1921. 80p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 117) 905. - Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1928. 77p. (HHB) 906. Historia ni Bernardo Carpio iti pagarian a Espafia nga anac ni D. Sancho Diaz quen ni Dofia Jimena. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1906. 112p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 217) 907. — Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1921. 112p. (JTB: GIMR, pp. 99-100) 908. Historia ni Bertoldo nga nalaing a mangibaga ti calinteganna. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1931. 105p. ((HHB) 909. Historia ni Juan del Mundo de Austria. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 120p. (HHB) 910. Historia ni Infante Marcela. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1925. 56p. (HHB, NL) 911. Historia ni Principe D. German nga anac ni Ari Ladislao qn Reina Cayetana iti pagarian a Lorena. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1920. 120p. (JTB: GIMR, pp. 92-93) 912. Historia ni Principe Jaime del Prado iti pagarian a Hungria. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1921. 94p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 111) 913. -- Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 80p. (NL) 914. --- Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 80p. (UPL, LYY) 915. Historia ni Rodrigo Villano quen Princesa Leonora iti pagarian nga Italia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1922. 64p. (NL) 916. Manuel, Franco. comp. Adu a ricna, wenno day-eng kararua. Honolulu, The Filipino Chronicle Publishing Company, Limited, 1935. 106p. (AJA) 917. Matias, Justino. ed. Timec ti cararua. Poetry anthology. (From a letter from P. Sagun of Tarlac, Tarlac) 918. Medina, C. tr. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni D. Alvaro de Castilla. Manila, Imp. Fajardo y Cia., 1906. 75p. (NL) 919. Medina Ruiz, Canuto. tr. Historia a panagbiag ni Ari Esteban qn Reyna Hipolita iti pagarian Hungria. Ira. ed. Manila, Imp. de M. Fernandez, 1907. 80p. (LCP) 920. --- tr. Historia a panagbiag ni San Alejo iti ciudad sadi Roma. Manila, Imp. de M. Fernandez, 1906. 76p. (JTB: GIMR, pp. 29-31) 921. — ed. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Lam-ang; inurnos ni.... Manila, Imp. Fajardo y Cia., 1906 63p. (NL, UPL) 922. Millan, Feliciano. ed. Biag ni Princesa Estela nga anac da Don Felix qn iti pagarian sadi Nanoles. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 84p. (NL) 923. - cd. Historia a pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Principe Florasal O'Constante iti imperio a Turquia quen ni Princesa Esmenia iti imperio a Francia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1923. 96p. (NL) 924. ---- tr. Panagbiag ni Teodorico intabernaculo nga anac ti maysa a napanglao. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1929. 80p. (HHB, AE) 926. Olidan a panagbiag ni Doncella Teodora iti pagarian a Castilla. Calasiao. Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 64p. (JRC) 927. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 64p. (HHB) 928. Olidan a panagbiag ni Rodrigo Villano quen Princesa Leonora iti pagarian a Italia.... Manila, Imp. de M. Fernandez, 1906. 68p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 20) 929. Pacasaritaan ti biag ni Principe Baldovino.... Calasiao, Pang.,

BIBLIOGRAPHY 117 Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1911. 127p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 67) 930. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Ari Esteban qn Reyna Hipolita iti pagarian nga Ungria. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 79p. (JRC) 931. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 79p. illus. (HHB) 932. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Florentina nga emperatriz ti Alemania qn reina ti Italia. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de P.e Justo Claudio, 1907. 86p. (NL) 933. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1920. (JTB: GIMR, p. 218) 934. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Principe D. German. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 118p. (HHB) 935. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni tumatayab a managan Siete Colores. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1933. 38p. (HHB) 936. Pammagbaga iti annac quen panangisuro iti urbanidad. 7a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 40p. (HHB) 937. Panagbiag ni maingel qn nagasat a Principe Ricardo iti pagarian a Bravante. Manila, Imp. Fajardo, 1919. 116p. (JTB: GIMR, p.127) 938. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1922. 116p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 127) 93.9. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 1p. (HHB) 940. Panagbiag ni Principe D. Ricardo ti reyno a Brabante. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 119p. (NL) 941. Panagbiag ni San Gregorio Papa inganat pannacabuquelna quen inana agtungpal idi pannacalacamna iti quinasantona. Manila, n.p., 1894. (JTB: GIMR, p. 216) 942. Pefia, M. A. and Fogata, A. eds. Sangcareppet a dandaniw. Manila. Filipino Printing Press, 1926. 96p. illus. (NL) 943. Peralta, Rosario L. tr. Dagiti daniw ni Jose Rizal; sao ti iloko. Laoag, Ilocos Norte, 1934. 33p. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 944. Piehav, Leon C. Ayat ti babai. Naibitla iti Bukanecan a naaramid idiay Grand Opera House, Dic. 20, 1935. 20p. MS. (LCP) 945. ----ed. Dal-lang ti amianan, wenno kanipintasan a dandaniw kailukoan. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1935. 213n. (LYY) 946. Ima. No imp. 10n. MS. Typewritten. (LCP) 947. Inai No imp. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 948.- Kilukoan. No imp. Ip. MS. Typewritten (NL) 949. Ladingit. No imp. 10p. MS. (1926 Bukanegan) (LCP) 950. Panagwaywa.yas. No imp. Ip. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 951. Quezon, Osmefia, Aglipay, Aguinaldo. Manila, The Craftsman Printing, 1935. 9n. (LCP) 9.2. Ti bagio. No imp. 6p. MS. Typewritten. (LCP) 953. Pobres y Claudio, Rufina. Biag ni Jose Vendido; inurnos ni Rufina Pobres v Claudio. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de P. J. Claudio, 1911. 92p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 73) 954. Puruganan, Januario. To mother and other poems. Laoag, Ilocos Norte, Ti Bagnos Press, 1929. xiii, 43p. (NL) 955. Raval, Gil. Pagsarmingan. Laoag, I. Norte, Imp. Bituen ti Amianan, 1929. 51p. (NL. AE) 956. Raval, Marcial C. Tlican. Laoag, II. Norte, Imp. Bituen ti Amianan, n.d. 36p. (AE) 957. Rama, Julian A. Sabong ti daya. Hilo, Hawaii, Ti Bagnos ti Hawaii, 1915. 48D. (AE) 958. Reyes, Isabelo de los. Vida Lam-ang. In his El Folklore Filipino, v. 2, pn. 237-297. Manila, Imp. de Sta. Cruz, 1890. (NL, UPL) 959. Sabsabong ti panunot. Inaramid dagiti sumagmamano a kamkameng ti "Rannawag ti Mannurat" Manila, Malditan ken Pagibalayan iti Pagbasaan, Intramuros, n.d. 60p. (LCP) 960. Sangkabakruy a dandaniw. Hawaii. (From advertisement in Tu

118 ILOKO LITERATURE long, Hilo, Hawaii, Oct. 1934) 961. Siblag, Agustin N. Reing (verso ilocano.). Lingayen, Pang. Gumawid Press, 1925. l9p. (PSS) 962. Ti nalpay a namnama: novela (en verzo ilocano) ni Sianing. Aparri, Cagayan, Liberty Press, 1932 178p. (HHB) 963. Tolentino y Corpuz, Sotero. Danio daguiti umili. Manila, n.p., 1924. 22p. illus. (NL) 964. - 2.a ed. Manila, n.p., n.d. 32p. (JRC) 965. Vera, Joaquin de. tr. Olidan a panagbiag ni Doncella Teodora iti pagarian a Castilla;... Manila, Imp. de M. Fernandez, n.d. (JTB: GIMR, p. 216) 966. Villanueva, Esteban. Biag daguiti dua nga ubbing nga isuda San Justo quen San Pastor nga agcabsat quet ti umona agtaoen iti pito quet toy maicadua siam: nayanacda sadi Alcala Henares, Espafia, quet agadalda idi iti Escuela. Pinutar ni.... Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1935. 25p. (HHB) 967. Yuzon, Amado M. ed. Rizal's "Ultimo Pensamiento" and translations.... Manila, Carbungco Chef & Caterer, 1933. 14p. (LCP) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 968. Aban, Arsenio E. Ti napaut a sapat. (An-anek-ek ti maysa a babai). In II. Times, v. 4, no. 2, Je. 30, 1935) 969. Ablin, Bonifacio. Agtutubo, di met sika aya ti inanama? In Dangadang, yr. 25, Jan. 14, 1933. 970. Agbulos, Espiritu. Siksika laeng. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 9, 2nd 2k. of Oct. 1934. 971. Agcaoili, Pascual. Agurayca, biagco! In Ban., yr. 1, no. 50, Oct. 12, 1935. 972. Aglipay, Gregorio. Tapno nadalus ti eleccion. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 37, Jy. 13, 1935. 973. Alcantara, Santiago. Ayatmo ti taklinmi. In Ii. Times, v. 3, no. 21, Apr. 15, 1935. 974. Kenka Apo Espiker Q. Paredes (Monmon ni Namnama). In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 7, 3rd. wk. of Sept. 1934. 975. Andrada, Leodegario. Nagpuso iti balite (sasainnek ti maysa a baket a nagtagibi). In II. Times, v. 4, no. 19, Jan. 10, 1936. 976. ---- Pitik toy puso (Maisagut ken "Deary"). In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 21, Jan. 31, 1926. 977. Andreon, Prudencio S. Sabsabong ken lulua. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 41, Aug. 10, 1935. 978. Andres, A. J. Timpuyog ti irarang-ay. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 4, Jan. 23, 1923. 979. Arararaw dagiti cararua dagiti minatay; maipaay iti fiesta ti natay. In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 7, nos. 6-8. Feb. 10-24, 1917. 980. Arce, F. P. Bigbigat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 19, Mr. 9, 1935. 981. Artienda, Flor D. Padak a Filipino (Maisagut kadaguiti Filipino sadi Hawaii ken America). In II. Times, v. 4, no. 10, Oct. 10 1935. 982. Aurelio, Benjamin F. "Calpasan ti tudo". In Ban., yr. 1, no. 34, Je. 22, 1935. 98g3. Panagani. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 6, Dec. 7, 1935. 984. Bannatiran. Pa-lailang ti panunot. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 3, Nov. 17, 1934. 985. Barcena, Donato B. Kenca "kaingongotko". In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 37, Feb. 8, 1930. 986. Barit, Calixto Garcia. Paskua. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 13, 3rd wk. of Dec. 1934. 987. Belen, Hermogenes F. Agtutubo. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 50, Oct. 12, 1935. 988. Bello, B. J. 19 ti Junio. In Mangyuna, vr. 1, nn. 56, Je. 17, 1916. 989. General Luna. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 52, Oct. 26, 1935. 990. Bello, Clemente G. Ina. In Mangyuna, yr. 1,no. 57, Je. 21, 1916.

BIBJLIOGRAPHY 119 991. Benito. Trinidad A. Dayta naganmo. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 45, Sept. 7. 1935. 992. Biag ni Lam-ang (daan a sarita). Naadaw iti Dangadang. In Dangadang, yr. 25, nos. 20-20; May-Tuly 1933. 993. Bigornia, D. B. Kenka Amelia. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 18, May 7, 1924. 994. Bocobo, Tranquilino. Nailian a suayan (himno nacional). In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 17, 2nd wk. of Feb. 1935. 995. Cadelifia, Eugenio C. Agtutubo idi kalman ken ita. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 114, Aug. 1, 1931. 996. Laglagipentay ni Heneral A. Ricarte. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 116, Aug. 15, 1931. 997. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. Aurora del Mundo. In Ii. Times, v. 3, no. 8, 1st wk. of Oct. 1934. 998. ---- Maudi a lua. In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 5, 2nd. wk. of Aug 1934. 999.- Ti pagbasaan ken ni managpannPilunot. In I1. Times, v. 4, no. 3, Jy. 15, 1935. 1000. — Toy lubong ken ni managtagtagainep. In I1. Times, v 3, no. 3, 3rd wk. of Jy. 1934. 1001. Caluya, Claro. tr. Maudi a pacada ni Rizal. Inyulog daydi Apo Claro Caluya.... In Ban., yr. 2, no. 9, Dec. 28, 1935. 1002. Campanano, David D. Lin-naaw. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 41, Aug 10, 1935. 1003. Cariaga, Arsenia C. Cancanayonca coma. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 36, Jy. 6, 1935. 1004. Casino, Pedro N. Patitenyon ti campanat' wayawaya. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 3, Nov. 16, 1935. 1005. Castillo, Mariano M. Sungbat iti panangeddeng ni Blsng. G. J. Jamias. In Dangadang, yr. 25, no. 7, Feb. 18, 1933. 1006. - Daniw ken Mons. Aglipay. tn Dangadang, yr. 25, no. 19, May 13, 1933. 1007. Castro, Francisco de. Agpacadaac kencan.... In Ban., yr. 1, no. 4, Nov. 24, 1934. 1008. Nasingpet a Pacing. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 1, Je. 18, 1935. 1009. Castro, Jose. Banawang, dikanto lipatan...! In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 7, 3rd wk of Sept. 1934. 1010. Sirib. In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 11, 2nd wk. of Nov. 1934. 1011. Castro, Leandro. tr. Maudi a pacada ni Rizal. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 9, Dec. 29, 1934. 1012. Catrap. Quenca oh nasagradoan a puso ni Jesus! In Aguipadamag, yr. 4, no. 145, Jy. 27. 1917. 1013. Centeno, Arturo R. Iti away. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 38, Jy. 20, 1935. 1014. Centeno, Benedicto. tr. Ti naudi a panunotko. Daniw a sinuratan ni Rizal idi aldao a kasakbayan ti pannakapaltoogna. In Solidaritas, Vigan, II. S., yr. 1, no. 12, Jan. 5, 1912. 1015. Crisologo, Marcelino P. O Sarukodko! In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 3, 3rd wk. of Jy. 1934. 1016. Cudal, Eladio. Babai a natagari. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 9, 2nd wk. of Oct. 1934. 1017. Dacanay, M. tr. Maudi a pakada ni Rizal; ulog ni Padi M. Dacanay. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 32, Jan. 4, 1930. 1018. Dallo, Delfin S. Awan ti pudno a kinalinteg ditoy daga. In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 5, Aug. 15, 1935. 1019. Ili a tinaudak. In Dangadang, yr. 25, no. 1, Jan. 7, 1933. 1020. Dandin, Cay. Mac. Ti rabong. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 48, Sept. 28, 1935. 1021. *Danzalan, ADroniano. Nasayaat met. In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 5, 2nd wk. of Aug. 1934. 1022. Dumo, Felix. Daniw ti taga away. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 5, 2nd wk. of Aug. 1934. 1023. Elegado, Solomon M. Pilipinas, ina a daksanggasat. In Danga

120 ILOKO LITERATURE dang, yr. 25, no. 20, May 20, 1933. 1024. "Em". Napatpateg ngem ni Adelina; sarasarita ni "Em". In II. Times, v. 4, no. 8, Sept. 20, 1935. 1025. Emerbe. tr. "Cadagiti agtutubo a Filipino". Daniw ni Rizal In Mangyuna, yr. 1, no. 57, Je. 21, 1916. 1026. Espejo, Leandro. Maysa nga parparmata. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 3, Jan. 16, 1923. 1027. Figuerres, Rufo C. Ar-arapaap. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 2, Nov. 9, 1935. 1028. Flor, Melchor. Cailocuan. Ban., yr. 1, no. 7, Dec. 15, 1934. 1029. Flores, Jose Garvida. Nagasat a ina. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 42, Oct. 15, 1932. 1030. Naulimek a pangulo: mairuknoy ken natanok a Mons. Gregorio Aglipay, naindaklan ken napudno a pangulo ti ili idi gubat, iti politika ken ti relijion. In Dangadang, yr. 25, no. 19, May 13, 1933. 1031. Tarigagay. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 42, Aug. 17, 1935. 1032. -- Ti pagsasao tayo. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 49, Dec. 3, 1932. 1033. Fogata, Antonio. Filipinas. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 8, Dec, 21, 1935. 1034. G., R. A, Bagbaga ken tartarigagay ti ili cadagiti electores. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 20, no. 5, May 1925. 1035. Gacusan, Agripino. L. Ti imnas ken pintas. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 44, Aug. 31, 1935. 1036. Gray, Benjamin A. Rizal. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 33, Je. 15, 1935. 1037. Guirnalda, Eleuterio. Kenka "Commonwealth". In Ban., yr. 2, no. 3, Nov. 16, 1935. 1038. Hombrebueno, Florencio. Pannakaulila. In Int., yr. 2, no. 105. 1039. Ignacio, Leonardo H. Managinsisingpet dumngegca. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, no. 25, Je. 19, 1923. 1040. J., G. G. Sungbat ken pangngeddeng. In Dangadang, yr. 25, nos. 3 and 4, Jan. 21, 28, 1933. 1041. Jamias, Guillerma J. Salsaludsod ti balasang. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 37, Sept. 10, 1932. 1042. Sungbat ti maysa a baro. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 38, Sept. 17, 1932. 1043. Jorescal. Jesucristo. In Ilukana, yr. 1, no, 1, Jan. 1, 1932. 1044. Kunkunig, Horacio de. Andres Bonifacio. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 4, Nov. 24, 1934. 1045. - Ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 5, Dec. 1, 1934. 1046. Cabanatuan. In Ban., yr. 1, no. Nov. 3, 1934. 1047. Jose A. Burgos. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 16, Feb. 16, 1935. 1048. Jose Rizal. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 9, Dec. 29, 1934. 1049. Kuramen, Agapito A. Appo Lag-Pitch, umindaang kayo...! In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 9, 2nd wk. of Oct. 1934. 1050. -Oh, ili, di ka matektekan? In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 32, Aug. 6, 1932. 1051. Labrador, Pio. Cine can ti biag. In Almanaque ni apo Virgen Santa Maria. 1929. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1928. 1052. Lagasca, Guillermo D. Antonio Luna. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 2, Nov. 9, 1935. 1053. Lazo, Guillermo A. Ayatti ina. In Ban.. yr. 2, no. 5. Nov. 30, 1935. 1054. Madacar. tr. Ultimo Adios ni Rizal. Inulog ni Madacar, Santa Maria, I. Sur. In Amigo del Pueblo. yr. 1, no. 12, Dec. 1925. 1055. Manavan, Adolfo. Daniw ti basi. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 12, Jan. 18, 1936. 1056. Mandac. Simeon. Agannadtayo. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 7, Sept. 10, 1935. 1057. Manmano ti pudpudno a mannaniw iti saot' iluko idiay Hawaii. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 18, last wk. of Feb. 1935. 1058. Moreno, Mariano Sa. Ken Alicia. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 41, Mr. 8, 1930. 1059. Ni tumatayab nga Adarna ken ti pakasaritaan ti panagbiag dagiti

BIBLIOGRAPHY 121 tallo a princepe nga annak da Ari Fernando ken Reyna Valeriana.... In Il. Times, v. 4, nos. 21-32; Jan.-Je., 1936. 1060. Ordinario, Efraim Fa. Ti pakasaritaan ti biag ti asawa ni Lamang. In II. Times, v. 4, nos. 13-16, Nov. 10-30. Dec. 10, 1935. 1061. Ortiz, Mauro. Asasugko. In Int., yr. 1, no. 22, Oct. 26, 1929. 1062. Osias, Maximino L. Dagiti diac cayat. In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, no. 31, Jy. 31, 1920. 1063. Pablo, Servillano. tr. Ti maudi a pakada ni Rizal;... In Int., vr. 2, v. 2, no. 85, Jan. 3, 1931. 1064. Pada, Honorata. Daniw ken Apolinario Mabini nga agpaay iti 22 ti Julio. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3. no. 28, Jy. 23, 1924. 1065. Paladan, Anacleto D. Gral. Artemio Ricarte. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 8, 1st wk. of Oct. 1934. 1066. Panagbiag ni Florentina, princesa sadi Alemania. In Ii. Times, v. 4, nos. 1-5, Je. 18-30, Jy. 15-30. Aug. 15, 1935. 1067. Panlasigui, Benjamin. Ayat ti Dios. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1068. Kinapanglaw. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 29, May 18, 1935. 1069. Ti cabaret. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 36, Jy. 6. 1935. 1070. Paredes, Jesus. Baguio. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 12, last wk. of Nov. 1934. 1071. Paredes y Gironella, Esteban. Cadacayo martires ti Candon. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 21, Mr. 21, 1936. 1072. Pe Benito, Gregorio. Agtutubo. In Mangyuna, yr. 1, no. 57, Je. 21, 1916. 1073. Pefia. Esperanza C. Rizal. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 9, Dec. 28, 1935. 1074. Peralta, Enriqueta de. Maikapat nga aldaw ti Julio. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 2, Je. 30, 1935. 1075. "Naminsan nga itataud ti bulan" (Kadakayo agtutubo). In II. Times, v. 4, no. 7, Sent. 10, 1935. 107(6. Pampanunot. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 6, Aug. 31, 1935. 1077. Ti kinaagtutubo. In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 3, Jy. 15, 1935. 1078. Ken Da. Leona Florentino. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 88, Jan. 24, 1931. 1079. Peralta, Patsor V. Wagayway. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 21, Mr. 23, 1935. 1080. Peralta, Rosario L. tr. Ti paing ko. Ulog ti daniw ni Rizal a managan "Mi Retiro". In Dangadang, yr. 25, nos. 5, 6, Feb. 4, 11, 1933. 1081. Perez, Miguela E. Ti culalanti. In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, no. 28, Jy. 10, 1920. 1082. Pernando. Saan a nagulib. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 11, Mr. 19, 1924. 1083. Pichay, Leon C. Antonio Luna. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 1084. — Pakada ni Dr. Burgos. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 18, last wk. of Feb. 1935. 1085. Ruknoy ken Blsng. Consuelo Villamor ("Miss Mindanao 1934"). In II. Times, v. 3, no. 4, 1st. wk. of Aug. 1934. 1086. ---- Sabong ti sampaguita. In Nation, v. 1, no. 6, Feb. 1936. 1087. Ti sailuko. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. -20, Mr. 31, 1935. 1088. Tured. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 11, 2nd wk. of Nov. 1934. 1089. Pilar. Sadiay naindaclan a pangep! Maisagut ken Ti Mangyuna itoy umona a panagcasangayna. In Mangyuna, yr. 2, no. 12, Oct. 11, 1916. 1090. Pitsay. Leon. Lagip kenca Lusing (Lus Rayray, natay idi Mayo 13. 1934). In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 20, May 28. 1924. 1091. Pobre, Fernandico P. Kenka. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 36, Feb. 1, 1930..: 1092. Pompeia. Ti Baro a calintegan. In Mangyuna, yr. 2, no. 15, Oct. 21, 1916. 9, 1093. Rafales, Galicano. Ti wagayway. In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 9,

122 [ ILOKO LITERATURE Sept. 30, 1935. 1094. Ramos, Jose M. Umisemca. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 15, Feb. 8, 1936. 1095. Reyes, Isabelo de los. Daton ken Carmen. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 82, Dec. 13, 1930. 1096.- Ken Silva. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 5, Aug. 15, 1935. 1097. Panagsina ti dua a puso. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 80, Nov. 6, 1930. 1098. Rimando, Santiago. Ingganat' tungpal tanem. In Ban. yr. 1, no. 43, Aug. 24, 1935. 1099. Rokily, Augusto. tr. Maudi a panunotco. Daniw ni Dr. Rizal ket inyulog ni.... In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 7, no. 2. Jan. 13, 1917. 1100. Sarian, Sabina. Balasang a taga away. In Dangadang, yr. 25, no. 19, May 13, 1933. 1101. Sillona, G. Ti biag. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 21, Je. 4, 1924. 1102. Sumangil, Jose B. Inamammudan ni ayat. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 7, 3rd wk. of Sept. 1934. 1103. Sumangil, Leovigildo. Pampanunot: maysa a daniw a maisagut ken ni sabong ti isipko. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 8, Sept. 20, 1935. 1104. Tagudin, Vicente. Nagutangak, inuliladak man...! In II. Times, v. 3, no. 10, last wk. of Oct. 1934. 1105. Ti maudi a panunotco. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, Dec. 25, 1923. 1106. Tolentino, Isaak. Lulua. In Int., yr. 1, no. 38, Feb. 15, 1930. 1107. Vergonia, Dominador M. Ti iglesia filipina independiente. In Dangadang, yr. 25, nos. 10, 11, Mr. 11, 18, 1933. 1108. Viernes Cardona, Cayetano. Pangawis (kadagiti nagaget nga agtaltalon). In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 36, Sept. 3, 1932. 1109. Villanos, Crescencia M. Camang ni linglingay. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 47, Sept. 21, 1935. 1110. Viloria, Francisco V. Dagiti napigsa a tulong. In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 7, no. 2, Jan. 13, 1917. 1111. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. ed. Kabibiag ni Lam-ang. In I1. Times, v. 4, nos. 6-12, Aug. 31, Sept. 10-30, Oct. 10-30, 1935. 1112. Yalaw, Clemencio Zar. Sungbat ti maysa a baro. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 53, Dec. 31, 1932. V FICTION A. BOOK ENTRIES 1113. Abellera, J. A. tr. Irarang-ay ti agpagpagna. Aramid ni John Bunyan, San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica, 1920. 101p. (NL) 1114. Abrajano. Tomas R. Nanoy: novela iti saot' iloco. Ira. ed. Manila, Filipino Publishers, 1926. 102p. (UPL) 1115. — -- 2a. ed. Manila, Filipino Publishers, 1927. 104p. (NL, TT) 1116. Advincula, Baltazar. Isem ken paludip ni Miss Sampaguita. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1930. 40p. illus. (PSS) 1116a. Anteola y de Castro, Domingo. Ti ririboc ni ayat. Dagupan, Pang., n.p.. 1935. 181p. illus. (LYY) 1117. Baginon, Marcos. Sungdo ni ayat. Hawaii. (From a news item in Il. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935). 1118. Balbin, Victorino. Nadumaduma a sarsarita. (From advertisement in Da Simon ken Pantang). 1119. Sangaribu ket mavsa a rabii. San Fernando, La Union, 1933. 32p. incomplete. (LYY) 1120. Bautista, Juan D. Yuyenv ni pasat. Sinait, I. Sur, Imp. E. K. Campos, 1927. 319p. (NL, TT) 1121. Biag ni Bertoldo. Manila, Imp. de I. de los Reves, (1894?) 32p. (NL) 1122. Biag ni Bertoldo: sarsarita nga ado ti maisuruna. Ira. ed. Manila, Dangadang, 1930. 66p. (NL) 1123. Biag ni Juan Maed. Naurnos ken naimaldit iti Imp. Campos, Si

BIBLIOGRAPHY 123 nait, I. Sur, 1931. iv, 68p. (NL, LYY) 1124. Centeno, Arturo R. ABC wenno daguiti tallo a jinete toy lubong.... Pasay, Rizal, Wagayway, 1929. 60p. (NL, TT) 1125. Anak a naiyao-awan. Vigan, Villanueva Press, 1911. 84p. (Arturo R. Centeno's Collection) 1126. Dacsangasat a nagasat. Manila, Author's Hand Press, (1913) 62p. (Arturo R. Centeno's Collection) 1127. Genoveva wenno Umuna nga ayat. Manila, 1935. 105p. MS. (JRC) 1128. Puted a kayo. (Vigan), n.p., 1892. 40p. incomplete. (Arturo R. Centeno's Collection) 1129. Cordero, Esteban Nol. Anian ti gasat; nobela a saot iloko. Manila, Bigan Press, n.d. 66p. (TT) 1130. Corpuz, Felipe. Pul-oy ni ayat. Hawaii. (From a news item in n. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935) 1131. Crisologo Pefia, Marcelino. Bugsot ti maysa a puso. Vigan, 1915. Unpublished. (JTB: JIMR, p. 235) 1132. Maudi a tunglab. Vigan, 1915. Unpublished. (JTB: GIMR, p. 235) 1133. Mining, wenno Ayat ti cararua. Bigan, I. Sur, Agimalmaldit a Balay Ninoyc, 1914. 452p. (NL) 1134. 2a. ed. Bigan, A. A. Vda. de Crisologo, 1932. 453p. (NL) 1135. -Pinang wenno agum a natarumamis. Vigan, 1915. Unpublished. (JTB: GIMR, p. 235) 1136. Donato, Froilan L. Binay wenno Mangidadanes dayaw. Manila, Malditan ni Claudio Nera, 1925. 38p. (LCP) 1137. Duque, C. A. Ni Baltazar. Manila, Imp. de J. R. Morales, 1909. 53p. (NL) 1138. Enriko y Direkto, Eugenio. Panagballigi iti napanglaw. lra. ed. Manila, Filipino Printing Press, n.d. vii, 195p. illus. (NL) 1139. Evans, Adelaida Bee. Ni Ester a reyna. Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1928. 63n. (NL. TT) 1140. Farinas, Francisco. Sudi ni ayat. Hawaii. (From a news item in Il. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935) 1141. Flores, Jose Garvida. Tanda ti agavanayat; maysa a sarita. Manila, Dangadang, n.d. 18p. (NL, SAF) 1142. Fonacier, Santiago A. tr. Agnanayon a Dios ken ti Filipinas; naimas ken nabacas a sarita. Putar ni Jose Rizal. Manila, Dangadang, 1931. 75p. (NL, SAF) 1143.- tr. Candido wenno nalabes a panaginanama; putar ni Voltaire. Manila, Dangadang, 1930. 127p. (NL, SAF) 1144. tr. Filibusterismo; putar ni Dr. Jose Rizal. Umuna a paset. Manila, Dan.adang, n.d. 180p. (NL, SAF) 1145. tr. Ti "Filibusterismo"; kasilpo ti "Noli Me Tangere". Putar ni Dr. Jose Rizal. Manila, La Lucha, 1917. 308p. (NL) 14(. -— 2a. ed. Manila, Dangadang, 1936. 408p. (LM) 1147.- tr. La hija de cardenal. Putar ni Felix Guzzoni. Translated into Iloko bv.... n.t.p. 326p. (NL) 1148.- tr. Noli me tangere; putar ni Dr. Jose Rizal. Umuna a paset. Manila, La Lucha, 1926. 2)0p. (NL, UPL, SAF, TT) 1149. tr. Ti anak ti kardinal; sarita a naadaw kadagiti naaramid;1 putar ni Felix Guzzoni. Umuna a paset. Manila, La Lucha, 1926. 107p. (NL, SAF) 1150. - Maikadua a paset. Manila, La Lucha, 1926. 187p. (NL) 1151. Maikatlo a paset. Manila, La Lucha, n.d. 140p. (NL) 11t2. 'tr. Ti ateo ken ti masirib, wenno Ti biag ni Johnny. Putar ni Voltaire. Manila, Dangadang, 1932. 71p. (NL, SAF) 1153. Gacutano, Mamerto R. Kari a naitanem; nobela iti saot' iloko. lra. ed. Manila, n.p.. 1930 120p. (NL, TT, LYY) 1154. Gamboa, Faustino. Bileg ni ayat. Hawaii. (From a news item in It. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935)

124 JLOKO LITERATURE 1155. Gaerlan, Mariano N. Biag ti maysa a lakay, wenno Nakaam-ames a bales: nobelat' iloko. Manila, n.p., 1909. 92p. illus. (NL) 1156. ---- Kararua a natacneng. (JTB: GIMR, p. 235) 1157. Kararua ti Filipino. (JTB: GIMR, p. 235) 1158. Magdalena ken Boanerges wenno Nasupapakan iti aguep. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1932. 208p. illus. (LCP) 1159. Gruspe y de Veyra, Alberto. Sion; nobela iti saot' iloko. Rosales, Pang., Mendoza Press, 1932. 119p. (NL) 1160. Leon, Felicisimo de. tr. Awan pusona! By Florencio Moreno Godino. Bigan, I. Sur, Agimalmaldit a Balay Ninoyc, 1915. 88p. (NL) 1161. --- tr. Ti cararua ni Santa Alda. Inulog ni.... Bigan, Ilocos Sur. Agimalmaldit a Balay Ninoyc, 1915. 99p. (NL) 1162. Madriaga, Facundo. Uray narigat no paguimbagan: nobelat' iloko. Manila, Imp., Libreria, y Papeleria de I. R. Morales, 1911. (NL) 1163. Manuel, Franco. Victor. Hawaii. (From a news item in II. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935) 1164. Miller, G. A. No casanot' pannacasarac ni Pedro iti ari.... Manila, Methodist Publishing House, n.d. 23p. illus. (NL) 1165. Millon, Marcos E. Nasamit ken narucbus nga sabong daguiti dardarepdep ti agbanbaniaga; nobela a saot' iloko. Manila, Filipino Printing Press, 1921. 84p. (NL, TT) 1166.- - Urdaneta, Pang., the Author, 1931. 84p. (NL) 1167. Murillo, Jose. Ti ranggasmo kaniak lak-amemto. Hawaii. (From a news item in II. Times, v. 3. no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935). 1168. Pablo de Tolentino, Juan. Vida de Telemaco, hijo de Ulises y Penelope. Cabugao. MS. (From Dates historicos del municipio de Cabugao..., 1911, p. 25) 1169. Pacaba. Basilio P. Nagungar nga ayat. No imp. 211p. MS. (NL) 1170. Patacsil, Agapito N. Balligi ni ayat. Hawaii. (From a news item in II. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk of Mr. 1935). 1171. Pefia. Mauro A. Ti arpac: novela a saot' iloko. Manila, Filipino Publishers, 1927. 105p. (NL) 1172. Peralta, Paulino B. de. Inatipa ni gasat! lra. ed. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1930. 87p. illus. (JRC) 1173. Pichay, Leon C. Apay a pinatayda ni Naw. Simon? San Fernando, La Union. Ilocano Printing Co., 1935. 162p. (LYY) 1174. Pagulidanan nga ayat. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1934. 66p. (NL, UPL) 1175. Parparato ni Loloy: sarsarita a nakaangangaw. No imp. 2p. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 1176. Patayenna ti inana. No imp. 26p. MS. typewrittn. (LCP) 1177. Puso ti ina. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1936. 133p. (LCP) 1178. Sarming ti biag. Manila, Faiardo Press, n.d. 108p. (NL, UPL) 1179. Redondo. Rufino. Matilde de Sinapangan. Tanblobong, Pequefia Imp. del Asilo de Huerfanos, 1892. 132p. (NL. LCP) 1180. Respicio, F. A. Nasgued a namnaria. Hawaii. (From a news item in II. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935. 1181. Sabsabong ken lulua; nobela a saot iloko. Ira. ed. N. p., 1930. 88p. illus. (JRC, TT) 1182. Reyes, Isabelo de los. Ti langit ti inanamatayo. Bound with "Biag ni Aida", by I. de los Reyes. Manila, Imp. de Isabelo de los Reyes, n.d. 5p. (NL) 1188. Sangapulo det dua a sarsarita ti encanto. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Press, 1935. 68p. (LCP) 1184. Sangcareppet a sarsarita. Umuna a libro. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1934. 240p. (JP) 1185.- Maicadua a libro. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1934. 240p. (JP) 1186. Sarsarita iti sumipnget: sarsarita a naurncs a maipaay cadaguiti

BIBLIOGRAPHY 125 ubbing.... San Fernando, La Union, Ti Evngel Press, 1931. 182p. (NL) 1187. Tolstoy, Leon. Ni Evan a mauyong; nabagas a sarita ni Konde Leon Tolstoy. Manila, Dangadang, 1933. 40p. (NL, SAF) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 1188. Abaya, M. A. tr. Conde de Monte Cristo. Sinuratan ni Alexander Dumas. In Ban., yr. 2, nos. 10-?; Jan. 4-? Still being run. 1189. Atbrajano, Tomas R. Kinapudno ni saranay. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 46, Sept. 14, 1935. 119)0. - Nanoy. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 7-15; Dec.-Feb., 1935. 1191. - Ti pascua ni lacay Osong; sarita maipapan iti pascua. In Ban., vr. 1, no. 8, Dec. 22, 1934. 1192. Agcaoili, T. D. Ladingit. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 21, Mr. 21, 1936. 1193. Agtarap, Fabian C. Lubong ni al-lilaw. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 39, Jy. 27, 1935. 1194. Arumin, F. & Pefia, M. A. (Mirto, Pseud.) trs. Ti geisha. In Aweng, v. 1, nos. 1-3, May-Aug. 1933. (novel) 1195. Austria, Leocadio A. Napaid a panagcallaysa. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 11, Jan. 12, 1935. 1196. Beltran, Monico. Sangcareppet a sabsabong. In Mangyuna, yr. 2, Aug.-Dec. 1916. (novel) 1197. Boado, Laura M. Clavel. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 18, 1935. 1198. Bravo, A. E. Filipinas. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 50-52, Oct. 12-26, 1935. (novelette) 1199. Bugarin,.Jnan. Ti nalaad a baro. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 13, Jan. 26, 1935. 1200. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. tr. Ti parparmata ni Mirza. Putar ni Joseph Addison. In Il. Times, v. 4, nos. 32-33, May 28-Je. 10, 1936. 1201. Calub, Juliana P. Suboc ni ranggas. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 46, Sept. 14, 1935. 1202. Campafiano, David D. "Donde estas corazon?" In Ban., yr. 1, no. 31, Je. 1, 1935. 1203. Cardenas. Abundio G. Maysa a tagtagainep. (Sarsarita a maisagut iti "Tal-lo nga Ari"). In II. Times, v. 4, no. 19, Jan. 10, 1936. 1204. Cariaga, Arsenia C. Nasingpet a Clarita. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 43, Aug. 24, 1935. 1205. Centeno, Arturo R. Ayat ken pacawan. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 9, Dec. 29, 1934. 1206. Inggana iti nalamiis a ruangan ti tanem. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 4, Nov. 24, 1934. 1207. -Taga aw-away. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 28-44; May-Sept. 1935. 1208. Coloma, Domingo C. Dacsangasat a puso. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 19, Mr. 9, 1935. 1209. Cortes, Estanislao A. Naitulmen a carayo. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 50. Oct. 12, 1935. 1210. Dagiti nagaramugam a babbai kadagiti tallaong. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, Apr.-Jy. 1934. (novel) 1211. Da Isagani ken Paulita. Naadaw iti "Filibusterismo ni Dr. Rizal." In Int., vr. 1, v. 1, no. 32. Jan. 4, 1930. 1212. Dario, Victor F. Naikeddeng nga agsagaba. In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 21. Jan. 21, 193g. 1213. Dumbrique, Irineo. Ilala ni ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 49, Oct. 5. 1935. 1214. Duruin, Petra. Naragsac a pascua. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1215. Embeeuer. tr. Sisa. Naadaw iti "Noli Me Tangere" ni Rizal. In Sinamar, yr. 2, no. 7, Jan. 1, 1911. 1216. Estacio, Delfin B. Gaput' kinapanglaw. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 35o Je. 29. 1935. 1217. Eugenio, Benjamin C. Maria Clara. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 9, Dec. 28, 1935.

126 JLOKO LITERATURE 1218. Fabie, Arturo F. Pudno nga ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 20, Mr. 16, 1935. 1219. Feraldo, Santiago G. Bunga ti kinagulib. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 49, Oct. 5, 1935. 1220. Flores, Jose Garvida. Paricut ni ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 39-41, Jy. 27-Aug. 10, 1935. (novelette) 1221. Fonacier, E. Ranjo. Ingganat' tungpal biag. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 35, Je. 29, 1935. 1222. Gacutano, Mamerto. Namnama. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 35, Jan. 25, 1930. 1223. Gaerlan, Mariano A. Sabong a nalaylay. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 19, Mr. 7, 1936. 1224. Gapusan, Narciso F. Bituen ni ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 28-34, May 11-Je. 22, 1935. (novelette) 1225. — Puso a nadalus. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 22, Mr. 30, 1935. 1226. ---- Ti nangispal ken ayat. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 83, Dec. 20, 1930. 1227. Gregorio, Alfonso A. Nalamuyot a seda ni ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 6, Dec. 8, 1934. 1228. -- Ni nasaririt a Pinong. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 18, 1935. 1229. Jimeno, Manuela J. Gloria in excelsis Deo! In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1230. Krisostomo. Balangat a siit wenno sabsabonvr. Ababa a sarita ni ayat. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 31, Dec. 28, 1929. 1231. Leaiio. Gregorio F. Alimanman ni ayat. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 82, Dec. 13, 1935. 1232.- Pannakabalin ni imon. In Tnt., yr. 2, v. 2, nos. 91, 93, 950 Feb. 14. 28, Mr. 1931. (novelette) 1233. Mangaoil, Ofresinio A. "Tungpalecto". In Ban., yr. 1, no. 37, Jy. 13, 1935. 1234. Mendoza, Ernesto N. Pannacaidalit ni Tinay. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 45, Sept. 7, 1935. 1235. Mirto and others. trs. Ni Tarzan dagiti songgo; inyulog ni Mirto, Arturo R. Centeno ken Narciso F. Gapusan. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 1-46; Nov. 1934-Sept., 1935. 1236. Navarrete. Elliot. Esperanza. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 1, Nov. 2, 1935. 1237. Nicanor, Mariano F. Umayac met, biagco. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 21, Mr. 21, 1936. 1238. Ni Delio Amor nacalasut. In Damag ti Pagarian, yr. 12. nos. 11, 12, Nov. Dec., 1927, yr. 13, nos. 1-10, Jan.-Oct., 1928. (novel) 1239. O'Bell. Natacneng a panasalisisal; ababa a sarita. Naadaw iti drama nga inaramid ni Mena Crisologo. Sinuratan ni O'Bell, Vigan, I. Sur. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 10, Jan. 5, 1935. 1240. Ordinario, Efraim Fa. Nalaylay a bulbulong. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 15, Feb. 9, 1935. 1241. - Ti ipato ni gasat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 21, Mr. 23, 1935. 1242. Palipal, F. Ti ari dagiti nipa. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 42, Aug. 17, 1935.. 1243. Parugparug, L. Naitulmeng a sagut. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1244. Pefia, M. A. tr. Iti puon ti Cruz. Sinuratan ni Lazaro Francisco. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 15-51, Feb.-Oct.. 1935. 1245. Ti arpac; pacasaritaan ti ayat ken pagsasao. Aramid ni M. A. Pefia. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 3-7, Nov.-Dec., 1934. 1246.- (Perlita U. Amor, pseud.) tr. Ti ipatawid ti agpalpalama; sinuratan ni Lazaro Francisco. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 52, Oct. 26, 1935, yr. 2, nos. 1-? Still being run. 1247. tr. Ti martir ti Golgota. Sinuratan ni Enrique Perez Escrich. In Ban., yr. 1, nos 23-52; yr. 2, nos. 1- Still bpino run. 1248. Peralta, Paulino B. Nagbuteng iti anniniwanna! In II. Times, v. 3, no. 11, 2nd wk. of Nov. 1934. 1249. Rabasa, Domingo R. Nasudi a puso. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 47, Sept.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 127 21, 1935. 1250. Racho, Arsenia R. Puso a balitoc. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 43, Aug. 24, 1935. 1251. Ramos, Jose M. Supapac ti kinamanagparabur. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1252. Raymundo, Aurora C. Silbayo ni bulsek. In Aweng, v. 1, no. 3, Jy.-Aug. 1933. 1253. Rayray, Salome. Balligi ni rigat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 46, Sept. 14, 1935. 1254. Reyes, Isabelo de los. (Luis Francisco, pseud. (?). Ti langit ti inanamatayo. In El Ilocano, yr. 4, no. 82, Nov. 15, 1892. 1255. Ritrit, Mario del. Ayat ti tallo a cararua. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 5, Dec. 1, 1934. 1256. Rodriguez, E. Vicente. Nailangitan nga ayat. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 41, Aug. 10, 1935. 1257. Ruiz, Benito B. Ayat ti napanglaw. In Ban. yr. 2, no. 5, Nov. 30, 1935. 1258. Ruiz, Benito P. tr. Napaut a pannacaidestierro. Saot' iloco ti "The Long Exile", maysa cadagiti sangagasut a casayaatan a sarsarita ditoy lubong, sinuratan ni Count Leo Tolstoy. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 8, Dec. 21, 1935. 1260. Sabalburo, Juan. Ayatencanto nga agnanayon. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 14, Feb. 2, 1935. 1261. Saldivar, Marcelino. Bannatiran. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 44, Aug. 31, 1935. 1262. San Narciso, Antonio. Pascua ti maysa nga agtaltalon. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1263. Soria, Eustaquio V. Bunga ni kinatangsit. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 47, Sept. 21, 1935. 1264. Surell, Apolonio V. Naiwawa nga ayat. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, nos. 104-108, May 23-Je. 20, 1931. 1265. Ti suacona ti nangpalucneng ti pusona. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, nos. 4, 5, Apr., May, 1925. 1266. Ti ubing nga umel. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, nos. 8-12, yr. 2, nos. 1-6, Aug.-Dec. 1925; Jan., 1926. (novelette) 1267. Tolstoy, Leo. Ni Ivan a mauyong. In Dangadang, yr. 24, nos. 46-53. Nov.-Dec. 1932; yr. 25, nos. 1-7, Jan-Feb., 1933. 1268. Vadel, Cipriano M. Nagcanunong a puso. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 28, May 4, 1935. VI DRAMA A. BOOK ENTRIES 1269. A pcaoili, Pascual. Dagiti agpaspasucmon basi. Zarzuela in verse Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1925. 32p. (NL) 1270. Aguilar, Pantaleona. Zarzuela ilokana iti napudno nga agayanayat; panagsalisal da escribiente, millonario, ken abogado. Manila, Bigan Press, n.d. 48p. (NL, TT) 1271. ---Dinak lipatan; drama ilokana. no imp. 27p. MS. (NL) 1272. Altuna, Vicente Giron. Darikmat ni ayat a di maarikap ulbodna. Bigan, Ilokos Sur, 1926. n.t.p. 73p. (LCP) 1273. Balbin, Victorino. Ti cruz ni Cristo. Drama en un acto. n.d. 22p. MS. (Victorino Balbin's Collection) 1274. Biag a comedia ni princepe Armendo iti pagarian nga Orlanda. (JTB: GIMR, p. 220). 1275. Claudio y Fojas, Justo. Comedias religiosas populares, en ilocano. 3vs. Manila, 1895 (?). 700p. (SPT: ABB, p. 43). 1276. - El arreoentimiento: comedia ilocana, en verso. Manila, Imp. del Real Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1895. 196p. (NL) 1277. --- Don Pelayo, rey de Asturias; comedia. Vigan, n. p., 1894. (NL)

128 ILOKO LITERATURE 1278. - Don Pelayo, rey de Asturias; comedia en ilocano, representada por primera vez por los estudiantes de Vigan.... 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1906. 135p. (NL) 1279. Recaredo, primer rey catolico de Espafia y gran padre de la patria. Comedia en dialecto ilocano por.... Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1906. 110p. (NL) 1280. Roger de Flor: comedia en ilocano. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1906. 245p. (NL) 1281.- San Hermenegildo; comedia en ilocano. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. de Calasiao, 1906-1907. In 2 parts, part 1-123p. (NL) 1282. Segunda parte de la comedia San Hermenegildo. 2a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Calasiao, 1907. 97p. (NL) 1283. Claudio, F. Fernando, filipino; comedia ilocana. Calasiao,, Pang., Imp. del P.e Justo Claudio, 1907. 153p. (NL) 1284. Comedia a biag ni Atamante. 7a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 128p. (HHB) 1285. --- Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 128p. (HuIB) 1286. Comedia a sao ti iloco a pacasaritaan iti biag ni San Hermenegildo martir nga ari espafiol, a pinatay daguiti herejes arrianos idi 3 ti Abril idi taoen a 586. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1889. (THPT: BF, p. 108) 1287. Crisologo, Mena. Noble rivalidad (Natacneng a panagsalisal). Drama lirico, ilokano en dos actos y epilogo. Episodio de la guerra entre Americanos y Filipinos. Primer acto. No imp. 19p. MS. (LYY) 1288. Flores, Jose Garvida. Terianr; sarita a maipabuya. Manila, Dangadang, n.d. 8p. (NL, SAF) 1289. Gaerlan, Mariano N. Riribcc dagiti dioses. (JTB: GIMR, p. 220) 1290. Gonzalo de Cordcva o la conquista de Granada por los reyes de Espafia; comedia en ilocano. MS. original e inedito; letra de segunda mitad del siglo xix. (Vindel: Biblioteca Oriental, v. 2, p. 251). 1291. Inofinada, Eufemio. tr. Banag ti awan inana. 1936. lip. MS. (LYY) 1292. Lagasca, Florencio. Banag a tagubaya. Laoag, I. N., 1908. llp. (JTB: GIMR, p. 220) 1293.- Ti rmar'irurumen mabalsan. Laoag, I. N., 1908. lip. (JTB: GIMR, p. 220) 1294. Lazo, Guillermo A. Lulua. Drama nga dua nga acto. Manila, Catholic Trade School, n.d. 24p. (JRC) 1295. Natakneng a panagsalisal —maisagut iti Heneral Luna Day. Tularamid (drama) nga ilocano, sinuratan daydi umiiloko Gob. Mena Crisologo. Naade'v idi gubattay kdgti Americano. n.d. 16p. (LCP) 1296. Padua, Daniel. Abogado a marabrabak. (LCP: Dallang ti amianan, n. 120) 1297. - Managsalaknib nga ima. (LCP: Dallang ti Amianan, p. 120) 1298. Pamuspusan ti sirib. (JTB: GIMR, p. 220.) 1299. Siding a tanda. (LCP: Dallang ti amianan, p. 120) 1300. Panagbiag ni Lucia. (JTB: GIMR, p. 220). 1301. Panlasigui. Rogerio. A pal ken lioay; comica. Sinuratan ni Rogerio Panlasigui. 7p. MS. Typewritten. (JRC) 1302. Pichay, Leon C. Asasug a nabaketan; dialogo ccmico ilokano. No imp. Ip. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 1303. Baket a naimon; dialogo comico. No imp. lp. MS. (NL) 1304. Balligi ni panagsalimetmet; tularamid a tallo a parang. Manila, Fajardo Press, n.d. 80p. (NL, UPL) 1305. Destiny; a play for the screen; synopsis. No imp. 6p. MS. (NL) 1306. - Dunggial; dialogo comico. No imp. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 1307. Lainlailo; dialogo comico. No imp. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 1308. — Ti pannakadingpil ni Padre Burgos. Drama historico en dos actos y un epilogo. 37p. MS. Typewritten. (LCP) 1309. Purugganan, Martin R. Zarzuela ilocana; sabong ni karayo; panagsalisal iti pintor ken musiko. Bigan, I. Sur. Imp. la Estrella,

BIBLIOGRAPHY 129 1925. 31p. (NL, TT) 1310. Reyes, Isabelo de los. tr. Aida. Opera nga uppat ti pasetna. Naala iti sarita ni Naw. Vassoli, direktor ti museo sadi Boulak. Insailuko ni.... idi Agosto, 1893. MS. (JRC) 1311. ----tr. Biag ni Aida. Translated into Iloko by.... Manila, Imp. de Isabela de los Reyes, n.d. 32p. (NL) 1312. Teodulo, G. A. Drama ilokana, en un acto y en prosa. Manila, Imp. de Tai Shing, 1908. 18p. (NL) 1313. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. Timek ni wayawaya; maysa a drama a mangipaduyakyak ti patriotismo ti ina a filipina. MS. longhand. 9p. Vigan, I. Sur, 1927. (LYY) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 1314. Bello, B. J. Idi damo't gubat wenno Ili agriingca. In Mangyuna, yr. 1, no. 54, Je. 10, 1916. 1315. Budo-budo. Purgatorio; idiay natayan. In Mangyuna, yr. 1, no. 55, Je. 14, 1916. 1316. Da Blanco quen Fernando ti sanguanan ti tanem ni Carlos IV, duque ti Agrigento. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, nos. 9-12, Sept.Dec., 1925; yr. 2, nos. 2-8, Feb.-Aug, 1926. 1317. Dua a balangat; melodrama a nagcadua nga acto. Serialized in Amigo del Pueblo beginning with v. 10, no. 7, Jy. 1934. 1318. Flores, Jose Garvida. Balligi dagiti ububbing. Maipabuya iti "Noche Buena". In Dangadang, yr. 24, nos. 52-53, Dec. 24 31, 1932. 1319. ---- Daiti ay-ayat ni Rizal. In Ban., yr. 2, nos. 9-12, 5ec. 1935 -Jan. 1936. 1320. No buyogamto dagiti panpanunotmo. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 10, last wk. of Oct. 1934. 1321. — Sarita a maipabuya. (Toy sumaganad a sarita maipabuya maipapan iti kadkadawyan a biag iti away idiay Kailukuan). In Dangadang, yr. 24, nos. 39, 40, Sept. 24, Oct. 1, 1932. 1322. Lazo, Guillermo A. Manangngasi. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 36-38, Jy. 6-20, 1935. 1323. Marinelo, Manuel. Natarnao a cararua. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 6, nos. 6, 7, Je., Jy., 1930. 1324. Martillo. Ni Kapitan Tinong ken ni Piloy. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 17, Apr. 30, 1924. 1325. Ni naindaclan a Tomas Moro. Drama nga lima nga actos. In Amigo del Pueblo, vr. 1, nos. 1-5, Jan.-May, 1925. 1326. Ordinario, Efraim Fa. tr. Ti napintas a Filipina ken ti managarem a Negrito (La Filipina elegante y el Negrito amante). Maysa a pabuya (sainete) a pagraragsakan. Putar ni Francisco Balagtas (Ari ti kurditan Tagalog) 1788-1862. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 4, Jy. 31, 1935. 1327. Panlasigui, Rogerio. Da agsiuman ken pasiuman (drama a maysa a pabuya.) In Ban., yr. 1, no. 51, Oct. 19, 1935. 1328. Pannakavanak ti Mesias. Drama a tallo a parang. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1329. Ti ili ken ti turay. Drama a sinuratan ni Rogerio Panlasigui. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 44-48. Aug. 31-Sept. 28, 1935. 1330. Reyes, Isabelo de los. Aida; opera a uppat a pasetna. In El Ilocano, yr. 5, nos 103-106, Oct. 1-Dec. 1, 1893. 1331. Ti an-anac ni Unina. Comedia...; maisagut cadaguiti ubbing a babbai. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, nos. 6-8, Je.-Aug., 1925. 1332. Ti religion catolica-ti cacaisuna a pudno. Sarita da Carlos quen Vicente. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, no. 10, Oct. 1925. VII BIOGRAPHY A. BOOK ENTRIES 1333. Artigas y Cuerva, Manuel. Bibliografia medico-farmaceutica de

130 ILOKO LITERATURE Filipinas. Manila, Imp. Manila, 1924. 2 vs. (NL) 1334. ---- El General Antonio Luna y Novicio. Manila, Imp. de La Vanguardia y Taliba, 1910 25p. illus. (NL) 1335. Benitez, F. and Benitez. C. Stories of great Filipinos. Manila, National Book Company, 1924. 124p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1336. Claudio y Fojas, Justo. Pacasaritaan ti panagbiag ni Doctor Jose. Rizal. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del P.e Justo Claudio, n.d. 181p. (NL) 1337. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1930. 159p. illus. (PSS) 1338. Fogata, Antonio. Biag ni General Antonio Luna Novicio. Manila, Filipino Publishers, 1926. 72p. illus. (NL, LYY) 1339. Fonacier, Santiago A. Naglallalaki a Filipino. Inurnos ni Santiago A. Fonacier. Manila, Dangadang, 1931. 144p. (AJA) 1340. Galang, Zoilo M. Leaders of the Philippines. 3rd. ed. Mani!a. 1933. 412p. illus. (NL) 1341. Guerrero, Angel V. Biag ni General Antonio Luna. Insurat ni Angel V. Guerrero.... Manila, Service Press, 1933. 127p. (NI,) 1342. Historial Oficial wenno pacasaritaan ti gapuanan, bayat kina representante ni Sr. Benito Soliven, agdama a candidato a senador. Umona a distrito senatorial;... Manila, Catholic Trade School, n.d. 72p. illus. (LYY) 1343. McLaughlin, J. L. Ti historia oenno pacasaritaan ti biag quen araramid ni Juan Wesley quen ti cabsatna a Carlos; impatarus iti saot' iloco ni T. Basconcillo. Manila, Methodist Publishing House. 1905. 64p. (NL) 1344. Nellist, George F. ed. Men of the Philippines. A biographical record of men of substantial achievement in the Philippine Islands. Manila, The Sugar News Co., 1931. v. 1, 360p. illus. (NL) 1345. Norton, Morilla Maria. Builders of a nation; a series of biographical sketches. Manila, 1914. 266p. (NL, UPL) 1346. Osias, Camilo. Jose Rizal: ti cabibiagna, ipapatayna, panunotna, gappuananna ken impatawidria, nga sinuratan ni Camilo Osias, B. S. San Fernando,La Union, Imp. Evangelica, 1914. xiv, 93p. (CI) 1347. Remollino, Alejandro. Biografia de Mgr. Gregorio Aglipay, obispo maximo de la Iglesia filipina independiente. Manila, Imp. Fajardo y Compafiia, 1906. iv, 32p. (NL) 1348. Rosario, Gregorio del. Life of Antonio Luna y Novicio. Manila, 1930. (Gregorio F. Zaide) 1349. Santiago Carroll, obispo toy Nueva Segovia. 2a. ed. Vigan, Imp. de "El Tiempo Catolico", 1912. 166p. (NL) 1350. Tolentino y Corpus, Sotero. Anecdotes taken from Rizal's life n.t.p. 20p. (UPL) 1351. Valdez, Cornelio N. Biag ni Apolinario Mabini. San Fernands, La Union, Evangel Press, n.d. 15p. (JP) 1352. — Lives of great Filipinos for the Filipino children. Manila, Imp. de Cosme S. Ferrer, 1919. 153p. illus. (NL) 1353. —Panagbiag da Diego Silang (natural a Pilipino) ken Doia Gabriela (kamainglan nga Ilokana). San Fernando, La Union, Northern Luzon Press, 1923. 56p. (NL) 1354. - Poor boys who became famous. San Fernando, La Union, Northern Luzon Press, 1923. 45p. (NL) 1355. Villamor, Ignacio. Industrious men. Manila, Oriental Commercial Co., Inc., 1932. 211p. illus. (NL) 1356. Villamor, Juan. General D. Antonio Luna y Novicio; vida, hechos v tragica muerte. (Life, deeds and tragic death.) English version by Julio Villamor. Manila, "Dia Filipino", 1932. 357p. (UPL) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 1357. Agaton Yaranon, Aringay, La Union (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 9, Dec. 28, 1935. 1358. Alejandro Quirolgico (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 131 2, no. 11, Jan. 11, 1936. 13,59. Alejo Labrardor (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 10, Jan. 4, 1936. 1360. Alejo Mabanag, San Fernando, La Union (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 35. Je. 29, 1935. 1361. Ambrosio Magsaysay, San Antonio, Zambales (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 52, Oct. 26, 1935. 1362. Anastacio Q. Ver, Sarrat, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 3. Nov. 16, 1935. 1.83. Avila, Justo E. Isabelo de los Reyes y Florentino. In College Folio, v. 2, no. 4, Feb. 1912. 1364. Baro a panglakayen (Isabelo de los Reyes). In El Norte, yr. 1, no. 4, Je. 15, 1922. 1365. Bassit a pakasaritaan ti biag ni Apolinario Mabini. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 28, Jy. 23, 1924. 1366. Benito Soliven, Santo Domingo, Ilocos Sur. (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 4, Nov. 23, 1935. 1367. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. Biag ni Padi Burgos. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 16, Feb. 16, 1935. 1368. - Cabibiag ni Apo Quintin Paredes (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 21, Mr. 23, 1935. 1369. Camilo Osias, La Union (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 32, Je. 8, 1935. 1370. Carlos P. Romulo, Camiling, Tarlac (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 36, Jy. 6, 1935. 1371. Casi, Winny. Ababa a cabibiag ni Dr. Jose Rizal (cas insurat ni Winny Casi). In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19, no. 53, Dec. 30, 1924. 1372. Castro, Jose. Ni Jacinto Kawili. In Il. Times, v. 2, no. 1, Je. 1933. 1373. Ciriaco B. Raval, Laoag, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 51, Oct. 19, 1935. 1374. Cornelio Balmaceda, Sarrat, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 39, Jy. 27, 1935. 1375. Dagiti maingel nga Ilokano-Diego Silang. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 33, Jan. 11, 1930. 1376. Daniel Maramba, Santa Barbara, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 16, Feb. 15, 1936. 1377. Desierto, Roberto. Dr. Jose A. Burgos. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 16, Feb. 15, 1936. 1378. Dua nga Ilokano a kamainglan iti Pilipinas. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 100, Apr. 18, 1931. 1379. Elpidio Quirino, Cauayan, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 23, Apr. 6, 1935. 1380. Eriberto B. Misa, Bolinao, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 49, Oct. 5, 1935. 1381. Fidel Segundo, Laoag, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 40, Aug. 3, 1935. 1382. Figueras, Bibiano E. Banuar a nalipatan. Ni Teniente Ignacio Villaflor, taga Sto. Domingo, Ilocos Sur, maysa cadagiti naruay nga Ilocano a nangidaton iti biagda iti pagilianda. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 5, Nov. 30, 1935. 1383. Tallo a martires. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 17, Feb. 22, 1936. 1384. Fogata, Antonio. Ti biag ni General Antonio Luna. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 1385. Gabino Tabufiar, Bacnotan, La Union (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 43, Aug. 24, 1935. 1386. Gregorio Aglipay, Batac, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 18, 1935. 1387. Gregorio Alcid, Vigan, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 14, Feb. 1, 1936. 1388. Gregorio, Alfonso A. Idi matay ni Don Juan de Salcedo idiay

132 ILOKO LITERATURE Kailokuan. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 13, 3rd. wk. of Dec. 1934. 1389. Gregorio Anonas, Iba, Zambales (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban. yr. 1, no. 50, Oct. 12, 1935. 1390. Hill, Percy A. Pedro Bukaneg-A Philippine Moses. In Phil. Mag., v. 28, no. 1, Je. 1931. 1391. Ilocano resident of Manila shines in Tagalog literature as pioneer author. In II. Times, v. 3, no 9, 2nd wk. of Oct. 1934. 1392. Isidoro Panlasigui. Vigan, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 21, Mr. 21, 1936. 1393. Jacinto Lorenzo, San Antonio, Nueva Ecija (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 20, Mr. 14, 1936. 1394. Jorge Bocobo, Gerona, Tarlac (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 25, 1935. 1395. Jose Castro, Laoag, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 45, Sept. 7, 1935. 1396. Jose Ma. Paredes, Bangued, Abra (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 46, Sept. 14, 1935. 1397. Jose Ma. Paredes, new first assistant city fiscal of Manila.... (Pride of Ilocandia series). In II. Times, v. 4, no. 1, Je. 18, 1935. 1398. Juan Gaerlan, Tagudin, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 42, Aug. 17, 1935. 1399. Juan Posadas, San Narciso, Zambales (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 29, May 11, 1935. 1400. Lagip ken Padre Burgos saan a mapukaw ngem sibibiag cadagiti puspuso dagiti kailianna. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 7, Feb. 20, 1924. 1401. Lazo, Guillermo A. General Antonio Luna. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 2, Nov. 9, 1935. 1402. Ledda, Felix Z. Nairuknoy ken Dr. Jose Rizal. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 87, Jan. 17, 1931. 1403. Llanes, Vicente. Luna, nataycan; ngem iti amin a puso dagiti Filipino sibibiagcanto nga agnanayon. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 10, last wk. of Oct. 1934. 1404. Manuel A. Alzate, Cervantes, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 44, Aug. 31, 1935. 1405. Manuel Mafiosa, Bangued, Abra (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 17, Feb. 22, 1936. 1406. Manuel V. Moran, Binalonan, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 19, Mr. 7, 1936. 1407. Marafion Artemio A. Naggaput' kinapanglaw (Nicalos Adamos). (Iti Imatang ti Ili series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 44, Aug. 31, 1935. 1408. Marceliano Montemayor, Alaminos, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 22, Mr. 28, 1936. 1409. Mariano S. Florendo, Vigan, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 6, Dec. 7, 1935. 1410. Maximo G. Bueno, delegate, first district of Ilocos Norte to the Constitutional Convention (Pride of Ilocandia series). In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 2, Je. 30, 1935. 1411. Melecio Arranz, Alcala, Cagayan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 37, Jy. 13, 1935. 1412. Mons. Alfredo Verzosa y Florentin, Vigan, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1413. Narciso Ramos, Asingan, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 8, Dec. 21, 1935. 1414. Ni Juan Luna, nalaing a pintor (Cabibiag dagidi dadackel a Filipino series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 18, Feb. 29, 1936. 1415. Ni Princesa Urduja ti Pangasinan (Cabibiag dagidi dadackel a Filipino series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 6, Dec. 7, 1935. 1416. Ni Raja Matanda, caudian nga ari ti Manila (Cabibiag dagidi dadackel a Filipino series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 8, Dec. 21, 1935.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 133 1417. Ni Rizal, cadackelan a Filipino (Cabibiag dagidi dadackel a Filipino series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 9, Dec. 28, 1935. 1418. Osias, Maximino L. Servillano de la Cruz, Lingaven, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 48, Sept. 28, 1935. 1419. Paa, Norberto B. Juan Rivera, San Fernando, La Union (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 1 Nov. 2, 1935. 1420. Pakasaritaan daydi acdindinaag a pumipinta nga Ilokano Juan Luna y Novicio. In Heraldo Ilocano, yr. 3, no. 40, Oct. 25, 1924. 1421. Palting, Candido R. Kailokuan, lagipem ni Quintin Paredes. In I1. Times. v. 3, no. 21, Apr. 15, 1935. 1422. Paulino Santos, Camiling, Tarlac (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 28, May 4, 1935. 1423. Paz, Juan. Ni General Luna natay nga linib-atda diay convento Cabanatuan. In Int., vr. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 1424. Pedro Ma. Sison, Urdaneta, Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 2. Nov. 9, 1935. 1425. Pio V. Corpus, San Narciso, Zambales (Annac ti Cailocuan series). Tn Ban., yr. 2. no. 18, Feb. 29, 1936. 1426. Pudno nga Tlokano: Lupo Azurin. ed. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 31, Dec. 28, 1929. 1427. Rafael Corpus, San Antonio, Zambales (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 31, Je. 1, 1935. 1428. Ramolete, Norberto R. Mavsa a paset a naragsak iti biag ni Luna. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 1429. Panes, J. A. Gen Artemio Ricarte Vibora. Sinuratan ni.... insaot' ilokano ni L. C. Pichav. In Int., yr. 1, no. 18, Sept. 28. 1929. 1430. Regino Padua, San Fernando, La Union (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 47, Sept. 21, 1935. 1431. Pegino Veridiano, Faire, Cagavan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 5. Nov. 30, 1935. 1432. Peves. Jose. D. Eduardo de Lete. In El Norte, yr. 4, no. 9, Jan. 27, 1926. 1433. Ruiz, Benito P. Artemio Ricarte, Batac, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban.. yr. 1, no. 33, Je. 15, 1935. 1434. Isabelo de los Reves, Viran, Ilocos Sur (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., vr. 1. no. 34, Je. 22, 1935. 1435. Sak3,lan, Bonito M. Who is Eliseo Quirino? In Il. Times, v. no. 7, Sept. 10, 1935. 1436. Santiago Espiritu, Dingras, Ilocos Norte (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 15, Feb. 8. 1936. 1437. Santos, Epifpnio de los. Ignacio Villamor. In Cultura Filipina, yr. 5, no. 4, Jan. 1915. 1438. Siasino ti na-napatay ken Gen. Luna? In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 1439. Simeon Ramos, Vigan, Ilocos Stlr (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 41, Aug. 10. 1935. 1440. Sixto Brillantes (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 13, Jan. 25. 1936. 1441. Tagudin, Vicente. Ti ipapatay ni Padre Burgos. In II. Times, last wk. of Feb. 1934. 1442. Teofilo Sison, Lingaren. Pangasinan (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 22, Mr. 30, 1935. 1443. The woman poet. In School News Rev., v. 7, no. 5, Aug. 15, 1928. 1444. Ti "Juana de Arko" ti Pilipinas. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 97, Mr. 28, 1931. 1445. Ti nakalkaldanng nga ipapatay ni Luna. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2, 1929. 1446. Vicente Llanes y Tugade (Annac ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., vr. 2, no. 12. Jan. 18, 1936. 1447. Vicente T. Fernandez, Alcala, Cagayan (Annac ti Cailocuan series).

134 ILOKO LITERATURE In Ban., yr. 1, no. 38, Jy. 20, 1935. 1448. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. Our national poetess. In Phil. Mag., v. 31, no. 10, Oct. 1934. 1449. ---- The greatest Ilocanos. In Phil. Fr. Pr., Mr. 21, 28, Apr. 4, 11, 1931. 1450. Zaide, Gregorio F. "The last of the conquistadores. In Phil. Mag., v. 29, nos. 5, 7, Oct., Dec., 1932. VIII HISTORY, LAW, POLITICS A. BOOK ENTRIES 1451. Agbulos, Juan S. tr. Linteg Hare-Hawes-Cutting agraman kapanunutan dagiti dad-duma a pangulwen ti ili. Manila, 1933. 16p. (JRC, LYY) 1452. Alip, Eufronio M. Philippine civilization (before the Spanish conquest). Manila, University of Sto. Tomas Press, 1936. 107p. (NL) 1453. Tagalog literature: a historico-critical study. Manila, Univ. of Sto. Tomas Press, 1930. xv, 164p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1454. Alzona, Encarnacion. The Filipino woman: her social, economic, and political status-1565-1933. Manila, University of the Philippine Press, 1934. 94p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1455. Apusen, Apolonio L. Linlinteg nga pagalagadan daguiti caaduan. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1934. 42p. (NL) 1455a. Linteg ti pannakiasaoa, sab-ong ken divorcio. San Fernando, La Union, n.d. (JP) 1456. Arenocese (Arenos?), Juan Bautista. Alzamiento de Pangasinan. (IR: HI, v. 2, p. 193) 1457. Descripcion de las provincias de Ilocos. (IR: HI, v. 2, p. 193) 1458. Artigas y Cuerva, Manuel. La civilizacion filipina. Manila, Imp. Sevilla, 1912. 91p. (NL) 1459. Ascension, Mercedes de la (Sor) and Coronacion de Espinas, Maria de la (Sor). Relacion de todo lo ocurrido desde que salimos du nuestras colegios de Vigan y Tuguegarao hasta nuestra vuelta a Manila. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1900. 163p. (NL) 1460. Baclit, Crispulo S. Ababa a pakasaritaan ti pannakabukelna nga ili ti San Manuel, Pangasinan. Manila, Loyal Press, 1933. 27p. (NL) 1461. Barrows, David P. History of the Philippines. Revised ed. New York, Yonkers on Hudson, 1924. 406p. (NL) 1462. Blanco, Pedro M. Ti parikut ti Filipinas. Dagiti peggad a masapultayo nga ammoen bayat ti intay panagsagana nga agwaywayas. Manila, n.p., 1934. 47p. illus. (NL) 1463. Bureau of Education. Local geographical and historical notes of provinces. n.t.p. Paging not consecutive. (NL) 1464. Calica, Pio C. ed. Japan-Philippine relations. Manila, Publishers Bureau, 1936. 207p. illus. (NL) 1465. Castillo, Teofilo del. A brief history of Philippine literature. Manila, Sugar News Press, 1936. (Still being printed) 1466. Circular maypangguep iti panangipadaoat ti daga (Homesteads) nga manacup ti umuma nga paset ti Ley de terrenos del estado a mangipalubos ti panangipadaoat daguiti dadduma nga ti gobierno quen sursuroten maipangguep cadacuada.... Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1909. 12p. (NL) 1467. Colin, Francisco. Labor evangelica; ministerios apostolicos de los obreros de la Compaiiia de Jesus, fundacion, y progresos de su provincia.... Nueva ed. 3vs. Barcelona, Imp. y Litografia de Henrich y Compaiia, 1900. (NL) 1468. Craig, Austin. A thousand years of Philippine history before the coming of the Spaniards. A paper presented before the Philippine Academy at its open meeting in University Hall, Oct. 13, 1914. 14p. (UPL)

BIBLIOGRAPHY -. 135 1469. --- ed. Pre-Spanish Philippine history and the beginnings of Philippine nationalism. Manila, National Book Co., 1925. 77 -136p. (UPL) 1470. ed. The former Philippines thru foreign eyes. Manila, Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1916. 552p. (NL, UPL) 1471. and Benitez, Conrado. Philippine progress prior to 1898. Manila, Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1916. 136p. (NL, UPL) 1472. Dario, A. Dagitoy ti pudno a nacaammo kadagidi nangitabon ti bangkay ni General Gregorio del Pilar ken soldados a natay idi gubat ti Americanos ken Filipinos idiay Bantay Tirad. Cervantes, Mayo 7, 1930. MS. Typewritten. (JRC) 1473. Ferrer, Fernando. Apuntes sobre alzamientos 6 sublevaciones en Ilocos. Manila, 1909. (NL) 1474. Memoria breve y sencilla sobre la provincia de Ilocos Sur que el secretario municipal de Vigan dedica a la honorable comision civil de los Estados Unidos en Filipinas en su visita a la provincia. Vigan, 1910. 10p. MS. Typewritten. (UPL) 1475. Flores, Jose Garvida. Kodigo penal rebisado. Linteg 1315. Inyulog iti sao ti iloko ni.... Manila, Dangadang, 1933. 170p. (AJA) 1476. Fonacier, Santiago A. tr. Ababa a pacasaritaan ti simbaan a kristiano ken ti inkisicion. Putar ni Voltaire. Manila, Dangadang, 1932. 50p. (NL) 1477. --- tr. Codigo administrativo. Linteg 2711; naituyang idi Marzo 10, 1917. Maika 57 a paset. Paglintegan dagiti municipio. Manila, Imp. Fajardo, 1921. 61p. (NL) 1478. tr. Ti gulo ti Filipinas; putar ni Apolinario Mabini; inyulog ni Santiago A. Fonacier. Manila, La Lucha, 1926. 86p. (NL) 1479. 2a. ed. Manila, Dangadang, 1931. 71p. (NL, A.TA) 14SO. Javier, Rosa F. The literary precursors of Jose Rizal. Manila University of the Philippines, 1925. 263p. MS. Typewritten. (UPL) 1481. Kodigo administratibo. Linteg 2711, Maika 57 a paset. Paglintegan dagiti municipio. Manila, Dangadang, 1929. 86p. (NL) 1482. Kroeber, A. L. The history of Philippine civilization as reflected in religious nomenclature. New York, The American Museum of National History, 1918. 67p. (UPL) 1483. La sublevacion de Sarrat 3 de marzo 1815. In Veyra, J. C. de, Efemerides filipinas, 1914. pp. 229-234. (NL, UPL) 1484. Laubach, Frank Charles. The people of the Philippines, their relieious progress and preparation for spiritual leadership in the Far East; with a foreword by Daniel Johnson Fleming... New York, George H. Doran Co., 1925. 515p. plates, maps. (NL, UPL) 1485. Ley especial provincial. Napatalguedan idi 14 ti Septiembre ti taw-en a 1905. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1906. 40p. (PSS) 1486. Ley municipal: maica-57 nga apag ti Codigo Administrativo. Translated into Iloko by Alejo Mabanag. Lingayen, Pangasinan, Imp. El Derecho, 1920. (NL) 1487. Ley ti "Townships" (Ley No. 1397). Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1906. 51p. (NL) 1488. Linteg Hare-Hawes-Cutting. In the Parikut ti Filipinas, by Pedro M. Blanco, pp. 36-47. Manila, 1934. (NL) 1489. Linteg ti panagpili (Ley electoral). Translated into Iloko. Manila, Oriental Commercial Co., Inc., 1928. 81p. (NL) 1490. Llanes, Vicente. tr. Linteg a pamunganayan ti turay ti Filipinas, insaot' iluko ni Naw. Vicente Llanes.... Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1935. 32p. (NL, UPI, LYY) 1491. Mallat, Jean Baptiste. Les Philippines: histoire, geographie, moeurs, agriculture, industrie, et commerce de colonies espagnoles dans l'oceanie. Paris, Libraire de la Societe de Geographie, 1846. 2vs. (UPL) 1492. Malumbres, Julian. Historia de Cagayan pcr el R. P. Fr. Julian

136 ILOKO LITERATURE Malumbres. Manila Tip Lynotype de Sto. Tomas, 1918. 463p. (NI,) 1493. Mandac, Simeon. Pagsursuroan ti umili cadaguiti nadumaduma nga annongen quen sasaaden na iti pagilian. Manila, Est. de Fajardo y Compa., 1914. 16p. (UPL) 1494. Manibog, Gonzalo. Historia ken gobierno civil ti Filipinas. Hilo, Hawaii, Bell Printing Co., Ltd., 1934. xvii, 237p. illus. (NL) 1495. Martinez Vigil, Ramon. La antigua civilizacion de las islas Filipinas. Articulos publicados en el "Espafia Moderna". Madrid, 1891. 38p. (THPT: BF, p. 252) 1496. Mas y Sans, Sinibaldo de. Informe sobre el estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842. Madrid, 1843. 2vs. Paging not consecutive, (NL) 1497. Millan, Camilo. Ilocos Norte. Descripcion general de la provincia, por Pero Nufio. Manila, Imp. de "El Eco de Filipinas", 1891. 226. (NL) 1498. Nieto, Jose. Extracto de la escrita por el P. Fr. Jose Nieto, cura regular de Sarrat en Ilocos Norte, sobre la insurreccion acaecida en el mismo el aiio 1815. In WER: ABF, v. 4, pp. 171-180. (NL, UPL) 1499.- Historia de los alzarnientos de Ilocos. 1811. (VMM: ESTR, v. 2, p. 37, and EIP: CBRA, p. 368) 1500. Osias, Camilo. Pagbasaan dagiti umili. Manila, Imp. ni Juan Fajardo, n.d. 48p. (NL, UPL) 1501. ---- Ti gobierno ti Filipinas. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica, 1913. 58p. (JTB: GIMR, p. 236) 1502. Panangala ti daga ti estado ditoy Filipinas (Securing public land in the Philippines). CAL No. 36, 5/9/33. From English ed. 2/4/33. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1503. Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Resefna historica de Filipinas desde su descubriniento hasta 1903. Manila, Bureau of Printing 1906. 80p. (NL) 1504. Paterno, Pedro A. La antigua civilizacion tagalog. Madrid, Tipografia de Manuel G. Hernandez, 1887. 411p. (NL, UPL) 1505. P. I. Military Governor, 1898-1900. Sapasap a bilin nga maicapat a pulo. Manila, n.p., 1900. 48p. (NL) 1506. Pichay, Leon C. tr. Pagbasaan a puraw ti koalisyon. Manila, Immaldit ti Rivera Brothers Printing Press, 1935. 67). (JRC) 1507. PolicarpiQ, Paz T. The literature of the propaganda movement, 1882-1895. Manila, University of the Philippines, 1925. 194p. MS. Typewritten. (UPL) 1508. Iepuse, F. A. and Perez, Tomas S. trs. Ti linteg a Hare-HawesCutting ken tarigagay dagiti dadauloen ti politika. Manila, Loyal Press, 1933. iii, 131p. illus. (JRC) 1509. Reyes, Isabelo de los. Expedicion de Li-Ma-Hong contra Filipinas en 1574. Manila, Estab. Lit. de Ramirez y Companiia 1888. 24p. (NL) 1510. Filipinas: articulos varios de.... sobre etnografia, historia y costumbres del pais con un prologo critico de Don Cesareo Blanco y Sierra.... Ira. ed. Manila, J. A. Ramos, 1887. 208p. (UPL) 1511. Filipinas. Independencia y Revolucion! Coleccion de los principales articulos de propaganda de.... Madrid, Imp. y Lit. de Jose Corrales, 1900. 160p. (NL) 1512. Historia de Filipinas por Isabelo de los Reves y Florentino.... Tomo 1. Manila, nIp. de Esteban Balbas. 1889. 101p. (NL) 1513. Historia de Ilocos, por.... 2.a ed. Manila, Estab. Tipog. de "La Opinion", 1890. 2vs. (NL, UPL) 1514. --- La sensacional memoria de Isabelo de los Reyes sobre la Revolucion filipina de 1896-1897, por la cual fu6 deportado el autor al castillo de Montjuich. Con un prologo de D. Manuel Morayta. Madrid, J. Corrales, 1899. 128p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1515. - Las Visayas en la epoca de la Conquista. Iloilo, Imp. de "Eco de Panay", 1887. 83p. (NL) 1516. — 2.a ed. Manila, Tipo-Litografia de Chofre y C.a,

BIBLIOGRAPHY 137 1889. 114p. (NL) 1517. Triunfos del Rosario, 6 los Holandeses en Filipinas. Manila, Est. tip. de Ramirez y Compafiia, 1888. 38p. (NL) 1518. Ricarte y Vibora, Artemio (Batacnalasin, pseud.) Gubat dagiti Pilipino ken Kakastila;... isinasamtoy wenno insailoko ni Apo Leon Pichay. Yokohama, (Japan, Lopeshaena (149 Yamashitacho), 1929. 112, LIIIp. (NL, UPL, LYY) 1519. Rivera, Juan A. The Aglipayan movement; thesis for M. A. in history. Manila, University of the Philippines, 1932. 127p. (UPL) 1520. Rodriguez, Eulogio B. The Adarna bird; a Filipino tale of preSpanish origin;... Manila, General Printing Press, 1933. U2p. (NL) 1521. Romualdez, Norberto. Filipino musical instruments and airs of long ago.... Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1932. 37p. (NL) 1522. Sapasap a bilin nga maicapat a pulo. Manila, Oficina ti Gobernador Militar daguiti taga E. U. ditoy Filipinas, 29 de Mayo de 1900. 48p. (NL) 1523. Sawyer, Frederick H. The inhabitants of the Philippines. London, Sampson Low, Marston and Company, Ltd., 1900. xxviii, 422p. (UPL, NL) 1524. Sobrepefia, Enrique C. tr. Constitucion ti Filipinas. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1935. 168p. illus. (LCP) 1525. Taylor, Carson. History of the Philippine Dress. Manila, Manila Daily Bulletin, 1927. 61p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1526. Ti baro a lintei ti panasasawa (maika 3613). The New marriage law. No imp. 24p. (NL) 1527. Ti eobierno filipino a pacaipaawatan ti Codigo municipal (JTB: GIMR, p. 237) 1528. Tolentino y Corpus, Sotero. Maipaay cadaguiti umili. Manila, n.p., n.d. 18p. (JRC) 1529. - Ti politika ditov Filipinas. (Cited in the same author's Maipaay cadaguiti umili, title page) 1530. U. S. President (Calvin Coolidge). Letter from the President of the United States to the Governor General of the Philippine Islands; containing the President's reasons for vetoing the plebiscite bill; with translations into various dialects. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1927. 102p. (NL, UPL) 1531. Valenzuela, Jesus Z. History of journalism in the Philinpine Islands. Manila, General Printing Press, 1933. 217p. (NL. UPT,) 1532. Ver, D. I. tr. Iti ABC.... ti ciudacano filipino a nacaipalaoagan ti mavcalima a paset ti Bill ti Filininas. By Felipe Calderon. Ira. ed. Manila, Imp. de Quiapo, 1905. 850p. (NL) 1533. Villamor. Ignacio. Crime and moral eduoation. Manila, Sto. Tomas Universitv Press, 1924. 293p. (NL, UPL) 1534. La criminalidad en las islaq Filininns, 1903-1908. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1909. 98p. (NL, UPL) 1535. Villamor, Juan. Inedita cronica de la guerra americano-filipina en el norte de Luzon, 1899-1901. Unpublished chronicle of the Filipino-American war in northern Luzon. Manila, Imp. J. Fajardo, 1924. 93p. (NL, UPL) 1536. - La tragedia de Cabanatuan: crimen 6 razon de estado? Manila, 1931. xv, 201p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1537. Vivar, Pedro. Relacion de los alzamientos de la ciudad de Vigan, cabecera de la provincia de Ilocos, en los anos 1762 y 1763. In Biblioteca Historica Filipina, v. 4. pp. 281-489. (NL) 1538. Zafra, Nicolas. ed. Outlined readings in Philippine history. Manila, University of the Philippines, 1927. 405p. (UPL) 1539. Zaide, Gregorio F. Philinpine civilization before the advent of Spanish and American cultural influences. Manila, University of Sto. Tomas, 1934. MS. Typewritten. (NL)

138 ILOKO LITERATURE B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 1540. Abulog, Cagavan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1,no. 35, Je. 29, 1935. 1541. Aliaga, Nueva Ecija (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 21, Mr. 23, 1935. 1542. Bamban, Tarlac (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 13, Jan. 26, 1935. 1543. Bannawag, Jaramillo, N. J., and Abiva, L. R. trs. Pagalagadan ti Filipinas (Constitucion de Filipinas). Invulog ti Bannawag babaen ti tulong da Abogado N. J. Jaramillo ken Luis R. Abiva. In Ban., yr. 1, nos. 28-29 May 4-11, 1935..1544. Bantug, Jose P. 88-year-old sun-dial in I. S. is among most unique time pieces in the world. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 8, 1st wk. of Oct. 1934. 1545. Bello, B. J. Pannakirupak ni Ambaristo idi tawen a 1807. Ti pakasaritaan dagiti ibahanvonda a nakirupak dgti taga-Iloko.... In Int., yr. 2, v. 2. no. 92, Feb. 21, 1931. 1546. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. Ti Pakasaritaan ti ili a 'Bigan'. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 21, Apr. 15, 1935. 1547. Carino, Consuelo A. de. Tubao, La Union (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 29, May 11. 1935. 1548. Casem, Aquino B. Umingan, Pangasinan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). Tn Ban.. yr. 2, no. 6, Dec. 7, 1935. 1549. Castro, Jose. Pacasaritaan ti ili a Vigan. In Ii. Times, v. 3, no. 5. 2nd wk. of Aug. 1934. 1550. Concepcion. Toribio C. Anao, Tarlac (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 36, Jy. 6, 1935. 1551. Cortes, Exequiel F. Ti provincia ti Ilocos Sur (PsPasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 52, Oct. 26, 1935. 1552. Claveria, Cagavan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 15, Feb. 9, 1935. 1553. Custodio, B. and Castillo, J. del. Urdaneta (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 13, Jan. 25, 1936. 1554. Dacanay, Leon Q. Aringay, La Union (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 25. 1935. 1555. Dacanay, Mariano. Santa Maria, Ilocos Sur. In Aguipadamag, yr. 5, no. 204. Aug. 14, 1918. 1556. Dallo, Delfin S. Bato nva "encantado" idiav Cabrnalnan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 28, May 4. 1935. 1557. Dasalla, Telesforo D. Lagangilang. Abra (Paeasaritaan ti Ccilocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 2, Nov. 9, 1935. 1558. Daytoy ti pakasaritaan ti kaunaan a pagbasaan iti samtoy. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 20, Mr. 31. 1935. 1559. Enrile. Angel and Valera, Oldoces. Bangued. Abra (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 1, Nov. 2, 1935. 1560. Esteban, Andres T. Ti bantay Sto. Tomas (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 42, Aug. 17, 1935. 1561. Figueras, Flaviano E. Santo Domingo, Ilocos Sur (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1. no. 32. Je. 8, 1935. 1562. Garo, Minongel. Asingan. (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 6, Dec. 8, 1934. 1563. - Dingras (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 2. Nov. 10, 1934. 1564. Ti ubing a magin-awa (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban.. yr. 1, no. 3, Nov. 17, 1934. 1565. — Vigan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 4, Nov. 24. 1934. 1566. Gray, Benjamin A. Candon (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 5, Dec. 1. 1934. 1567. Guillermo, Juan A. Solsona, Ilocos Norte (Pacasaritaan ti Cailo

BIBLIOGRAPHY 139 cuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 33, Je. 15, 1935. 1568. Kalaw, Maximo. Ti rimusingan ti baru nga ayat iti ili; ti Baru a Katipunan. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 84, Dec. 27, 1930. 1569. Lazo, Guillermo A. Ti wagayway ti Filipinas. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 52, Oct. 26, 1935. 1570. 13 ti Agosto. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 41, Aug. 10, 1935. 1571. Lelina. C. and Lorenzana. R. Tagudin, Ilocos Sur (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 39, Jy. 27, 1935. 1572. Orille, Antonio L. Agoo, La Union (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 22, Mr. 30, 1935. 1573. Pacasaritaan ti Paoay. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 15, Feb. 8, 1936. 1574. Pacasaritaan ti Sarrat. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 15, Feb. 8, 1936. 1575. Paredes, Esteban. Santa Cruz, Ilocos Sur (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 8, Dec. 22, 1934. 1576. Patacsil, Arnaldo S. Santa Maria, Ilocos Sur (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 14, Feb. 2, 1935. 1577. Peralta, Paulino B. tr. Adu ken napateg dgti natawtawid ti Tarlac kadaydi Republica I. F. Insaot' iloko ni Paulino B. Peralta. In I1. Times, v. 3, nos. 8, 9, 1st and 2nd wk. of Oct. 1934. 1578. — Victoria, Tarlac (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 20, Mr. 16, 1935. 1579. Peralta, Roselily F. Narvacan, Ilocos Sur (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban.. yr 1, no. 18, Mr. 2, 1935. 1580. Pichay, Leon C. tr. Linteg a mangited kadagiti Filipinos ti pannakabalin a mangibuangay ti pagalagadan (constitucion) ken mangituyang iti panagwaywavas ken dadduma pay a bambanag. In Times, v. 2, no. 11, Apr. 1934. 1581. Puyupuyan: Pasuquin (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., vr. 1, no. 7, Dec. 15, 1934. 1582. Quebral, A. A. Currimao, Ilocos Norte (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 16, Feb. 15, 1936. 1583. Quintos, Santiago S. Ilocos Norte: ti pacasaritaanna. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 15, Feb. 8, 1936. 1584. Ramos, Manuel. tr. Ti linteg a Tydings-McDuffie. In BaguioIlocos Press, v. 3, no. 10, Apr. 1934. 1585. Ramos, Rafael G. Jones, Isabelo (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 18, 1935. 1586. Repollo, Antonio S. San Manuel, Panzasinan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 5, Nov. 30, 1935. 1587. Ricarte, Artemio. Ti ipapatay da General Luna ken Paco Roran. In Ban., yr. 1, Nov. 3, 1934. 1588. Rinonos, Nicolas T. Benguet. Mt. Province (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 14, Feb. 1, 1936. 1589. Roderos, Flaviano G. San Jose, Nueva Ecija (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 23, Apr. 6, 1935. 1590. Roflox, Nemesio Ration. Badoc, Ilocos Norte (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 38, Jy. 20, 1935. 1591. Sagun, Constantino G. Binalonan, Pangasinan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 45, Sept. 7, 1935. 1592. Salazar, Felipe. Tayug, Pangasinan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 44, Aug. 31, 1935. 1593. San Antonio, Zambales (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban.. yr. 1, no. 31, Je. 1, 1935. 1594. San Felipe, Zambales (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., vr. 1, no. 11, Jan. 12, 1935. 1595. San Pablo, Isabela (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 12, Jan. 19, 1935. 1596. Santa Lucia, Ilocos Sur (Paoasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 37, Jv. 13, 1935. 1597. Tabigne, Ruben V. Rosales, Pangasinan (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan

140 ILOKO LITERATURE series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 51, Oct. 19, 1935. 1598. Tamayo, F. and Leanio, F. Vintar. Ilocos Norte (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 18, Feb. 29, 1936. 1599. Tayum, Abra (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 19, Mr. 9, 1935. 1600. Ti carayan Agno (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 34, Je. 22, 1935. 1601. Valera, Ramon. Pilar, Abra (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 20, Mr. 14, 1936. 1602. Velasco Silvestre, Primitivo. Bacarra (Pacasaritaan ti Cailocuan series). In Ban., yr. 2, no. 10, Jan. 4, 1936. 1603. Villanueva, Mariano. Ipapatay dagiti sangapulo ket dua a babacnang idiay San Narciso, Zambales. In Ti Filipino, v. 2, nos. 24-25, Je. 30-Jy. 15, 1927. 1604. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. I. S. scribe refers to 16th. century pirates of Sinait to explain cause of Dean Bocobo's irrepressibleness. In Ii. Times, Sept. 1933. 1605. Sinait, the Antipolo of Ilocandia. In Phil. Fr. Pr., Jy. 26, 1930. 1606. ---- Vigan's place in the sun. In Phil. Fr. Pr., Aug. 31, 1930. IX FOLK-LORE A. BOOK ENTRIES 1607. Cole, Mabel Cook. Philippine folk tales. Chicago, A. C. McLurg & Co., 1916. xv 218p. (NL, UPL) 1608. Fansler, Dean S. Filipino popular tales; collected and edited, with comparative notes. Lancaster and New York, Published by the American Folk-lore Society, 1921. xix, 473p. (NL, UPL) 1609. Reyes y Florentino, Isabelo de los. El folklore filipino. (Obra premiada con medalla de plata en la Exposicion Filipina celebrada en Madrid en 1887).... Manila, Tipo-Litografia de Chofre y C.a, 1889. 2vs. (NL, UPL) 1610. La religion del "Katipunan" 6 sea la antigua de los Filipinos tal como ahora la resucita la Asociacion de los Hijos del Pueblo (Katipunan), promovedora de la Revolucion Filipina.... 2.a ed. Madrid, Tipo-litografia de J. Corrales. 1 00. 64p. (NL) 1611. Santos y Cristobal, Epifanio de los. Folklore musical de Filipinas. MS. Typewritten. (UPL) 1612. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. The Ilocano epic; a critical study of the 'Life of Lam-ang', ancient Ilocano popular poem, with a translation of the poem into English prose. Manila, Carmelo and Bauermann, Inc., 1935. xii, 60p. (NL, UPL, LYY) 1613. The Ilocano epic; the heroine of the Ilocano epic. Manila, 1933. 26p. MS. Longhand. (NL) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 1614. Angged, Lolo. Ni mammastor a pitok ken ti gigante (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In II. Times, v. 3, nos. 19, 20, Mr. 15, 31, 1935. 1615. Avila, Justo E. Funeral customs among the Ilocanos. In College Folio, v. 2, no. 1, Aug. 1911. 1616. Bazaco, P. E. Life and beliefs of the early Filipino. In Letran News. v. 5, no. 3, Sept. 1935. 1617. Bugarin, Concepcion Rico. Comedy at a pamisa. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no. 3, Mr. 1935. 1618. Calip, Jose Resurreccion. "Abalbalaynac ni Apo Dios" (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 15, Feb. 9, 1935. 1619. Ammoyo no apay a napa-apgad ti danum ti taaw? (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 7, 3rd wk. of Sept. 1924. 1620. Apay a nakirangen ti pucpuclo idiav Sinait? (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 22, Mr. 30, 1935. 1621. — Da burarog ken gusipeng (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In

BIBLIOGRAPHY 141 Ban., yr. 1, no. 16, Feb. 16, 1935. 1622. - Da Colassit ken Kolaskel (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 17, 2nd wk. of Feb. 1935. 1623. ---- Dagiti immuna a lalaki ken babai ditoy lubong. In Il. Times, last wk. of Dec. 1934. 1624. Da mamaanus ken mamaunget (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 6, 1st. wk. of Sept. 1934. 1625. - Da pag-ong ken songgo. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 8, 1st wk. of Oct. 1934. 1626. Da tuwwato ken bisokol (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 10, last wk. of Oct. 1934. 1627. Da waoc ken arincawas (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 13, Jan. 26, 1935. 1628. -- Nangalaan ni balayang kadagiti bukbukelna? In I1. Times, v. 3, no. 18, last wk. of Feb. 1935. 1629. Ni Juan sadut (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 18, last wk. of Feb. 1935. 1630. Ni sairo nagrukbab ken ni aso (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ii. Times, v. 3, no. 12, last wk. of Nov. 1934. 1631. No apay a nangato ti langit (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 18, Mr. 2, 1935. 1632. No apay a nangisit ni wac (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 17, Feb. 23, 1935. 1633. No apay a pisi ti cucu ti nuang (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 20, Mr. 16, 1935. 1634. Pispisi a tao (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 14, Feb. 2, 1935. 1635. Sadin naggapuan dagiti pugot? (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 23, Apr. 6, 1935. 1636. Sadin naggapuan dagiti siit ti cabasi? (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 25, 1935. 1637. Sadin naggapuan ti ipus ni songgo? (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 21, Mr. 23, 1935. 1638. Sarsarita idi ugma (Ni Bakbakosi). In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 5, 2nd wk. of Aug. 1934. 1639. Strange beliefs and practices of the Ilocanos. In Graphic, Mr. 16. 1933. 1640. Tallo a tucac (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 19, Mr. 9, 1935. 1641. The "Baglan". In Graphic, Jy. 13, 1933. 1642. Ti ipus ni songgo (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ii. Times, v. 3. no. 11, 2nd wk. of Nov. 1934. 1643. Tukak nga awan ilina (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In II. Times, v. 3, no. 13, 3rd wk. of Dec. 1934. 1644. Carifio, Ceferino F. The mountain face. In Phil. Mag., v. 29, no. 12, May, 1933. 1645. Castro, Jose. Ti pandango ken arikenken kas salsalaen dgti Ilokanos: ti kaipapananna. In Int., yr. 1, nos. 14-17, Aug. 31 -Sept. 21. 1929. 1646. Cordero, Esteban Nol. Dua nga agkabsat (Tungtung ni Baket Kanneng series). In Il. Times, v. 4, nos. 8-10, Sept. 20-Oct. 10, 1935. 1647. Nasurok ti maysa (Tungtung ni Baket Kanneng series). In II. Times, v. 4, nos. 6, 7, Aug. 15, 31, 1935. 1648. Daguio, Amador T. Back to our folklore. In Phil. Social Arts, v. 3, no. 2, Dec. 1935. 1649. Dumlao, Alejandro. Ancient marriage customs among the Ilocanos. In College Folio, v. 1, no. 3, Feb. 1911. 1650. Duque, Venancio S. Santorum. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no. 2, Feb. 1935. 1651. Fansler, Dean S. Metrical romances in the Philippines. In Journal of American Folklore, v. 29, no. 112, Apr.-Je. 1916.

142 ILOKO LITERATURE 1652. Firueras, Herminio A. Some fragments of the Angalo legend. In Phil. Mag., v. 31, no. 3, Mr. 1934. 1653. Ilocandia folksongs are very expressive of joy, optimism, says Dr. Lippay. In Il. Times, v. 3, no. 3, 3rd wk. of Jy. 1934. 1654. Magbag, Crescencio S. The topak in the Ilocano wedding. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no. 1, Jan. 1935. 1655. Morales, Ponciano. Panagpaskuat kailukoan idi ugma. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 85, Jan. 3, 1931. 1656. Ordinario, Efraim Fa. Amapula (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Il. Times, v. 4, nos. 6, 7, Aug. 31, Sept. 10, 1935. 1657. Baket a naunget (Sarsarita idi kalman series). In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 19, Jan. 10, 1936. 1658. Ramos, Maximo. Lazv Juan and the hangar tree. In Phil. Mag., v. 30, no. 6, Nov. 1933. 1659. Secrets of the barrio farmer. In Phil. Mag., v. 31, no. 1, Jan. 1934. 1660. Secrets of the barrio fisherman. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no. 8, Aug. 1935. 1661. — Tale of the two peddlers. In Phil. Mag., v. 33, no. 6, Je. 1936. 1662. Ramos, Rocio S. Nagtaudan ti dudon (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Ban., yr. 1, no. 30, May 18, 1935. 1663. Reyes, Isabelo de los. Angngalo, el gigante de las leyendas ilocanas. In Consolidacion Nacional, yr. 3, no. 756, Oct. 12, 1915. 1664. Sel-Amor. Ti kaylokuan idi ugma ken dgti kadkadawyan. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, nos. 89-94, Jan. 31-Mr. 7. 1931. 1665. Tagudin, Vicente. Tallo a sarsarita idi ugma: Nakaiganoanan ti kaadda ti daga, Punganay ti ilulutuad ti lalaki ken baba-i, Iti immuna a natay ditoy lubong. In II. Times, v. 4, no. 3, Jy. 15, 1935. 1666. — Yo! (Sarsarita idi ugma series). In Il. Times, v. 4, no. 4, Jy. 31, 1935. 1667. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. The Adam and Eve of the Ilocanos. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no 7, Jy. 1935. 1668. The heroine of the Ilocano epic. In Phil. Mag., v. 31, no. 5, May 1934. 1669. The Ilocano epic- "The Life of Lam-ang". In Phil. bMag., v. 30, no. 3. Aug. 1933. 1670. ---- The tale of a Philippine Gomorrah. In Phil. Mag., v. 28, no. 8, Jan. 1932. GENERAL A. BOOK ENTRIES 1671. Abut ti salun-at: pagiblengan. CAL No. 18, 1/30/33. From English ed. 11/14/32. lip. Mimeographed. (SM) 1672. Agcaoili. Pascual. Pagbasaan ken ayat. Manila, Bigan Press, 1929. 129p. (NL) 1673. Agbulos, Domingo. Pagalagadan ti nasayaat a panagcucua. 1865 (?) (JTB: GIMR, p. 236) 1674. Alagaden a sapasap panguep ti panagmulat tabaco ditoy Pangasinan (Bulletin of the Compaiiia de Tabacos de Filipinas) (JTB: GIMR, p. 237) 1675. Alagaden iti panagmula iti natnateng. CAL No. 20, 3/13/33. From English ed. 11/28/32. 14p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1676. Album of Philippine types (found in Bilibid Prison in 1903): Christians and Moros (including a few Non-Christians).... Manila, Bureau of Public Printing, 1904. 10p. 51 plates. (NL) 1677. Aldaw ti baro a Turay a sapasap (Commonwealth). Program of festivities celebrating the inauguration of the Commonwealth Government in Vigan, I. Sur. Nov. 14, and 15,1935. Vigan, 1935. (LYY) 1678. Almanaque ni apotayo a Santa Maria Virgen, maipaay iti tawen a 1929. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1928. 5qp. illus. (LYY) 1679. Maipaay iti tawen a 1931. Babaen ti Turay ti Iglesia....

BIBLIOGRAPHY 143 Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1930. 64p. illus. (LYY) 1680. Anay: dagiti ugali ken pannakatengngelda. CAL No. 50, 7/26/33. From English ed. 4/6/33. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1681. Ania ti masapul nga ammoen maipapan iti panagmula ti kape. CAL No. 42, 10/9/33. From English ed. 2/27/33. 14p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1682. Aquino, S. comp. Panangliclic ken panangagas iti sarut. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1930. (JP) 1683. Aragon, Ildefonso de. Descripcion geografica y topografica de la ysla de Luzon 6 Nueva Castilla.... Manila, En la Imp. de Manuel Memije, por Anastacio Gonzaga, afio de 1819-1821. (APCG: LBPI, p. 97) 1684. Estado de la poblacion de Filipinas correspondiente al afio de 1818.... Manila, Impreso en 15 de Octubre de 1820. En la Imp. de D. M. M. por Anastacio Gonzaga. 2p. 12 folded sheets. (APCG: LBPI, p. 98) 1685. Artigas y Cuerva, Manuel. La primera imprenta en Filipinas;... Manila, Tipo-Litografia Germania, 1910. 259, xviip. (NL) 1686. A tribute of the Filipino people to General Antonio Luna y Novicio. Souvenir program, Grand Opera House, Manila, Nov. 10 and 11, 1932. 52p. (LYY) 1687. Bagas tagtagainep. (From advertisement in Ti Silaw, May 18, 1936) 1688. Banias, Raymundo C. The music and theater of the Filipino people. Manila, Oriental Printing 1924. xiii, 131p. illus. (UPL) 1689. Bautista, Juan. ed. The eloquent speaker; a collection of orations, speeches and debates in English, Spanish, and Ilocano, arra (n)ged and collected by.... Narvacan, I. Sur, n.d. 110p. (LCP) 1690. Beyer, H. Otley. Population of the Philippine Islands in 1916 (Pcblacion de las islas Filipinas en 1916). 1st ed. Manila, Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1917. 95p. (NL, UPL) 1691. Biano, T. G. Nadumaduma a discurso. (English ken Ilocano). Hawaii. (From advertisement in Ti Silaw, May 18, 1936) 1692. Biit a mulmula calpasan ti cadawyan a panagani CAL No. 25, 3/10/33. From English ed. 1/4/33. lip. Mimeographed. (SM) 1693. Blumentritt, Fernando. Las razas del archipielago filipino. Madrid, Est. Tipografico de Fortanet, 1890. 70p. (NL) 1694. tr. & annotator. Die religiosen Anschauungen der Ilocanen. Berlin (Entre 1890-1892). (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1451) 1695. Brewer, B. E. Ti pangmula't iti tabaco cadaguiti purpuro iti Filipinas; inaramid ni Brewer, especialista iti tabaco. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1911. 25p. illus. (NL) 1696. Bukanegan; umuna a panagsalisal ti dinnaniwan.... Maisagut iti natan-ok a lagip ti ama ti samtoy, Pedro Bukaneg.... 4p. (JRC) 1697. Burgos, Juan T. A guide to the Ilocano metrical romances. Manila, University of the Philippines, 1924. 237p. (UPL) 1698. Bustos, F. G. and Fajardo, A. J. eds. The new Philippines. Manila, Carmelo and Bauermann, Inc., 1934. 530p. (NL, UPL) 1699. Buzeta, Manuel and Bravo, Felipe. Diccionario geozrafico, estadistico, historico de las Islas Filipinas.... Madrid, 1850. (NL) 1700. Cabarroguis, Brigido. Pagsignoan, pagsidingan quen pagpaladan.... Manila, Rizal Printing Co., 1930. 124p. (NL, PSS) 1701. Calendario cristiano, 1929. Inurnos ni Angel V. Guerrero. Iwarnac ti Mission Press.... Manila, Mission Press, 1928. 20p. (NL) 1702. 1930. Prepared by the Philippine Christian Institute and the Philippine Mission of the U. B. Branch. San Fernando, La Union. Evangel Press, 1929. 36p. illus. (NL) 1703..1932. Prepared and published by the Evangel Press.... San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1931. 32p. illus. (NL) 1704. Calendario ni apotayo a Virg-en Santa Maria, nga agpaav iti tawen a 1936. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1935. 64p. (JRC)

144 ILOXO LITERATURE 1705. Calendario ti El Ilocano iti tawen a 1895. Manila, Imp. Isabelo de los Reyes, 1894. 48p. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1294) 1706. Caoile Mariano, Jacinto. tr. Panagsuransurat da Urbana quen Feliza, a pagammoan iti napateg a cadaoyan a rumbeng iti isasango iti pada nga tao. Inadao iti sao ti tagalog a inaramid ni Sr. Presbitero D. Modesto de Castro; iniolog met iti sao ti iloco ni Jacinto Caoile Mariano, natural iti ili a Batac, idi taoen a sangaribu oalu gasut innem a pulo quet lima. Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas. 1866. 171p. illus. (NL) 1707. Capistrano, Hilarion. Panagtaracnan ti manoc. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co.. 1932. 56p. illus. (JP) 1708. Carnaval y exposicion provincial: programa-souvenir;... Manila. Filipino Printing Press. 1926. 52p. (LCP) 1709. Carillo, Manuel. Breve relacion de las misiones de la quatro naciones, llamadas Igorrotes, Tinguianes, Apayaos y Adanes, nuevamente fundadas en las Islas Philipinas, en los montes de las provincias de Ilocos y Pangasinan, por los religiosos calzados de N. P. S. Agustin de la provincia del Santisimo Nombre de Jesus. Afio 1756. Fn Madrid en la Imp. del Consejo de Indias. 37p. (APCG: LBPI, p. 65) 1710. Centenary of Wise and Company in the Philippines 1826-1926. Manila. 1926. 123n. (NL. UPL) 1711. Combined love letters, English ken Ilocano. (From advertisement in Ti Silaw. May 18. 1936) 1712. Craig, Austin. Anglo-Saxon and Teutonic estimates of the Filipinos. Manila, National Book Co.. 1925. 459-552p. (NL) 1713. Craswfurd, John. A descriptive dictionary of the Indian Islands and adjacent countries. London, Bradbury and Evans, 1856. 459p. (NL) 1714. Crisologo, Victorino. tr. Panangayoan cadaguiti eav-yanac nga ubbing. Inaramid daguiti medicos a Sefiores Juan Miciano, Ariston Bautista, Mariano Martin cuen Manuel Gomez. Jnyal-latio iti sa-o ti iloco ni.... Manila.. Bureau of Printing, 1904. 18p. (NL) 1715. Dacanay, Mariano. Cadagidiay dagdaga radi Pbagatnn. Pacasaritaan ti maysa a viaje. Bacnotan, La Union. 1916. 475r. (JD) 1716. Dagiti agtaltalcn tayo rebbengda a pilien ti bin-i a mais. CAL No. 9. 11/1/32. From English ed. 9/11/32. 7p. Mimeogranhed. (SM) 1717. Dagiti agturay ti ilitayo ken dagiti annongenda. CAL No. 11, 12/20/32. From English ed. 9/22/32. llp. Mimeagraphed. (SM) 1718. Dagiti "Asociacion zarzuela dramatica ilocana" ti "Northern Luzon College", San Fernando. La Union, ken ti "Luna Academy", Agoo, La Union, manginaran. ken manginabuvada cadagiti agcacasayaat a zarzuela iti sailoco idiay Manila Grand Opera Hnuse antono rabii no Sabado. Dec. 2, 1922, oras ti 8:30. No imp. 4p. (LCP) 1719. Daguiti cayan-anac. n.t.p. 16p. (NL) 1720. Daguiti dadduma a kabusor iti uneg ti halav-ngilaw. anav. timel, ken bao. CAL No. 26, 9/6/33. From English ed. 1/12/33. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1721. Dagiti nalimed a kabusor. CAL No. 5, 9/28/32. From English ed. 9/8/32. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1722. Dagiti naruot a hangkag wenno nakapoy a paeapitan. CAL No. 43, 7/1/33. From English pd. 2/27/33. 6n. Mimeographed. (SM) 1723. Dagiti pagiblengan a makasalun-at a mainugot kalda.iti provin-ia. CAT, No. 37. 4/27/33. From English ed. 2/6/33. 8p. Mimeozrphed. (SM) 1724. Dagiti pagneggadan ti bing iti siudad. CAL No. 28. 10/11/33. From English ed. 1/16/33. lip. Mimeographed. (SM) 1725. Daguiti rumbenr nga aramiden cadavuiti ubbing a cayan-anac ouen dadduma nay a nasayaat nga ammoen. Manila, Imp. de Santa Cruz, n.d. 16p. (NL)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 145 1726. Dakkel a kasakbayan ti mani. CAL No. 62, 11/17/33. From English ed. 7/26/33. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1727. Danum nga inumen. CAL No. 24, 3/2/33. From English ed. 1/3/33. 6p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1728. Dia de Burgos, Gomez y Zamora. Programa general de los festejos organizados por el periodico ilocano "Ti Mangyuna" para comemorar el 34 anniversario de la muerte de los martires de la patria.... 17 de Febrero de 1916. Manila. 8p. illus. (NL) 1729. Diaz Arenas, Rafael. Memorias historicas y estadisticas de Filipinas. Manila, Imp. del Diario de Manila, 1850. (NL) 1730. El Padre Aglipay. No imp. 64p. (UPL) 1731. Escobar y Lozano, Jaime. El indicador del viajero en las Islas Filipinas. Ira. ed. Manila, Tipo-Litog. de Chofre y C.a, 1885. 175p. (NL) 1732. Exposicion de Filipinas. Coleccion de articulos publicados en El Globo. diario ilustrado, cientifico y literario. Madrid, Estab, tip. de "El Globo", 1887. 220p. (THPT: BF. p. 162) 1733. Facts and figures about the Philippines. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1920. (NL) 1734. Ferrer, Fernando. Comunicados y cartase del que suscribe, publicados en los periodicos de Manila, desde 1878 a 1889. 105p. MS. Longhand. (JPB) 1735. Flores, Jose Garvida. Balitok a kanito iti sidong dagiti dadakkel. Bangui, Ilocos Norte, 1930. 27p. (NL) 1736. Fonacier, Santiago A. Calendario a iloko iti tawen a 1911. Inaramid ni.... Manila, Imn. "Lawag", 1910. 44p. (NL) 1737. Foreman, John. The Philippine Islands: a historical, ethnographical, social, and commercial sketch of the Philippine Archipelago and its political dependencies. Printed by Kelly and Walsh, Ld., Hong-Kong. 1890. xiii, 495p. (THPT: BF, p. 176) 1738. Galang, Filomeno. Panagtagilaco. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1931. 27p. (JP) 1739.- -- San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1936. 27n. (LCP) 1740. Galang, Zoilo M. ed. Encyclopedia of the Philippines. 10 vs. Manila, Vera and Sons, 1934-1937. (NL) 1741. Garcia, Cenon. Sabsabong ti biag; Dalan a mangiturong iti dayaw; Sayaksek; Salun-at ken Rebbengen ti naimbag a panagcucua.... 2a. ed. Manaoag, Pang., Luzon Press, 1934. 25p. (JP) 1742. General Luna Day; fiesta nacional dedicado de Gral. Antonio Luna y Novicio con motivo de su aniversario de su natalicio. Manila, Imp. "Dia Filipino", 1927. 8p. (LCP) 1743. Guia oficial de Filipinas, 1885. Manila, Est. Tipog. de Ramirez y Giraudier, 1884. 893p. (NL, UPL) 1744. Guirnalda, Fernando. ed. Planetario wenno pagsignoan. (From advertisement in Da Simon ken Pantang, back cover) 1745. Hanna, William H. Calendario cristiano tawen a 1920. Manila, Mission Press, 1919. (NL) 1746. Hill, Percy A. Philippine short stories. In two parts. Manila, Oriental Commercial Co., 1934. 352p. illus. (NL) 1747. Ipacaammo cadaguiti taga Iloco. Dagdaga ni D. Isabelo de los Reves idiay Tarlac. Manila, Imp. de I. de los Reyes, n.d. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1455) 1748. Iti panagmula ti cacao ken dagiti mabalin a parnuayan. CAL No. 51, 9/15/33. From English ed. 4/6/33. 5p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1749. Kalaw, Maximo M. Introduction to Philippine social science. Manila, University of the Philippines Press, 1933. 672p. (NL) 1750. Kalaw, Teodoro M. La herencia moral de los Filipinos. n.t.p. MS. Mimeographed. 51p. (NL) 1751. Cinco reglas de nuestra moral antigua; una interpretacion.

146 ILOKO LITERATURE Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1935. xi, 155p. illus. (NL, UPL) 1752. Kalendario ti "Dangadang" (La Lucha) iti tawen a 1932. Manila, Dangadang, 1931. 21p. (NL) 1753. Kalendario ti iglesia filipina independiente iti tawen a 1904. n.t.p. 60p. (LM) 1754. iti tawen a 1917. Manila, Imp. y Lit. de J. Fajardo, 1917. 29p. (CCJ) 1755. Kapok-maysa a napateg a pagsapulan. CAL No. 38, 4/24/33. From English ed. 2/1/33. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1756. Kroeber, Alfred Louis. Peoples of the Phiiippines. New York, American Museum Press, 1919. 224p. illus. (UPL, NL) 1757. Lafond de Lurcy, Gabriel. Quinze ans de voyages autour du monde. Paris, Societe de publications cosmopolites, 1840. 2vs. (APCG: LBPI, p. 18) 1758. La Gironiere, Paul P. de. Twenty years in the Philippines. Translated from the French of.... Revised and extended by the author, expressly for this edition. New York, Harper and Brothers, 1854. 371p. (UPL) 1759. Adventures d'un gentilhomme breton aux Iles Philippines. Avec un apercu sur la geologie et la nature du sol de ces iles, sur ses habitants; sur le regne mineral, le regne vegetal et le regne animal; sur l'agriculture, l'industrie, et le commerce de cet archipel; par.... Illustrations d'apres documents et croquis orginaux par Henri Valentin. Paris, 1885. 458p. (NL) 1760. Libro ti panagluto; naadaw iti adu a libro ken warnakan iti panagluto iti sao ti tagalog, ingles, ken kastila. Inurnos ken insagana ti Fercusa Publishing Co., Manila, 1934. 213p. (LCP) 1761. Luna y Novicio, Antonio. El hematozoario del paludismo; su estudio experimental. Madrid, Est. y Tip. de G. Pedreza, 1893. xi, 45p. (NL) 1762. Impresiones. Madrid, Imp. del Progreso tipografico, 1891. 272p. (NL) 1763. Lunario nga sao ti iloco. Inadao daytoy lunario nga inaramid dagiti astrologo a lima catao a da Enrico, Martinez, Fragano, Halemio quen Alvamento nga tinarimaan a pinaimprenta ni Vicente Parayno y Corpus. 5.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno He — manos, 1925. 56p. (NL) 1764. Luna y Clarifo, Zacarias. tr. Macapia a balacad cadaguiti babbalasang; naadao iti "Coleccion de opusculos", a inaramid ni Excmo. e Ilmo. Sr. D. Antonio Maria Claret.... quet inyal-latio met iti sao ti iloco ni.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Sto. Tomas, 1890. 332p. (NL) 1765. Macaraig, Serafin E. Social problems. Manila, The Educational Supply Co., 1929. 431p. (NL, UPL) 1766. Mallat, Jean Baptiste. Les Iles Philippines considerees au point de vue de l'hidographie et de la linguistique, suivi d'un coup d'oeil sur les idioms des Iles, d'un recueil de phrases, de dialogues.... Paris. 1843. (FJMJ: La Islas Filipinas en 1882, p. 244) 1767. Manifestacion celebrado en Bigan, capital de Ilokos Sur, Filipinas, con motive del xxxi aniversario de la muerte del presbitero Dr. Jose Burgos;... Bigan, I. Sur, Imp. de Ferrer y Favis, 1903. 34p. (UPL) 1768. Medico del hogar wenno Arayat dagiti masaksakit. Manila, Rayray Printing Press, n.d. 40p. (JRC) 1769. Memoria acerca de las misiones de los PP. Agustinos calzados en las Islas Filipinas presentada al Excmo. Sr. Ministro de Ultramar en 1892.... Madrid, Imp. de Don Luis Agudo, 1892. 125p. (NL) 1770. Memorias descriptivas. De las provincias y distritos de Batangas, Camarines Norte, Ilocos, Lepanto... Manila, "La Ciudad Condal", de Plana y Comp., 1872. en fol. (THPT: BF, p. 261)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 147 1771. Meyer, A. B. y Schadenberg, A. Album von Philippinen-Typen. Nord-Luzon. Negritos, T'ingianen, Banaos, Ginaanen, Silipanen, Calingas, Apoyaos, Kianganen, Igoroten und Ilocanen. Dresden, Stengel and Markert, 1891. 19p. and 50 phototypes. (NL) 1772.- - Album de tipos filipinos. Luzon-Norte —negritos, tinguianes, banaos.... Dresde, Stengel y Markert, 1891. 20p. (NL) 1773. ---- Die Philippinen. I. Nord-Luzon: 'inguianen, Banaos, Ginaanen.... und Ilocanen. Dresden, Verlag von Stengel & Markert, 1890. 24p. (NL) 1774. Mhartin y Gulx, Enrique. Apuntes geograficos de las Islas Filipinas. Escritos sobre el terreno por.... 4a. ed. Madrid, imp. de Kamon Angulo, 1889. 122p. (NL) 1775. Mindanao, caga ti sanicua. CAL No. 41, 7/12/33. From English ed. 2/18/33. Mimeographed. (SM) 1776. Molina y Leones, Lino. Nalibnos a sarming. Manila, Catholic Trade School, 1928. 48p. (TT, LCP, LYY) 1777. Nadalus a panagtagibalay. CAL No. 7, 11/9/32. From English ed. 9/15/32. Rev. 11/9/32. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1778. Naindaklan a bukanegan.... babaen ti panangiwayat ti pagiwarnak a "The Intelligencer" ("Ti Agipaawat)". Maaramidto no 2 ti Noviembre ti 1929, ag 7:30 ti rabii idiay Grand Opera House, Manila. Manila, Filipino Printing Press, 1929. 4p. (LCP) 1779. Naindaklan a rabii dagiti taga amianan.... Maaramid no 20 ti Disiembre, iti rabii ag-8:00 idiay Opera House, Manila. Manila, 1935. 6p. (LYY) 1780. No casano ti pananglapped ti agtaltalon cadagiti sakit ken tumatayab a babassit a mangdadael ti maiz. CAL No. 39, 7/26/33. From English ed. 2/11/33. 6p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1781. Obbal: ti gapuna ken ti panangtiped. Innala ni Apo F. O. Santos idiay bitla da Doctores Lopez-Rizal, Vedder, ken Santos idiay ommong ti Buro ti Sanidad ken Buro ti Educacion diay Baguio idi Mayo, 1927. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1929. 6p. (JPB) 1782. Osias, Camilo. Ti pal-lot; insurat ni Assistant Director ti Bureau of Education uamilo Osias. Republished under the auspices of the National Civic League. n.t.p. 62p. (LYY) 1783. - Ti Filipinas ditoy lubong. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1932. 205p. (JP) 1784. Pagalagadan ken panaglalasin daguiti aggapu ditoy Filipinas a maipan idiay exposicion a panglaglaguip iti pannakagatang ti Luisiana a marambakanto idiay San Luis, Estados Unidos, inton 1904. Manila, Bureau of Public Printing, 1903. 151p. (NL) 1785. Pagalagadan ti Gimong dagiti umiiloco. Naanamongan idi 13 ti Agosto, 1927, idiay Teatro Zorilla, Manila, P. I., iti dackel a taripnong dagiti umiiloco. Manila, Imp. Retofio, 1927. 12p. (LCP) 1786. Pagbasaan a iniloco quen anno ti babai nga agtaguibalay. Manila, Imp. de Santa Cruz (?), n.d. 16p. (NL) 1787. Palawag ni nadayag unay a Manuel L. Quezon, presidente ti Pilipinas iti Asamblea Nacional (Purok ti Ili) a naibasa idi 25 ti Noviembre ti 1935. iti damo a purok paggigimongan ti Purok ti Ili. Manila, Bureau of Printing, 1935. 25p. (NL) 1788. Palpalawag a nalaca a maawatan. Vigan, Christian Mission Press, 1909. 172p. (NL) 1789. Paintings of Twelve Philippine women-Christian, Mohammedan and Pagan.... By Fernando Amorsolo, Pablo Amorsolo, Fabian de la Rosa, and I. L. Miranda. Manila, Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1929. (NL, UPL) 1790. Pammagbaga iti anac quen panangisuro iti urbanidad. 3.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. del Padre Justo Claudio, 1910. 48p. (NL) 1791. —7.a ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 40p. (PSS) 1792. Panagaluad ken panangtiped iti uram cadagiti purpuroc a babas

148 ILOKO LITERATURE sit. CAL No. 48, 7/1/33. From English ed. 4/4/33. 5p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1793. Panagaramid ti piano ti ili. CAL No. 19, 9/18/33. From English ed. 11/14/32. 3p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1794. Panagtaraken ti banglot ditoy Filipinas. CAL No. 32, 4/20/32. From English ed. 1/31/33. 7p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1795. Panagtaraken ti baboy. CAL No. 21, 9/18/33. From English ed. 12/7/32; Rev. 2/3/33. 14p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1796. Panlasigui, Isidoro. Ti agtutubo. Manila, Mission Press, n.d. 160p. (NL) 1797. ---- Social survey of Vigan; ti casasaad a social ti Vigan. No imp. 80p. (NL) 1798. The teacher and his profession. Manila, Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1924. 86p. (NL, UPL) 1799. Ti ubing ken ti ina. Revised ed. San Fernando, La Union, Evangel Press, 1922. 72, 30p. illus. (NL, JP) 1800. Ti ubing. San Fernando, La Union, Imp. Evangelica 1916. 45p. (NL) 1801. Pannakaaywan ken pannakataripato dagiti dingngoen. CAL No. 10, 11/23/32. From English ed. 9/20/32. lOp. Mimeographed (SM) 1802. Pannakaisuro ti salun-at kadagiti annaktayo; maysa nga aramiden a pagtinnulongan ti balay ken ti escuela. CAL No. 3, 10/13/32. From English ed. 9/1/32. Rev. 10/10/32. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1803. Parayno y Corpus, Vicente. Naimbag a pomipintas juego de fortuna nga mangibaga iti cayat nga ammoen. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1926. 56p. (NL) 1804. ed. Lunario nga sao ti iloco. Inadao daytoy lunario nga inaramid dagiti astrologo a lima catao a da Enrico, Martinez, Fragano, Halemio quen Alvamente.... 6a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1927. 56p. (NL) 1805. 9a. ed. Calasiao, Pang., Imp. Parayno Hermanos, 1935. 56p. (PSS) 1806. Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Etimologia de los nombres de razas de Filipinas. Manila, Estab. Tipografico de Modesto Reves y C.a, 1901. 20p. (NL) 1807. Noticias sobre la imprenta y el grabado en Filipinas. Madrid, Tip. de los Hijos de M. G. Hernandez, 1893. 48p. (NL) 1808. Parish, Rebecca. Isalacan dagiti ubbing (Save the babies). Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1916. 55p. illus. (NL) 1809. Ti panangsaluad iti bagi. Manila, Methodist Publishing House, 1913. 41p. (NL) 1810. Perez, Angel. Igorrotes. Estudio geografico y etnografico sobre algunos distritos del notre de Luzon.... Con un prologo de D. Jose M.a Romero Salas. Tomo primero. Manila, Imp. de "El Mercantil", 1902. 419p. illus. (NL) 1811. --- comp. Relaciones agustinianas de las razas del norte de Luzon. Manila, Bureau of Public Printing.. 1904. 411p. (UPL) 1812. Pilien ti bin-i a pagay. CAL No. 2, 10/11/32. From English ed. 8/31/32: rev. 10/11/32. 5p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1813. Planetario; wenno, Pagkitaan iti gasat ti tunggal maysa.... Manila, Bigan Press, n.d. 69p. (NL) 1814. Polo de Lara. Enrique. Nostalgias orientales.... Sevilla, Tipo. de la Andalucia Moderna, 1904. 68p. illus. (NL) 1815. Pons y Torres. Salvador. Defensa del clero filipino, por el Presbitero.... y documentos de informacion historica. Manila, Estab. Tipografico "La Democracia", 1900. 218p. (NL) 1816. Puruganan, Januario. Nabalitokan a panpanunot dagiti nalatak a Filipinos. Inurnos iti saot' ingles ni Aguedo Cagingin ket inyulopg iti saot' iloko ni Januario Puruganan. Laoag, Ilocos Norte, Villanueva Press, 1933. vi, 53p. illus. (NL)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 149 1817. 2a. ed. San Fernando, La Union, Ilocano Printing Co., 1935. 123p. (JP) 1818. Quirino, Eliseo and Hilario, Vicente M. eds. Thinking for ourselves.... Manila, Oriental Commercial Co., 1924. 43bp. (NL), 1819. Repollo. CAL No. 33, 4/15/33. From English ed. 1/31/33. 7p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1820. Retana, Vienceslao E. Noticias historico-bibliograficas de el teatro en Filipinas desde sus origines hasta 1898. Madrid, Libreria General de Victorino Suarez, 1909. 181p. (NL) 1821. Reyes, Isabelo de los. ed. Calendano de la Iglesia filipina independiente para el afio bisiesto del Sefior, 1908. 64p. (UPL) 1822. traducido y anotado por Blumentritt (F). Die Tinguianen. Wien, Holzel, 1887. 32p. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1085) 1823. ---- Ilocanadas. Varies trabajos literarios de D. Isabelo de los Reyes y Florentino. Iloilo, Imp. de El Eco de Panay, 1887. (En la cubierta:) 1888. 167p. (WER: ABHG, v. 3, p. 1115) 1824. Rimmuar a palimed. Hawaii. (From advertisement in Tulong, Hilo, Hawaii, Oct. 1934) 1825. Rizal, Jose. Pammagbaga kadagiti babbai a filipina. Manila, La Lucha, 1927. 16p. (NL) 1826. Robertson, James Alexander. The social structure of, and ideas of law among, early Philippine peoples; and a recently-discovered pre-Hispanic criminal code of the Philippine Islands. Reprinted from the Pacific Ocean in History, by H. Morse Stephens and Herbert E. Bolton, New York, The MacMillan Company; 1917, pp. 160-191. (UPL) 1827. Robledo, Pedro. El colera en Filipinas. Memoria sobre la epidemia que se padeci6 en Vigan, capital de la provincia de Ilocos (Sur), desde el 8 de Noviembre de 1882 hasta el 19 de Febrero de 1883, dedactado de orden superior por.... Madrid, Imp. de F. Menendez y Compania, 1883. 13p. (NL) 1828. Romualdez, Norberto. Ligero bosquejo de la legislacion prehistorica filipina.... Manila, Imp. "Cultura Filipina", 1914. 39p. (NL). 1829. Philippine orthography. Iloilo, Visayas Printing Co., 1918. 24p. (NL) 1830. The psychology of the Filipino. Baguio, Mountain Province, Catholic School Press, 1925. 74p. (NL, UPL) 1831. Rosario y Fino, Pedro. Urbanidad oenno pagalagadan iti naimbag a sursuro, quen panagcucua iti maysa a tao a maitaltallaong iti guimong daguiti capadpadna. Pinutar ni.... Manila, Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1889. 48p. (NL) 1832. — -- Vigan, I. Sur, Imp. de Fidel Reyes, 1927. 46p. (UPL, LCP) 1833. St. Clair, George. tr. Florante and Laura, a narrative poem by Francisco Balagtas (1878-1862); translated by.... from the Spanish version of Epifanio de los Santos. 2nd ed. Manila, Philippine Education Co., Inc., 1927. 58p. (NL, UPL) 1834. Salakniban dagiti maladaga ken ub-ubbing. CAL No. 4, 11/8/32. From English ed. 9/2/32; rev. 11/8/32. llp. Mimeographed. (SM)I 1835. Saleeby, N. M. The origin of the Malayan Filipinos. Manila, Philippine Academy, 1912. 37p. (UPL) 1836. Saniel, Isidoro. List of references on Ilokano people. Compiled by.... Manila, Jan., 1926. 2p. (BSL) 1837. Santiago, Francisco. The development of music in the Philippine Islands.... Manila, 1931. 20p. (NL, UPL) 1838. Scheerer, Otto. Zur Ethnologie de Inselkette swischen Luzon und Formosa. Wiederabdruck nur mit Angabe der Ouelle gestattet. Tokyo, Druck der Hobunsha, 1906. 31p. illus. (NL) 1839. Selmon, A. C. Libro ti panangagas. Translated into Iloko by Leon Z. Roda. Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1920. 364p. (NL.) 1840.- 2a. ed. Manila, Philippine Publishing House, 1926.

150 ILOKO LITERATURE 379p. illus. (NL) 1841. Siasino ti botosak? CAL No. 30, 9/15/33. From English ed. 2/4/33. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1843. Spalding, Arthur Whitefield. Ni ayat iti pagtaengan. Manila, Philippine Publishing House, n.d. 48p. illus. (NL) 1844. Sullivan, Louis R. Racial types in the Philippine Islands. New York, The American Museum of Natural History, 1918. 61p. (UPL) 1845. Tallo a mabiag a macaited sakit iti uneg ti balay-ipes, kiteb, ken lamoc. CAL No. 34, 9/18/33. From English ed. 1/31/33; rev. 7/8/33. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1846. Tay pateg a cababaan, saan a cancanayon nga isut' calacaan. CAL No. 15, 12/13/32. From English ed. 10/14/32. 10p. (SM) 1847. "The Islands and its people", in Facts about the Filipinos, v. 1, no. 1, (May 1901). Boston, Philippine Information Society, 37p. (UPL) 1848. Ti agtutubo. Manila, Mission Press. (From advertisement in Dalan ti Cappia, v. 19, no. 28, Jy. 8, 1924) 1849. Ti asosasion a credito rural ditoy Filipinas. CAL No. 64, 1/13/34. From English ed. 7/31/33. 7p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1850. Ti ebbal ken natimbeng a kanen. CAL No. 27, 10/5/33. From English ed. 1/12/33. lOp. Mimeographed. (SM) 1851. Ti caipapanan ti botosyo ken no casano ti panangaramatyo. CAL No. 29, 9/20/33. From English ed. 1/21/33. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1852. Ti caipapanan dagitoy a gimgimong. CAL No. A, 12/19/32. From English ed. 9/26/32. 5p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1853. Ti daig-no ania daytoy a sakit ken no kasano ti pannakaatipana. CAL No. 6, 11/14/32. From English ed. 9/14/32; rev. 11/14/32. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1854. Ti katalali ti pisos a pagbuistayo. CAL No. 8. 11/23/32. From English ed. 9/16/32; rev. 11/3/32. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1855. Ti kudil ken dagiti saksakit a masansan a makakapet kaniana. CAL No. 59, 10/28/33. From English ed. 7/8/33. 9p. Mimepgraphed. (SM) 1856. Ti malaria. CAL No. 14, 7/26/33. From English ed. 10/13/32; rev. 12/16/32. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1857. Ti natimbeng a panaglalaok ti kanen ken ti panagdakkel. CAL No. 16, 10/9/33. From English ed. 11/2/32. llp. Mimeogranhed. (SM) 1858. Ti panagmula iti balatong ken utong. CAL No. 49, 10/5/,33. Frcm English ed. 4/4/33. 8p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1859. Ti panagmula ken panangtaripato iti citrus. CAL No. 23, 4/19/33. From English ed 12/13/32; rev. 2/7/33. 11p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1860. Ti panagmula ti capas calpasan ti pagay. CAL No. 52, 16/19/33. From English ed. 4/6/33. rev. 6/19/33. (SM) 1861. Ti panagtaraken ken panagpaadu't calding-maysa a calding tunggal sangabubungan. CAL No. 56, 11/24/33. From English ed. 6/26/33. 7p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1862. Ti panagtaraken ti nranoc. CAL No. 1, 11/14/32. From English ed. 8/24/42; rev. 11/9/32. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1863. Ti pannakirupir ken sakit a sarut babaen ti sursuro. Manila, Tuberculosis Commission, 1935. 18p. (LYY) 1864. Ti pateg ti pisosmo nga agpaay ken kanen. CAL No. 12 1/31/33. From English ed. 9/30/32. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1865. Tongson, Jose Formoso. "Annaraar" calendario a sao ti iloco. Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Imp. de F. Reyes, 1907. (NL) 1866. Umona nga arayat iti mariatan. CAL No. 35, 6/13/33. From English ed. 2/2/33. 11p. Mimeographed. (SM) 1867. Veyra, Jaime C. de. Efemerides filipinas, por Jaime C. de Veyra v Mariano Ponce con prologo de Epifanio de los Santos. Manila, Imp. y Lib. de J. R. Morales, 1914. xx, 342p. (NL, UPL)

BIBLIOGRAPHY 15 1868. ---- comp. El "Ultimo Adios" de Rizal vertido de los varios dialectos de Filipinas. 125p. MS. Typewritten. (NL) 1869. Vigan commonwealth carnival and industrial fair (Karnabal Bigan ken pabuya dgti pagadalan). Maisagut iti Baru a Turay. Enero 22 ingat' 28, 1936.... Manila, 1936. 22p. (JRC) 1870. Villamor y Borbon, Ignacio. Elementos de aritmetica teorico-practica. Manila, Imp. de I. de los Reyes, 1898. 169p. (UPL) 1871. Manual de geografia de Filipinas. Manila, Imp. de I. de los Reyes, 1898. 52p. (UPL) 1872. Villamor, Juan. Defensa militar de Filipinas desde el punto de vista de los Filipinos. No imp., 1930. v, 238p. (NL) 1873. Villanueva de Kalaw, Pura. Dagiti panaglutuan ti Filipino ken panagconserva.... lra. ed. Manila, 1934. ix, 144p. (NL) 1874. Wagas ti panagpaadu ti mulmula. CAL No. 44, 7/1/33. From English ed. 3/10/33. 9p. Mimeographed. (SM) B. PERIODICAL ENTRIES 1875. Agoncillo, Teodoro A. Our vernacular literature and "The Life of Lam-ang". In Phil. Herald Mid-Week Mag., Sept. 18, 1935. 1876. Balmaceda, Cornelio A. Balacad cadagiti agmulmula. In Mangyuna, yr. 2, no. 5, Sept. 16, 1916. 1877. Beyer, H. Otley. The Philippine people of pre-Spanish times. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no. 10, Oct. 1935. 1878. The Philippines before Magellan. In Asia, Oct.-Nov., 1921. 1879. Building a national literature. editorial. In Phil. Mag., v. 31, no. 9, Sept. 1934. 1880. Butler, John H. Manning. Cagayan valley. In Phil. Mag., v. 32, no. 9, Sept. 1935. 1881. Corpuz, Rafael. Ti panagsalaknib; ti panagrang-ay dagiti Filipino nga agtagtagilako ken agparpartuat magun-od no agbibinnadang dagiti umili, konan Apo Corpuz. In Ii. Times, v. 3, no. 19, 2nd wk. of Mr. 1935. 1882. Craig, Austin. Twelve pioneer papers in the Philippines. In Phil. Herald, Aug. 7, 1929. 1883. Dacanay, D. C. Pagalagadan iti panagaluad iti salun-at bagi. In Mangyuna, yr. 2, no. 6, Sept. 20, 1916. 1884. Dacanay, Jose Q. Hedonism in the life of the Ilocano farmer. In College Folio, v. 2, no. 2, Oct. 1911. 1885. Dagiti bao: cabusor ti tao. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 37, Jy. 13. 1935. 1886. Daguio, Amador T. The Malayan spell and the creation of a literature. In Phil. Mag., v. 31, no. 9, Sept. 1934. 1887. Dumlao, Alejandro. The comedia in Zambales. In College Fol:o, v. 1, no. 1, Oct. 1910. 1888. Flores, Jose Garvida. Ni Rizal ken ti ul-law. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 33, Je. 15, 1935. 1889. Fuentecilla, Francisco A. Ti Ilocano-sadiri ti ili.... In Ban., yr. 1, no. 43, Aug. 24, 1935. 1890. Gonzalez Liquete, Leoncio. El primer siglo de periodismo en Filipinas. In El Ideal, Manila, Aug. 11, 1911. 1891. Guzman, Elvira. Ti pag-gundawayan babai a Pilipinot ita. In Int., yr. 2, no. 89, Jan. 31, 1931. 1892. Kalaw, Maximo M. Our cultural development. In Phil. Soc. Sc. Rev., v. 3, no. 3, May 1931. 1893.' Lazo, Vicente F. Ti sakit a sarut wenno daig. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 49, Oct. 5, 1935. 1894. Leaiio, Fernando. Some common cenceptions of Ilocanos, Tagalogs, and Visayans. In Literary Apprentice, v. 4, 1930-1931. 1895. Leon. Felix de. Agriingka, ili! In Dangadang, yr. 24, nos. 28-32, Jy. 9-30, 1932. 1896. Morales, Ponciano. Dgti saksakiten toy Pilipinas. In Int., yr. 2,

152 ILOKO LITERATURE v. 2, no. 83, Dec. 20, 1930. 1897. Panlasigui, I. Dagiti ayo a panagarem. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 1, 2, Jan. 2, 9, 1923. 1898.- Dagiti ricut dagiti agtutubo. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 40-46, Oct. 2-Nov. 13, 1923. 1899. ---- Ti adalen dagiti agtutubo. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 10, 11, Mr. 6, 13, 1923. 1900. - Ti adalen dagiti agtutubo a babbai. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 30-31, Jy. 24, 21, 1923. 1901. ---- Ti aridepdep dagiti agtutubo. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 3-6, Jan. 16-Feb. 6, 1923. 1902. ---- Ti caman ken ti agtutubo. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 32-38, Aug. 7-Sept. 18, 1923. 1903. Ti pamwidan dagiti agtutubo. In Dalan ti Cappia, v. 18, nos. 7, 8, Feb. 13, 20, 1923. 1904. Ti ubing ken ti yaya. In Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano, v. 10, nos. 23-25, Je. 5-19, 1920. 1905. Quirino, Eliseo. Dagiti parpartuat ti cailocuan. In Ban., yr. 1, no. 45, Sept. 7, 1935. 1906. Ramos, Maximo. Necromancy in the barrio. In Phil. Mag., v. 30, no. 5, Oct. 1933. 1907. Roxas, Manuel L. Kapas ditoy Pilipinas. In Int., yr. 2, v. 2, no. 86, Jan. 10, 1931. 1908. - Ti panagmula. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 8. no. 7, Jy. 1932. 1909. Sel-amor. Ti ubbog ni ayat. Sinuratan ni Sel-amor. In Nation, v. 1, nos. 6, 7, Feb., Mr. 1936. 1910. Tabije, Demetrio P. Masalaysay no kasPno ti panagmula ti tuba "derris" kadagiti bangbangkag. In II. Times, v. 3, no. 17, 2ndi wk. of Feb. 1935. 1911. Tabuniar, Gabino. The Ilocano adventurers. In Katipunan Finance Rev., v. 2, no. 5, Aug. 1932. 1912. Tiburcio, A. A. A chapter cn Ilocano life. In Phil. Mag., v. 29, no. 5, Oct. 1932. 1913. Ti mensaje ni gobernador general. In Dangadang, yr. 24, no. 30, Jy. 23, 1932. 1914. Ti musica quen ti comedia ditoy Filipinas. In Amigo del Pueblo, yr. 1, nos. 6-9, Je.-Sept. 1925. 1915. Ti nacayanacan ni Cristo. Narigat nga ibucsilan no ania ti ri-na ti tao a macapan sadiay. In Ban., yr. 2, no. 7, Dec. 14, 1935. 1916. Tres cuentos de Luna. In Int., yr. 1, v. 1, no. 23, Nov. 2. 1929. 1917. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. Civilizing the Tinggians. In Katipunan Finance Rev., Sept. 1932. 1918. Zaide. Gre-orio F. The Philippine social arts and the Commonwealth. In Phil. Social Arts, v. 2, no. 1, Nov. 1935. XI A LIST OF ILOKO PERIODICALS 1. Aguipadamag. Iloko weekly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Francisco V. Lazo, director. Founded 1914. (defunct) 2. Algo es Algo. Spanish-Iloko-English weekly. Vir.an, Ilocos Su'. Eds: Victorino Balbin, Iloko: Juan Quintos, Spanish; Antonio Jimenez, English. Founded 1905 (?) (defunct) 3. Alerta. Spanish-Iloko weekly. Candon, Ilocos Sur. Anselmo Balbin, ed. Founded 1907 (?) (defunct) 4. Amigo del Pueblo. Iloko-Tagalog-English monthly. Manila. Miguel Hergesheimer, ed. Founded 1925. 5. Annaraar. Iloko fortnightly. Sinait, Ilocos Sur. Eulcgio K. Cimpos, ed. Founded 1927. (defunct) 6. Antena del Valle, La. English-Spanish-Iloko-Ibanag weekly. Tuguegarao, Cagayan. Founded 1932.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 153 7. Aweng. Iloko monthly. Manila. Mauro A. Pefia and Jose Resurreccion Calip, eds. Founded 1933. (defunct) 8. Bagnos, Ti. English-Iloko weekly. Laoag, Ilocos Norte. Jose Fonacier, ed. Founded 1917. (defunct) 9. Baguio-Ilocos Press. Iloko-English fortnightly. Manila. Agustine Palacol, ed. Founded 1932. (defunct) 10. Bannawag. Iloko weekly. Manila. M. A. Abaya, ed. Founded 1934. 11. Bannawag. Iloko monthly (?). Honolulu, Hawaii. (defunct) 12. Batallador. Iloko-English weekly. San Fernando, La Union. Mariano N. Gaerlan, ed. Founded about 1910. (defunct) 13. Biblioteca Ilocana. Iloko weekly (?). Vigan, Ilocos Sur. (defunct) 14. Binulong nga Agtayab. Iloko weekly. Bantay, Ilocos Sur. (defunct) 15. Bituen ti Amianan. Iloko weekly. Laoag, Ilocos Norte. Lucio K. Tello, ed. (defunct) 16. Boletin La Union. Iloko weekly. San Fernando, La Union. Mariano Ancheta, ed. (defunct) 17. Cararua ti Ili. Iloko weekly (?). Candon, Ilocos Sur. Jose Bona, ed. Founded 1907. (defunct) 18. Carnival Courier. Iloko-English weekly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Teodoro Purugganan, director. Founded 1931. (defunct) 19. Commonwealth. English-Spanish-Iloko-Ibanag monthly. Aparri, Cagayan. Francisco Calabiao, Hiram Kalata, Candido Valera, eds. Founded 1934 (?) 20. Cooperative News. English-Iloko weekly (?). 21. Daguiti Naimbag a Damag. English-Iloko weekly. San Fernando, La Union. Founded 1905. 22. Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Abogado Cristiano. Iloko-English monthly. San Fernando. La Union..T. A. Abellera, ed. 23. Dagiti Naimbag a Damag ken Dalan ti Cappia. Iloko-English weekly. San Fernando, La Union. Januario Puruganan, ed. 24. Dalan ti Cappia. Iloko-English weekly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. (Merged with Dagiti Naimbag a Damag). 25. Damag ti Pagarian, Ti. Iloko monthly. Manila. Founded 1919. 26. Darirag. Iloko-English fortnightly. Laoag, I. Norte. Founded 1934. 27. Eco de Vigan, El. Spanish weekly. Vigan, I. Sur. Founded 1884. (defunct) 28. Filipino, El. (Subsequently Ti Filipino). Iloko-Spanish-English, fortnightly. Founded 1925. Mauro A. Pefia, ed. (defunct) 29. Filipino Outlook, The. English-Iloko fortnightly. Honolulu, Hawaii. A. N. Patacsil, ed. and proprietor. 30. Heraldo Tlocano. El. English-Iloke-Spanish weekly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. F. T. Rayray, ed. Founded 1922 (?) (defunct) 31. Ilocandia. Iloko-English monthly. Vigan, I. Sur. Founded 1931. (defunct) 32. Ilocano, El. Iloko-Spanish fortnightly. Manila. Isabelo de los Reyes, ed. Founded 1889. (defunct) 33. Ilocano Pagadalan a Maipaay ti Escuela Dominical. Iloko quarterly. San Fernando, La Union. Founded 1922. (defunct) 34. Ilocos Carnival News. English-Iloko-Spanish. 3 times a month. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Leon C. Pichay, ed. Founded 1934. 35. Ilocos Times, The. Iloko-English-Spanish supplement to the Manila Times. Manila. Graciano Cariflo. ed. Founded 1927. (defunct) 36. Ilocos Times, The. Iloko-English. 3 times a month. Manila. Adeudato J. Agbayani, ed. and proprietor. 37. Ilokandia. Iloko-English monthly. Tarlac, Tarlac. Paulino B. de Peralta and Ernesto Quirino. Jr., eds. Founded 1936 (?) 38. Ilokandia News. Iloko-English-Spanish fortnightly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Cayetano Bengson, ed. Founded 1932. (defunct) 39. Ilukana. Iloko monthly. Manila. Cresencio S. Agbulos and Jose Resurreccion Calip, eds. Founded 1932. (defunct)

154 ILOKO LITERATURE 40. Intelligencer, The. English-Iloko weekly. Manila. Eliseo Quirino, ed. Founded 1929. (defunct) 41. Juventud Ilocana, La. Spanish-Iloko fortnightly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Founded 1906. Jose F. Tongson, ed. (defunct) 42. Karayo. Iloko monthly. Honolulu, Hawaii. Juanita Ortogero, ed. Founded 1933. 43. Kayumangi, Ang. English-Tagalog monthly. Honolulu, Hawaii. E. C. Dizon, ed. 44. Kulasisi-Bulilising. Tagalog-Iloko fortnightly. Tarlac, Tarlac. Macario A. Tabigne, Severino M. Llana, ed. Founded 1936. 45. Ling-et, Ti. (The Sweat). English-Iloko-Tagalog-Bisayan weekly. Honolulu, Hawaii. Guillermo Fonacier, ed. Founded 1923. (defunct) 46. Lioaoa. Iloko-Pangasinan weekly. Manaoag, Pangasinan. Mariano M. Armas, ed. Founded 1915. 47. Lucha, La. (Now Dangadang). Iloko weekly. Pasay, Rizal. Santiago A. Fonacier, ed. Founded 1909. 48. Magat Herald, The. English-Iloko-Ibanag monthly (?). Bayombong, Nueva Vizcaya. Founded 1936. 49. Mangyuna, Ti. Iloko-Spanish semi-weekly. Manila. Buenaventura J. Bello, Valentin Alcid, eds. Founded 1915. (defunct) 50. Mensajero, El. Spanish-Iloko weekly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Fidel Reyes, ed. Founded 1923. 51. Nation, The. English-Tagalog-Iloko monthly. Manila. N. Acosta, A. Cedilla Santos, Ponciano Morales, eds. Founded 1935. 52. Norluzonian, The. English-Spanish-Iloko monthly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Founded 1930. 53. Norte, El. Iloko-English-Spanish monthly. Baguio, Mt. Province. Buenaventura J. Bello, ed. Founded 1922. (defunct) 54. Nueva Era, La. Spanish-Iloko weekly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Juan Villamor, ed. Founded 1905 (?). (defunct) 55. Oriental Press. English-Iloko-Tagalog weekly (?). Chicago, Illinois. Jaime P. Lazaro, ed. 56. Palaris. Spanish-Pangasinan-Iloko weekly. Lingayen, Pangasinan. Andres Valdivia, ed. Founded 1914. (defunct) 57. Panagbiag. Iloko monthly. Manila. Leon C. Pichay, ed. Founded 1924. (defunct) 58. Philippine Christian. English monthly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Founded about 1909. (defunct) 59. Philippine News-Tribune. English-Iloko-Tagalog fortnightly (?) Honolulu, Hawaii. 60. Philippine Reporter, The. English-Iloko-Pangasinan fortnightly. Manila. Founded 1936. 61. Philippines, The. English-Tagalog-Iloko fortnightly. Manila. Leopoldo Y. Yabes, Teodoro A. Agoncillo, Jose R. Calip, eds. Founded 1936. 62. P. I. Commonwealth Chronicle. English-Iloko-Tagalog weekly. Honolulu, Hawaii. Franco Manuel, ed. 63. Sadiri. Iloko-English weekly. Tarlac, Tarlac. Paulino B. de Peralta, Justino Matias, eds. Founded 1931. 64. Samtov. Iloko monthly. Manila. Vicente G. Altuna, ed. Founded 1926 (?) 65. Silaw. Iloko monthly. Manila. Diego Silang, 2.o, ed. Founded 1935. 66. Silaw, Ti (The Light). Iloko-English weekly. Honolulu, Hawaii. Clemente V. Reyes, ed. Founded 1924. 67. Silaw, Ti (The Light). Iloko-English-Spanish monthly. Manila. Founded 1922. (defunct) 68. Sinamar. Spanish-Iloko-English fortnightly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur. Jose F. Tongson. ed. Founded 1910. (defunct) 69. Sinapismo, El. Iloko-Spanish weekly. Vigan, I. Sur. (defunct) 70. Solidaritas. Spanish-Iloko-English fortnightly. Vigan, Ilocos Sur.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 155 Buenaventura J. Bello, ed. Founded 1911. 71. Tiempo Catolico, El. Spanish-Iloko fortnightly (?). Vigan, I. Sur. Jose Villanueva, ed. (?). Founded 1906 (?) (defunct) 72. Timec ti Amianan. Iloko weekly. Aparri, Cagayan. Founded 1933 (?). 73. Timec ti Ili. Iloko. 3 times a month. San Fernando, La Union. Ceferino Tabora, director. Founded 1911. (defunct) 74. Timec ti Ili. Iloko fortnightly. Caba, La Union. Founded 1934. 75. Timekmi. Iloko monthly. Manila. Leon C. Pichay, ed. Founded 1927. (defunct) 76. Triunfo del Pueblo, El. Spanish-Iloko-Pangasinan weekly. Pangasinan. Camilo Formoso, ed. Founded 1914. (defunct) 77. Tulong. Iloko-English monthly. Hilo, Hawaii. Gonzalo Manibog, ed. 78. Vigan News, The. English-Iloko-Spanish fortnightly. Manila. F. Ben. Brillantes, ed. Founded 1936. (defunct) 79. Visita, La. Iloko weekly. Baguio, Mt. Province. Founded 1925. 80. Wagayway. Iloko weekly. Dagupan, Pangasinan. (defunct) 81. Wayawaya. Iloko monthly. Manila. Leon C. Pichay, ed. Founded 1932. (defunct)

ERRATA Page 3, line 9: "Monutain" should read "Mountain". Page 10, line 3: "the" should be inserted between "of" and "Ilocanos". Page 18, line 14: "doctrina" should read "dotrina". 18, Footnote 4: "Gaspar San Agustin" should read "Gaspar de San Agustin". Page 19, second line of continuation of Footnote 10: "p. 289" should read "p. 589." Page 23, line 15: "stanzes" should read "stanzas". Page 23, Footnote 24: "critcal" should read "critical". Page 24, line 8: "Baltagtas" should read "Balagtas". Page 25, line 4: "was" should read "has". Page 32, Footnote 25: "Theatre" should read "Theater". Page 35, line 24: "fiigures" should read "figures". Page '38, Footnote 13: "Pedro de Tavera" should read "Pardo de Tavera". Page 41, line 7: There should be a single open quotation mark before "To" Page 47, Footnote 1: "op. citi" should be deleted and "already cited" should be substituted. Page 55, line 22: "sprit" should read "spirit". Page 55, line 35: "Borrough's" should read "Burroughs'". Page 56, line 19: "cuntry" should read "country". Page 56, line 23: "Gaupsan" should read "Gapusan". Page 59, line 35: "Catolico" should be italicized. Page 60, line 38: "Iloko" should read "Iloco". Page 68, line 10: "Herald" should read "Heraldo". Page 68, line 30: "fortnighly" should read "fortnightly". Page 71, sixth to last line: "beneficient" should read "beneficent". Page 72, line 12: "form" should read "from". Page 73, line 8: "out" should read "our". Page 76, first column: "HHB Harley H. Bartlett" should be inserted between "GIMR" and "HI". Page 106, first line: "Constributions" should read "Contributions". Page 109, No. 737: "del" should read "der". Page 109, No. 748: "kurkit" should read "kurdit". Page 117, No. 958: "de" should be inserted between "Vida" and "Lam-ang". Page 118, No. 968: "sapat" should read "sapata". Page 118, No. 970: "2k." should read "wk." Page 121, No. 1079: "Patsor" should read "Pastor". Page 142: The number "X" should be inserted above the word "GENERAL".

THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN DATE DUE

UNIVERSIIY OF MICHIGAN 11JI111 J1111 11 3 9015 02399 4752

'ZT f>tUT t it-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~O